FAC1501 Study Guide

User Manual:

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 388 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

1
2
© 2017 University of South Africa
All rights reserved
Printed and published by the
University of South Africa
Muckleneuk, Pretoria
FAC1501/1/2018
70548943
InDesign
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
3
INTRODUCTORY
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
iv
Preface
4CONTENTS Page
5LEARNING UNIT 1: THE NATURE AND PURPOSE OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 1
6LEARNING UNIT 2: THE ACCOUNTING EQUATION: FINANCIAL POSITION 9
7LEARNING UNIT 3: THE ACCOUNTING EQUATION: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 35
8LEARNING UNIT 4: BUSINESS DOCUMENTS: CASH TRANSACTIONS 61
9LEARNING UNIT 5: THE RECORDING OF CASH TRANSACTIONS 115
10LEARNING UNIT 6: CREDIT TRANSACTIONS 191
11LEARNING UNIT 7: INVENTORY 235
12LEARNING UNIT 8: BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENTS 259
13LEARNING UNIT 9: TRIAL BALANCE 279
14LEARNING UNIT 10: FINAL ACCOUNTS 297
15LEARNING UNIT 11: FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF A SOLE TRADER 331
FAC1501
LEARNING UNIT 1
Introductory Financial
Accounting
THE NATURE AND
PURPOSE OF
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
1
2
FAC1501/1
2OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 2
Key concepts ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 2
Assessment criteria ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3
11 Introduction ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3
1.2 Whatisnancialaccounting? ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 3
1.3 Theobjectiveofnancialaccounting ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 4
1.4 Thenatureofnancialaccounting ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4
1.5 InternationalFinancialReportingStandards(IFRSs)������������������������������������������������������������������ 5
1.6 Theobjectiveofnancialstatements ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 6
1.7 Usersofnancialstatements ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������6
1.8 Exercisesandsolutions �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 7
Self-assessment ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 8
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1Afterstudyingthislearningunityoushouldbeableto:
1
zdenenancialaccounting
zexplaintheobjectiveofnancialaccounting
zexplainthenatureofnancialaccounting
zlistthestepsinvolvedinthenancialaccountingcycle
zexplainthedifferencebetweennancialaccountingandbookkeeping
zexplaintheacronymIFRSs
zidentifytheusersofnancialaccountinginformationinthenancialstatementsandthereasons
whytheyneedthenancialinformation
1
1
KEY CONCEPTS
zTransaction
zFinancialaccounting
zObjectiveofnancialaccounting
zFinancialaccountingcycle
zBookkeeping
zInternationalFinancialReportingStandards(IFRSs)
zUsersofnancialstatements
3
FAC1501/1
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
zTheconcept“nancialaccounting”isexplained.
zThenatureandobjectiveofnancialaccountingisexplained.
zThespecicandgeneralfunctionsofnancialaccountingareexplained.
zTheprocessingofbasictransactionsisexplained.
z
ThemeaningofInternationalFinancialReportingStandards(IFRSs)and
itsapplicationtothepreparationandpresentationofnancialinformation
areexplained.
zTheoverallobjectiveofnancialstatementstomeettheneedsoftheusersof
nancialinformationisexplained.
z
Informationusefultotheusersofnancialinformationisdeterminedaccording
tothespecicusers’needs.
1.1 INTRODUCTION
2Every dayall overtheworld literallymillionsoftransactions takeplace.A transaction isan action
wheremoneyispaidandinreturnanitemorservice,thatthebuyerneeds,isobtained.Thinkabout
buyingaloafofbread–somethingthatmostofusdoonadailybasis.Forusasindividualsitisquite
easytorememberwhattransactionsweconcludedforaparticularday,butforabigentity,itwouldbe
impossibletoknowwhattransactionstookplaceduringadayifproperrecordswerenotkept.Itwould
evenbecomeimpossibleforanindividualtorememberwhattransactionswereconcludedamonth
agoifhe/shedoesnothaveaproperrecordkeepingsysteminplace.
1.2 WHAT IS FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING?
3Financialaccountingcanbedenedastheorderlyandsystematicidenticationandrecordingofthe
monetaryvaluesofnancialtransactionsofanindividualorbusinessentity,andthereportingofthe
resultsofthesetransactions byway ofthe preparationandpresentationof nancialstatementsto
enabletheuserstousetheinformationobtainedinthesenancialstatementsasabasisfordecision-
making.Financialaccountingisaspecialisedmethodusedtocommunicatenancialinformationabout
an entity and its activities to those persons or entities that have an interest in the activities of the entity
4Financialaccountingisaprocessthatinvolvesthreeactivities,namely:
z
Identication–selectingthoseeventsthatareevidenceofeconomicactivity(transactions)relevant
totheparticularentity.
zRecordingthemonetaryvalueoftheeconomicevents(transactions)soastoprovideapermanent
historyofthenancialactivitiesoftheentity.Recordingconsistsofkeepingachronologicaldiary
ofmeasuredeventsinanorderlyandsystematicmanner.Recordingimpliesthateconomicevents
arealsoclassiedandsummarised.
zThe third activity encompasses the communication of the recorded information to interested users�
Theinformationiscommunicatedthroughthepreparationanddistributionofaccountingreports,
themostcommonofwhichareknownasnancialstatements,thatconsistof:
astatementofnancialposition;
astatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincome;
astatementofchangesinequity;
astatementofcashows;
notes,comprisingofasummaryofsignicantaccountingpoliciesandotherexplanatorynotes.
5Anentitydoesnotnecessarilyrefertobusinessentities.Itcanalsorefertoaneducationalinstitution,
areligiousinstitutionoraprivatehousehold.
4
FAC1501/1
NOTE:
Donotbeconcernedifyoudonotunderstandalltheterminologyonthefollowingfewpages,as
theywillallbeexplainedinlearningunits1and2.
1.3 THE OBJECTIVE OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
6Theobjectiveofnancialaccountingistoenabletheusersofnancialinformationtoascertainreadily
whatthenancialresultsandnancialpositionoftheentityis.Withthisstatementwemean:
(a)Didtheentitytradeataprotorloss?
(b)
Whatwastheincomeoftheentityandwhatweretheexpensesincurredinproducingthatincome?
(c)Howmuchdoestheentityowetootherentities?
(d)Howmuchdocustomersowetotheentity?
(e)Whatisthenatureandamount(invalue)ofthevariouskindsofpropertyandotherassetsthe
entitypossesses?
(f)Whatistheamountoftheentity’scapital(equity)?
1.4 THE NATURE OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
7Financial accounting functions as an information system: far-reaching decisions are taken on the
basisoftheresultsreportedinnancialstatementsandbusinesstransactionshavetobemeasured,
classied, summarised and recorded continuously. We call these actions the nancial accounting
cycle.Thiscycleisdemonstratedinthefollowingdiagram.
5
FAC1501/1
8Diagram 1: The nancial accounting cycle
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25Financialaccountingisthesystematicrecordingofthenancialtransactionsofanentityinsucha
mannerthatanyinformationrequiredbytheentityisreadilyavailable.Thesystematicrecordingof
thenancialinformationiscalledanancialaccountingcycle,whichconsistsoftheelementslisted
in diagram 1
26Theprocessingstageentailstherecordingoftransactionsandthisprocessisknownasbookkeeping.
Theultimategoaloftheinputstageandtheprocessingstageistopreparenancialstatements.
1.5 INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS (IFRSS)
27Itwouldbeproblematicifeachentitykeptindividualisedrecordsofitstransactionsasthiswouldmake
itdifculttocomparetheperformanceofanentitywiththoseofothersimilarentities.Topreventthis
fromhappening,thenancialaccountingprofessionhasstandardisedthewayinwhichentitiesare
requiredtokeeprecordoftheirtransactions.
28In South Africa the recording and reporting of nancial information are governed by international
nancial reporting standards as set by the Financial Reporting Standards Council (FRSC) in
South Africa. The purpose of these nancial accounting standards will to a great extent ensure
that the same type of transaction is recorded by different entities in more or less the same way.
This will eventually ensure that the nancial statements of different entities conducting the
TRANSACTION
DATA
SOURCE
DOCUMENTS
SUBSIDIARY
JOURNALS
GENERAL
LEDGER
SUBSIDIARY
LEDGERS
TRIAL
BALANCES
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
AN A LYSI S
AND
INTERPRETATION
DECISIONMAKING
BY
MANAGEMENT
record on
prepare
post to
extract
prepare
update
INPUT
OUTPUT
PROCESSING
6
FAC1501/1
same type of business are comparable and that an entitys nancial statements will also be
comparabletothosepreparedinpreviousyears.
29InSouthAfricawehavetocomplywithInternationalFinancialReportingStandards(IFRSs)whichcan
beregardedasthe“rulesfornancialaccounting”.
1.6 THE OBJECTIVE OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
30Theobjectiveofnancialstatementsistoprovideinformationaboutthenancialposition,performance
andchangesinthenancialpositionofanentitythatisusefultoawiderangeofusersinmaking
economic decisions�
1.7 USERS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
31Financial statements are prepared and presented at least once a year and are directed towards
thecommoninformationneedsofawiderangeofusers.
32Thefollowingcategoriesofusers,andtheirneedforaccountinginformation,havebeenidentied:
User Information needs
Clients toassesstheabilityoftheentitytocontinueasagoingconcern.
Employees toassesstheabilityoftheiremployertoprovidestableemploymentand
remuneration�
Government toregulateactivitiesoftheenterprise,compilestatisticsanddetermine
resourceallocationandtaxpolicies.
Investors toassesstheriskandreturnonaninvestmentintheenterprise.
Lenders to assess the ability of the enterprise to pay interest on a loan and to
repayloans.
Suppliers and other
creditors
toassesstheabilityoftheenterprisetopayamountsowing
Management ●planning,thatisdeterminingfutureactionstobetaken;
or
●exercising control, that is evaluating the current situation and taking
corrective steps
33Althoughemployeesareconsideredtobepartoftheorganisation,theydonothavethesame,unlimited
access to the accounting records of the entity
7
FAC1501/1
1.8 EXERCISES AND SOLUTIONS
3REQUIRED
Answerthefollowingquestions:
(a) Whatisatransaction?
(b) Howwillyoudenenancialaccounting?
(c) Whatistheobjectiveofnancialaccounting?
(d) Whatisthenatureofnancialaccounting?
(e) Listthestepsinthenancialaccountingcycle.
(f) Whatdoesbookkeepingentail?
(g) WhatdoesIFRSsstandfor?
(h) Listthecategoriesofusersofnancialaccountinginformation.
(i) Namethereasonswhymanagementneednancialaccountinginformation.
(j) Whatistheobjectiveofnancialstatements?
4SOLUTION
(a)Atransactionisanactionwheremoneyispaidand,inreturn,anitemorservice,thatthebuyer
needs is obtained
(b)Financialaccountingistheorderlyandsystematicidenticationandrecordingofthemonetary
valuesofnancialtransactionsofanindividualorbusinessentity,andthereportingoftheresults
ofthesetransactionsbywayofthepreparationandpresentationofnancialstatementstoenable
theuserstousetheinformationasabasisfordecisionmaking.
(c)
Toenabletheusersofnancialinformationtoascertainreadilywhatthenancialresultsand
nancialpositionoftheentityis.
(d)● toidentifyeventsthatareevidenceofeconomicactivityrelevanttotheparticularentity,
ztorecordthemonetaryvalueofeconomiceventssoastoprovideapermanenthistoryofthe
nancialactivitiesoftheentity,
zto communicate the recorded information to interested users�
(e)Transactions source documents journalsgeneralledgerandsubsidiaryledgerstrial
balancesnalaccountsandnancialstatements
(f)Bookkeepingisthesystematicrecordingoftransactions.
(g)InternationalFinancialReportingStandards.
(h)● Clients
zEmployees
zGovernment
zInvestors
zLenders
zSuppliersandothercreditors
zManagement
(i)Information to be used for decisions directed at
zplanning,thatisdeterminingfutureactionstobetaken,or
zexercisingcontrol,thatisevaluatingthecurrentsituationandtakecorrectivesteps.
8
FAC1501/1
(j)
Theobjectiveofnancialstatementsistoprovideinformationaboutthenancialposition,
performanceandchangesinthenancialpositionofanentitythatisusefultoawiderangeof
usersinmakingeconomicdecisions.
5SELF-ASSESSMENT
34After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
ableto:
zdenenancialaccounting?
zexplaintheobjectiveofnancialaccounting?
zexplainthenatureofnancialaccounting?
zlistthestepsinvolvedinthenancialaccountingcycle?
zexplainwhattheacronymIFRSsstandsfor?
zlisttheusersofnancialstatements?
z
explain what information different users of nancial
statementswillbeinterestedin?
zexplainthemainobjectiveofnancialstatements?
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
35IfyouhavemarkedallJyoumaycontinuetothenextlearningunit.
36IfyouhavemarkedanyK you have to revisethatspecicsection.
37IfyouhavemarkedanyL you have to re-studythatspecicsection.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
THE ACCOUNTING
EQUATION: FINANCIAL
POSITION
LEARNING UNIT 2
1
10
FAC1501/1
2OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 10
Key concepts ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 10
Assessment criteria ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 11
2�1 Introduction ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 11
2�2 Types of business entities ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 11
2�3 South African forms of business ownership ��������������������������������������������������������������������������� 12
2�4 Characteristics of a sole trader ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 12
2.5 Theelementsofnancialstatements ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 13
2�6 The double-entry principle ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 14
2�7 The accounting equation: Financial position �������������������������������������������������������������������������� 14
2.8 Thestatementofnancialposition ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 23
2�9 Exercises and solutions ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 30
Self-assessment �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 34
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1After studying this learning unit you should be able to:
1
zlist the basic business forms found in South Africa
zexplain the characteristics of a sole trader
zunderstand the accounting equation concerning assets, equity and liabilities
zexplaintheeffectsofnancialaccountingentriesconcerningassets,equityandliabilitiesonthe
accounting equation
zprepare entries in general ledger accounts for assets, equity and liabilities
zprepareastatementofnancialpositionforaserviceentity.
1
KEY CONCEPTS
zServiceentity
zRetailing entity
zManufacturing entity
zForms of business
zSole trader
zDouble-entry principle
zT-account
zDebit
zCredit
zAccounting equation
zAssets
zLiabilities
zEquity
11
FAC1501/1
zIncome
zExpenses
zStatementofnancialposition
zBalancing off of accounts
zDebtors
zCreditors
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
z
The processing of accounting information by different types of business entities
becauseofthedifferenceinoperatingactivitiesisexplained.
zThe form of business ownership according to the capital needs of an entity
is explained�
zThe characteristics of a sole trader are explained�
zTheelementsofthegeneralpurposenancialstatementsareexplained.
zAccountingterminologyisexplainedandexamplesoftheirusearegiven.
zThe principle of debits and credits are explained�
zBusiness transactions concerning assets, liabilities and equity are explained
with reference to appropriate examples�
z
Accounting policy is demonstrated according to the right methods and procedures
when recording in the accounting equation format and in the ledger accounts�
zAssets,liabilitiesandequityaredenedandclassiedforrecognitioninthe
statementofnancialposition.
2.1 INTRODUCTION
2In the previous learning unit you learned that nancial accounting is an information system
that communicates nancial information to the users of nancial accounting information. But who
exactlyneedstokeepnancialaccountingrecords?Theanswertothisquestionissimple:everybody
who earns an income!
3Theaveragesalaryearnerneedsaccommodation,food,clothes,andhastopay(forexample)the
telephone account, school fees and groceries� They would possibly open a clothing account and pay
theschoolfeesinmonthlyinstalments.Salaryearnerswouldalsohaveabankaccountintowhich
theirsalariesaredepositedeverymonth.Howwouldtheybeabletokeeptrackofwhathasbeenpaid,
whattheystilloweandhowmuchmoneytheyhaveleftwithoutsomeformofnancialaccounting
system?
2.2 TYPES OF BUSINESS ENTITIES
4Theprocessingofnancialaccountinginformation(thatis,bookkeeping)willbedeterminedbythe
operatingactivitiesofanentityandshouldbeadaptedtoprovidetheinformationthatisapplicableto
thespecicoperatingactivities.Theoperatingactivitiesofanentityarethoseactivitiesfromwhichit
triestomakeaprot.Theobjectiveofeveryentityistoearnaslargeaprotaspossible.
5Let’s consider the following example:
6Mr Bongile Sithole, a qualied electrician, has his own business which he runs from his home.
Mr B Sithole trades as BS Electrical and installs electrical cables and repairs electrical faults� In order
forhimtodeliverhisservicesheneedshistools.Hisclientsmustsupplyanycablingorwiringrequired
forthejob,whichtheybuyfromthehardwarestore.Thehardwarestorebuystheseitemsfroman
engineering company that manufactures them�
12
FAC1501/1
zMr Bongile Sithole therefore runs
a commercial entity
which sells
aservicetohisclients.
zThe hardware store is
a commercial entity
which buys and sells
goods to their customers�
7Commercial entities can be retail entities that will sell goods to the public, or whole salers that only sell
goods to retailer entities�
zThe engineering entity is
a manufacturing entity
which manufactures and sells
goods to their customers�
8Eachofthesetypesofentitieswillmakeuseofnancialaccountingrecordsthataresuitabletotheir
ownneeds.Theminimuminformationthatmustbeavailablefromthesenancialaccountingrecords
isprescribedbyInternationalFinancialReportingStandards(IFRSs).
2.3 SOUTH AFRICAN FORMS OF BUSINESS OWNERSHIP
9Mr Bongile Sithole’s entity, the hardware store entity as well as the engineering entity may be conducted
in one of a number of business forms� In order to start any business, money is needed� This money
is referred to as capital� Some types of businesses require more capital than others� For example,
the engineering entity would need machines, an electrician would need his toolbox and the hardware
store will need hardware inventory. The amount of capital needed to start and continue business
operationswouldlargelyinuencetheform of the business�
10Fornancialaccountingpurposeswedistinguishbetweenthefollowingformsofbusinessownership:
zsole traders
zpartnerships
zclose corporations
zcompanies
11In South Africa two types of companies can be formed, namely a prot company and a non-
protcompany.
12Inthismoduleyouwillconcentrateonthenancialaccountingrecordsrequiredbydifferentoperating
activities(thatissalesandservices)ofasoletraderandwewillnotventureintoanyaspectsofthe
other forms of business ownership�
2.4 CHARACTERISTICS OF A SOLE TRADER
z
This entity belongs to one person only� In the case of BS Electrical the entity belongs to
Mr Bongile Sithole�
zIt is suitable for smaller types of entities that do not need big amounts of capital to start�
13
FAC1501/1
zAlldecisionsregardingtheentityaretakenbytheownerandalltheprotsandlossesaccrueto
theowner.MrBongileSitholewilltakealldecisionsregardingBSElectricalandalltheprotand
losses will accrue to him as owner
zMr Bongile Sithole is the sole owner and disposer of the assets of the business�
zThe sole trader is not a legal entity distinct from its owner� Mr Bongile Sithole will conclude any
contracts applicable to his entity in his own name and he will be liable in his personal capacity for
the debts of the entity
zAsthesoletraderisnotalegalentity,theprotsoftheentitywillbetaxedinthehandsofthe
owner.MrBongileSitholewilldeclaretheprotsinhispersonalincometaxreturnandhewillbe
taxed on the amount�
zIfMr.BongileSitholedies,theentityceasestoexist.Ifthebusinessactivitiesaretakenoverby
someone else, a new sole trader entity comes into being�
13To be able to do Mr Bongile Sitholes books it is necessary to look at the accounting equation�
2.5 THE ELEMENTS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
14Everyentityimplementsanancialaccountingsystemaccordingtotheminimumnancialaccounting
standards and practices when it draws up nancial statements that are used in making economic
decisions.Financialstatementswillreectthenancialeffectsoftransactionsbygroupingtheminto
broad classes according to their economic characteristics, namely assets, equity, liabilities, income
andexpenses.Assets,equity,liabilities,incomeandexpensesarecalledtheelementsofnancial
statements�
15Theelementsdirectlyrelatedtothemeasurementofnancialpositionatagiventimeinthestatement
ofnancialpositionareassets,liabilitiesandequity.
Assets are all the resources controlled by the entity (whether they are owned by the entity
or not), for example land and buildings, vehicles, furniture, equipment, trading inventory,
debtors, bank and petty cash.
Remember, not all assets controlled by the entity are owned by the entity� If, for
example,theentityboughtavehicleoncredit,itdoesnotbelongtotheentityuntilthenalinstalment
is paid�
Liabilities are the debts of the entity (all the money owed to third parties), for example
long-term loans, mortgage bonds, bank overdrafts and creditors.
Equity refers to the amount that the owner invested in the entity and is made up mainly of
capital. It is an indication of the assets that actually belong to the owner and is referred to
as the owner’s net worth.
Prot or loss is frequently used as a measure of performance. The elements directly related
to the measurement of nancial performance for a period in the statement of prot or loss and
othercomprehensiveincomeareincomeandexpenses.
Income less expenses = prot for the year
14
FAC1501/1
Income is the income earned by the entity through its normal everyday business activities
for the nancial accounting period (normally a year), for example sales, rent income,
interest income and credit losses recovered.
Expenses are the running expenses of the entity for the nancial accounting period
(normally a year) necessary to earn the income, for example purchases, rent expenses,
telephone expenses, water and electricity, salaries and wages.
16To be able to record transactions correctly it is necessary to have a look at the process of
recording transactions
2.6 THE DOUBLE-ENTRY PRINCIPLE
17Bookkeepingisthepartofnancialaccountingthatisconcernedwiththerecordingoftransactions.
The transactions are recorded in an account�
An account consists of a left-hand side and a right-hand side and is presented in a “T”
format. The left-hand side is referred to as the debit side and the right-hand side is
referred to as the credit side. The name of the “T” account is written across the centre at
the beginning of each account.
This can be illustrated as follows:
Dr (debit side) …. Account (credit side) Cr
Left-hand side (LHS) Right-hand side (RHS)
18For each asset, liability, equity, expense and income there will be a “T” account in the books of the
entity� All these “T” accounts together are called the general ledger
19Thedouble-entryprincipleprovidesalogicalmethodofrecordingtransactions.Inusingthedouble-
entrysystemthemonetary(moneyvalue)ofeachtransactionmustbeenteredonthedebitsideof
one ledger account as well as on the credit side of another ledger account� The entry in one ledger
account refers to the corresponding entry in the other ledger account�
20Astheentriesinthetwoledgeraccountshavebeenenteredonoppositesides,theuseofthedouble
entry system allows for cross references� Each transaction is entered in two separate accounts on
opposite sides, and it is therefore possible to check and control the arithmetical and accounting
accuracy of the work� If each transaction is recorded so that the debit and credit entries are equal, the
same sum of all the debits to the account must equal the sum of all the credits� This can be explained
by way of the accounting equation�
2.7 THE ACCOUNTING EQUATION: FINANCIAL POSITION
21The logical method of recording transactions by way of the accounting equation is used to process
transaction data� Transactions may:
zaffect assets and/or equity and/or liabilities�
zgenerateincomeorgiverisetoexpenditure
15
FAC1501/1
22The accounting equation states that:
ASSETS = EQUITY + LIABILITIES
A = E + L
23OR
EQUITY = ASSETS – LIABILITIES
E = A L
The equity equals all the assets in the entity less all the claims against those assets (li-
abilities).
24The accounting equation is a mathematical equation that should always balance. The nancial
position of an entity is indicated by this equation�
25Fortheaccountingequationtoalwaysbalanceitrequirestheinvolvementoftwoaccountsforeach
transaction� The accounting equation is, therefore, based on the double-entry accounting system�
Basic requirements for the accounting equation:
zA minimum of two accounts must be used for each transaction.
zThe equation must remain in balance after each transaction. In other words the debit
side (A) is equal to the credit side (E + L).
26Consider the following example of transactions that affect assets and/or equity and/or liabilities:
27Before the entity starts to do business, the accounting equation will look like this:
Debit side =Credit side
A = E + L
Possessions the entity
owns
=Amounts owed to the
owner of the entity
+Amounts owed
to third parties
What the entity owns = What the entity owes
0 = 0
Note that the recording of transactions is done from the point of view of the business en-
tity independent from its owner, Mr Bingole Sithole.
16
FAC1501/1
28Everyentityforwhichseparatenancialrecordsarekeptisanancialaccountingentity.Itisextremely
importanttoseetheentityasseparatefromitsowner:transactionsenteredintobytheentityhaveto
bedealtwithfromthepointofviewoftheentitywhosebooksarebeingdone.
29Transaction 1:
30Mr Bingole Sithole, a qualied electrician, started a small service business, BS Electrical on
1January20.6.HedecidedtodepositR40000intheentitysbankaccounttostartthebusiness.
31Explanation:
32TheentityreceivedR40000incashandthemoneywasdepositedinabankaccountopenedinthe
name of the entity� It cannot be Mr B Sithole’s bank account� The entity must have its own bank
account.Themoney(bankaccount)isanassetbecauseitisaresourcecontrolledbytheentity(itcan
beusedbytheentitytodobusiness).Theassetsincreasedbecauseitwas0”beforethistransaction.
Theownerdepositedthemoneyintotheentitysbankaccount.Anyamountreceivedfromtheowner
is called capital and this increases equity� The entity now owes Mr B Sithole R40 000� Both the left-
handsideoftheequation(A)andtheright-handsideoftheequation(E+L),nowequalsR40000.
33The effect of this transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Capital
R R R
+ 40 000 =+ 40 000 +
NOTE:
The plus sign shows an increase of an element of the accounting equation and a minus shows a
decrease in an element of the accounting equation�
34Transaction 2:
35On 1 January 20�6 BS Electrical bought a toolbox and tools to be used by Mr B Sithole on credit from
Big Builders for R7 000�
36Explanation:
37Tools and equipment are a resource controlled by the entity (it can be used by the entity to do
business).Itisanasset,sotheassetsincreased.TheentityowedmoneytoBigBuilders,acreditor,
so the liabilities would increase
A creditor is a person or entity to which the entity, BS Electrical, owes money. This debt is
usually paid back within one year.
38
17
FAC1501/1
39The effect of this transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Tools and
equipment
Capital Big Builders
(creditor)
R R R R
+ 40 000 + 40 000
+ 7 000 + 7 000
40 000 7 000 = 40 000 + 7 000
40Transaction 3:
41On1January20.6BSElectricalboughtaladderfromLadders(Pty)Ltdandpaidforitbycheque,
R1 200
42Explanation:
43Money(bankaccount)isaresourcecontrolledbytheentity(itcanbeusedbytheentitytodobusiness).
Assets decreased because money was paid by the entity� Tools and equipment, another resource
controlledbytheentity(itcanbeusedbytheentitytodobusiness),increased,thusassetsincreased.
AssetsincreasedanddecreasedwithR1200,leavinguswithanileffect.Theleft-handsideofthe
equation(A)=right-handsideoftheequation(E+L)[R47000=R40000+R7000].
44The effect of this transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Tools and
equipment
Capital Big Builders
(creditor)
R R R R
+ 40 000 + 40 000
    + 7 0 0 0 + 7 000
- 1 200 + 1 200
38 800 + 8 200 = 40 000 + 7 000
45Transaction 4:
46On 1 January 20�6 BS Electrical borrowed R50 000 from Uni Bank at an interest rate of 10% per
annumrepayableover60months.TheR50000wastransferredtothebankaccountoftheentity.
47Explanation:
48The money received from Uni Bank increased the bank account. Bank is an asset and therefore
theassetsincreasedwiththemoneyreceivedfromUniBank.Theentity however owedUniBank
18
FAC1501/1
R50000.Thisisanobligation(liability)topayandtheliabilitiesincreased.Theleft-handsideofthe
equation(A)=theright-handsideoftheequation(E+L)[R97000=R40000+R57000].
BS Electrical owes Uni Bank, who provided the long-term loan, the money. Uni Bank is a
creditor (nancing creditor) of BS Electrical. This long-term debt is usually not paid back
within one year (in this case it will only be paid back over a period of 5 years (60 months)).
The effect of this transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Tools and
equipment
Capital Big Builders
(creditor)
Uni Bank
(long-term
loan)
R R R R R
+ 40 000 + 40 000
+ 7 000 + 7 000
   –1200 + 1 200
+ 50 000 + 50 000
+ 88 800 + 8 200 =+ 40 000 ++ 7 000 + 50 000
49The following rules can be applied:
Dr (debit side) Asset accounts (credit side) Cr
+(increase)  –(decrease)
Dr (debit side) Liability accounts (credit side) Cr
–(decrease)  +(increase)
Dr (debit side) Equity account (credit side) Cr
–(decrease)  +(increase)
50For you as a learner of nancial accounting the reality is that the double-entry rules are not
one of those concepts that you can try to understand – you have to learn them!
When analysing a transaction, the following four questions need to be asked:
zWhich two accounts are involved in the transaction?
zDo the accounts form part of assets, equity or liabilities?
zDid the assets, equity or liabilities increase or decrease?
zWhich one of the accounts must be debited and which one must be credited?
19
FAC1501/1
51Let’s consider the transactions of BS Electrical again:
52Transaction 1:
53Mr Bingole Sithole, a qualied electrician, starts a small service business, BS Electrical, on
1January20.6.HedecidedtodepositR40000intheentitysbankaccounttostartthebusiness.
54The effect of this transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Capital Liabilities
R R R
+ 40 000 = + 40 000 +
55Explanation (detailedexplanationoftheaccountingequationtransaction1):
561. Bank account (an asset) increased; and must therefore be debited.
Dr (debit side) Assets (credit side) Cr
+(increase)  –(decrease)
572. Capital account (equity) increased; and must therefore be credited.
Dr (debit side) Equity (credit side) Cr
–(decrease)  +(increase)
58The above transaction will be recorded in the ledger accounts as follows:
(a) The debit-side of the bank account:
Dr Bank 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1Capital (name of
account to be
credited)
40 000
59A few things to remember:
zThedateofthetransaction(date).Thetransactiontookplaceon1January20.6.
zA description of the other account affected by the transaction to make cross-referencing easier
(details).Theaccounttobedebitedisbankaccountandtheaccounttobecreditediscapitalaccount.
zCross-referencingtothefolionumberoftheotheraccountaffected(fol).(Itwillbediscussedina
laterlearningunit.)
20
FAC1501/1
zRecordingtheamountofthetransaction.TheamountofthetransactionisR40000.(Bankaccount
isdebitedwithR40000,andcapitalaccountiscreditedwithR40000.)
(b) The credit-side of the capital account:
Dr Capital 2Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1 Bank (name of
account to be
debited)
40 000
60Debit side = Credit side = R40 000
61Transaction 2:
62On 1 January 20�6 BS Electrical bought a toolbox and tools to be used by Mr Bingole Sithole on credit
from Big Builders for R7 000�
63The effect of this transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Tools and
equipment
Capital Big Builders
(creditor)
R R R R
+ 40 000 + 40 000
+ 7 000 + 7 000
40 000 7 000 = 40 000 + 7 000
64Explanation (detailedexplanationoftheaccountingequationtransaction2):
651. Tools and equipment account (an asset) increased and must therefore be debited.
Dr (debit side) Assets (credit side) Cr
+(increase)  –(decrease)
662. Big Builders’ account (a liability) increased and must therefore be credited.
Dr (debit side) Liabilities (credit side) Cr
–(decrease)  +(increase)
67
21
FAC1501/1
68The above transaction will be recorded in the ledger accounts as follows:
(a) The debit-side of the tools and equipment account:
Dr Tools and equipment 3Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1 Big Builders (name
of account to be
credited)
7 000
(b) The credit-side of Big Builders’ account:
Dr Big Builders 4Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1 Tools and equipment
(name of account
to be debited)
7 000
69Debit side = Credit side = R7 000
70Transaction 3:
71On1January20.6BSElectricalboughtaladderfromLadders(Pty)Ltdandpaidforitbycheque,
R1 200
72The effect of this transaction on the accounting equation can be illustra ted as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Tools and
equipment Capital Big Builders
(creditor)
R R R R
+ 40 000 + 40 000
+ 7 000 + 7 000
– 1 200 + 1 200
+ 38 800 + 8 200 =+ 40 000 ++ 7 000
73Explanation (detailedexplanationoftheaccountingequationtransaction3):
741. Tools and equipment account (an asset) increased and must therefore be debited.
Dr (debit side) Assets (credit side) Cr
+(increase)  –(decrease)
22
FAC1501/1
752. Bank account (an asset) decreased and must therefore be credited.
Dr (debit side) Assets (credit side) Cr
+(increase)  –(decrease)
76The above transaction will be recorded in the ledger accounts as follows:
77(a) The debit-side of the tools and equipment account:
78Youwillhaveonlyoneledgeraccountforeachasset,liabilityandequityitem.Usethesametoolsand
equipment account as created in transaction 2�
Dr Tools and equipment 3Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1Big Builders
Bank (name of
account to be
credited)
7 000
1 200
79(b) The credit-side of the bank account:
80Use the same bank account created in transaction 1
Dr Bank 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1Capital 40 000
20�6
Jan 1Tools and equipment
(name of account to
be debited)
1 200
81Transaction 4:
82On 1 January 20�6 BS Electrical borrowed R50 000 from Uni Bank at an interest rate of 10% per
annumrepayableover60months.TheR50000wastransferredtothebankaccountoftheentity.
83The effect of this transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Tools and
equipment
Capital Big Builders
(creditor)
Uni Bank
(long-term
loan)
R R R R R
+ 40 000 + 40 000
+ 7 000 + 7 000
– 1 200 + 1 200
+ 50 000 + 50 000
+ 88 800 + 8 200 =+ 40 000 ++ 7 000 + 50 000
23
FAC1501/1
84Explanation (detailedexplanationoftheaccountingequationtransaction4):
851. Bank account (an asset) increased and must therefore be debited.
Dr (debit side) Assets (credit side) Cr
+(increase)  –(decrease)
2. Long-term loan: Uni Bank account (a liability) increased and must therefore be credited.
Dr (debit side) Liabilities (credit side) Cr
–(decrease)  +(increase)
86The above transaction will be recorded in the ledger accounts as follows:
(a) The debit-side of the bank account:
87Use the same bank account created in transaction 1 and used in transaction 3�
Dr Bank 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1Capital account
Long-term loan:
Uni Bank (name of
account to be
cre dited)
40 000
50 000
20�6
Jan 1 Tools and equipment 1 200
(b) The credit-side of the long-term loan: Uni Bank account:
Dr Long-term Loan: Uni Bank 5Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1 Bank (name of
account to be
debited)
50 000
88The accounting equation is, therefore, based on the double-entry accounting system, and is used for
preparing the statement of nancial position at a specic point in time
2.8 THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
89The statement of nancial position reects the nancial position of an entity in terms of the basic
accounting equation on a specic date.Itisastatementofbalancesataspecicdate.
90
24
FAC1501/1
91ThestatementofnancialpositionofBSElectricalpreparedasat1January20.6isasfollows:
BS ELECTRICAL
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 1 JANUARY 20.6
ASSETS REQUITY AND LIABILITIES R
Bank 88 800 Capital 40 000
Tools and equipment 8 200 Creditor 7 000
Long-term loan 50 000
97 000 97 000
92Atthisstageitisnecessarytohavealookatthewaysassetscanbeused:
z
Some assets are used time and time again in the business to earn an income� The tools and
equipmentusedbyMrBingoleSitholeareexamplesofsuchassets.Theseassetsareclassied
as non-current assets
z
Someassetshaveashortlifespan,andcontinuallychangeinvalueinthenormalcourseofbusiness,
forexample,moneyinthebank.Theseassetsareclassiedascurrent assets
93
25
FAC1501/1
94Let’shavealookatthedifferencebetweennon-currentassetsandcurrentassets.
ASSETS
Assets are resources controlled (used)
by the entity, as a result of past events
(asset was bought), and from which
future economic benets (income) are
expected to ow to the entity.
CURRENT NON-CURRENT
An asset shall be classied as
current when it satises any of the
following criteria:
All other assets (thus being assets
that are not classied as current
assets will be classied as non-
current).
zItisexpectedtobeconvertedinto
money(realised),orisintendedfor
sale or consumption, in the entitys
normal operating cycle�
Non-current assets include tangible,
intangible and nancial assets of a
long-term nature. (In this module we
will only concern ourselves with tan-
giblenon-currentassets.)
zIt is held primarily for the purpose
of being traded�
It is not the intention of the entity to
sell non-current assets, but to use
theseassetsoverthelong-terminits
business operations to earn an
income�
z
It is expected to be converted
into money (realised) within
twelvemonthsofthestatementof
nancialpositiondate.
Non-current assets are those assets
with a useful life of longer than one
year�
Examples of current assets are: Examples of non-current assets are:
zTradinginventories
zConsumable stores on hand
zDebtors(tradereceivables)
zAccrued income
zPre-paid expenses
zBank(positivebalance)
zCashoat
zPetty cash
zLand and buildings
zVehicles
zFurniture
zEquipment
zMachinery
26
FAC1501/1
95Liabilities can also be non-current or current, depending on when the liability must be settled:
z
Someliabilitiesarepayablemorethanoneyearafternancialyearend,thatis,theyarenotpayable
withinthenextnancialyear.Theseliabilitiesareclassiedasnon-current liabilities
zLiabilitiespayablewithinthenextnancialyearareclassiedascurrent liabilities.
96Let’shavealookatthedifferencebetweencurrentandnon-currentliabilities:
LIABILITIES
Liabilities are present obligations
(debts) of an entity as a result of past
events (borrowing or purchasing) and
represent a potential outow of cash
(payment) from the entity.
CURRENT NON-CURRENT
A liability shall be classied as
current when it satises any of the
following criteria:
All other liabilities (thus being liabili-
ties that are not classied as current
liabilities will be classied as non-
current).
zIt is expected to be settled in the
entitys normal operating cycle
(usuallyoneyear).
Are long-term debts, and have to be
settled after one year of the statement
ofnancialpositiondate.
z
It is held primarily for the purpose
of being traded�
zItisduetobesettledwithintwelve
months after the statement of
nancialpositiondate.
Examples of current liabilities are: Examples of non-current liabilities are:
zCreditors(tradepayables)
zBankoverdrafts
z
Current portion of long-term
borrowings
zShort-term borrowings
zAccrued expenses
zIncomereceivedinadvance
zLong-term loans
zMortgage
zDebentures
27
FAC1501/1
97AccordingtotheseprinciplesthecorrectstatementofnancialpositionforBSElectricalisasfollows:
BS ELECTRICAL
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 1 JANUARY 20.6
ASSETS REQUITY AND LIABILITIES R
Non-current assets
Tools and equipment
Current assets
Bank
8 200
88 800
Equity
Capital
Non-current liabilities
Long-term loan
Current liabilities
Creditor
40 000
50 000
7 000
Total assets 97 000 Total equity and liabilities 97 000
98Therulesthatneedtobefollowedwhenthedouble-entryaccountingisappliedcanbederivedfrom
thestatementofnancialposition.(Thecorrectverticalformatwillbediscussedlater.)
99To summarise the ledger accounts in the general ledger:
Dr Bank 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1Capital
Long-term loan:
Uni Bank
40 000
50 000
20�6
Jan 1 Tools and equipment 1 200
100The bank account has transactions on the debit side and the credit side� To determine what the net
resultis(iehowmuchmoneyisleftinthebankaccount)theaccountmustbebalanced.
An account with entries on both the debit and the credit sides, have to be balanced (to
balance is to nd the nal amount on the account).
To balance the bank account:
z
Add the debit side of the bank account and write down the total in pencil: R40 000 +
R50 000 = R90 000.
zAdd the credit side of the bank account and write down the total in pencil: R1 200.
zThe debit total of the bank account is more than the credit total. To make the two sides
equal the credit side needs an amount of R90 000 – R1 200 = R88 800. This is the balancing
amount and is recorded on the side of the T-account that is the smallest, in this case,
the credit side. It is shown as a balance c/d.
z
The account is then totalled (the biggest total in pencil, that is the debit side total of
R90 000) and the balance is b/d on the debit side.
zThe bank has a debit balance because the entity has an amount of R88 800 left in the
bank account – which represents an asset of the entity.
28
FAC1501/1
Dr Bank 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan
Feb
1
1
Capital
Long-term loan:
Uni Bank
40 000
   50000
20�6
Jan
1
31
Tools and equipment
Balance
c/d
1 200
88 800
90 000 90 000
Balance b/d 88 800
Dr Capital 2Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1Bank 40 000
Dr Tools and equipment 3Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1 Big Builders
Bank
7 000
1 200
8 200
To balance an account with only debit transactions, you only have to add the debit side,
that is, R7 000 + R1 200 = R8 200. If there is only one amount in an account it is left as is.
Dr Big Builders 4Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan
1
Tools and equipment
7 000
Dr Long-term loan: Uni Bank 5Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1Bank 50 000
29
FAC1501/1
101According to the balances on the ledger accounts in the general ledger of the assets,
liabilitiesandequity,itcanberecognisedinthestatementofnancialpositionasfollows:
BS ELECTRICAL
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 1 JANUARY 20.6
ASSETS Note R
Non-current assets 8 200
Tools and equipment 8 200
Current assets 88 800
Bank 88 800
Total assets 97 000
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity 40 000
Capital 40 000
Non-current liabilities 50 000
Long-term loan: Uni Bank 50 000
Current liabilities 7 000
Creditor(BigBuilders) 7 000
Total equity and liabilities 97 000
102Thestatementofnancialpositionisnowshowninitsverticalformatandthisisthecorrectformat
that must be used in future.
30
FAC1501/1
2.9 EXERCISES AND SOLUTIONS
3EXERCISE 1
(a)Denetheconceptofanaccountingentity.
(b)Describethenancialpositionofanentityintermsoftheaccountingequation.
(c)Explain the nature of
(i)assets
(ii)equity
(iii) liabilities
(d)Nametwosourcesofnancing.
(e)Whatismeantbythedouble-entryprinciple?
4SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 1
(a)Anaccountingentityisanyentityforwhichseparatenancialrecordsarekept.
(b)ASSETS = EQUITY + LIABILITIES
(c)  (i) Assetsarethepossessionsoftheentity.
(ii)Equity is the interest which the owner has in the business and which the entity therefore
owes to him�
(iii) Liabilitiesarecreditors’interestorinterestsofpartiesotherthantheowner(s).Liabilitiesare
therefore the debts of the entity
(d) Theownerandcreditors.
(e) Inprincipleitmeansthateverytransactionhasadualeffectontheelementsoftheaccounting
equationandthataftereverytransactiontheaccountingequationmust remain in balance
5EXERCISE 2
103TheassetsofMaxiServicesamounttoR30000anditsliabilities(creditors)toR5000.
6REQUIRED
Calculate the equity
7SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 2
104Usetheaccountingequation.Theamountswhicharegivenaresubstitutedfortheappropriatesymbol
andthevalueoftheunknownsymboliscalculated.
105A = E + L
106E = A L
107E = R30 000 R5 000
108E = R25 000
31
FAC1501/1
8EXERCISE 3
109TTomistheownerofZebraServiceswhichoffersacarpetcleaningservice.On30November20.6
ZebraServicesownsequipmentamountingtoR100000.ClientsoweR40000forservicesrendered
andZebraServicesowesR20000toasupplierforpartspurchased.ZebraServicesalsohasR10000
in cash in the bank�
9REQUIRED
Show the accounting equation and determine the equity
10SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 3
110Step 1: Identify the assets:
111 Equipment = R100 000
112 Debtors = R40 000
113 Cash = R10 000
114Step 2: Identify the liabilities:
115 Creditors control = R20 000
116Substitute these amounts into the equation:
117A = E + L
118E = A L
119E = R(100000+40000+10000) – R20000
120E = R150 000 R20 000
121E = R130 000
32
FAC1501/1
122ZebraServicesnancialpositioncanalsobepresentedintheformofastatementofnancialposition
as follows:
ZEBRA SERVICES
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 NOVEMBER 20.6
ASSETS REQUITY AND LIABILITIES R
Equipment
Debtors
Cash in bank
100 000
40 000
10 000
Equity
Creditors
130 000
20 000
150 000 150 000
11EXERCISE 4
Calculatethemissingguresusingtheaccountingequation:
R
(a)Bank = 4 000
Vehicles = 5 000
Equipment = 7 000
Equity =  ?
(b)Equity = 150 000
Loan = 50 000
Bank =  ?
Machinery = 190 000
(c)Bank = 5 000
Debtors = 15 000
Buildings = 100 000
Furniture = 40 000
Creditors = 50 000
Equity =  ?
(d)Equity = 60 000
Loan = 10 000
Creditors = 6 000
Assets =  ?
33
FAC1501/1
12SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 4
(a)A = E + L
E = A L
E = R(4000+5000+7000) – R0
E = R16 000
(b)A = E + L
R190 000 + Bank = R150 000 + R 50 000
Bank = R200 000 R190 000
Bank = R 10 000
(c)A = E + L
E = A L
E = R(5000+15000+100000+40000) – R50000
E = R160 000 R50 000
E = R110 000
(d)A = E + L
A = R60000 + R(10000+6000)
A = R76 000
34
FAC1501/1
13SELF-ASSESSMENT
123After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
able to:
z
classify the different elements of financial state-
mentscorrectly?
zdeneanasset?
zdenealiability?
zdeneincome?
zdeneexpenses?
z
explainthedifferencebetween(andgiveexamplesof)
non-currentassetsandcurrentassets?
z
explainthedifferencebetween(andgiveexamplesof)
non-currentliabilitiesandcurrentliabilities?
z
explainthedifferencebetween(andgiveexamplesof)
incomeandexpenses?
z
list the rules for debiting and crediting different type of
accountsconcerningassets,equityandliabilities?
z
correctlyclassifyanygivenaccountconcerningassets,
equityandliabilities?
z
correctlyenteranygiventransactionconcerningassets,
equityandliabilitiesintotheaccountingequation?
z
correctly apply the accounting equation to any given
transactionconcerningassets,equityandliabilities?
z
correctlyenteranygiventransactionconcerningassets,
equityandliabilitiesintheledgeraccounts?
zprepareastatementofnancialposition?
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
IfyouhavemarkedallJ you may continue to the next learning unit �
124IfyouhavemarkedanyKyouhavetorevisethatspecicsection.
125IfyouhavemarkedanyLyouhavetore-studythatspecicsection.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
THE ACCOUNTING
EQUATION: FINANCIAL
PERFORMANCE
LEARNING UNIT 3
1
36
FAC1501/1
2OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 36
Key concepts ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 36
Assessment criteria ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 37
3�1 Introduction ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 37
3�2 The accounting equation: Financial performance ������������������������������������������������������������������ 37
3�3 The trial balance �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 46
3.4 Theprotorlossaccount ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 47
3.5 Thestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincome ����������������������������������������� 50
3�6 Summary �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 51
3�7 Exercises and solutions ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������53
Self-assessment �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 60
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1After studying this learning unit you should be able to:
1
zunderstand the accounting equation concerning income and expenses
zexplaintheeffectsofnancialaccountingentriesconcerningincomeandexpensesontheac-
counting equation
zprepare entries in general ledger accounts of income and expenses
zprepareatrialbalanceforaserviceentity
zprepareaprotorlossaccountforaserviceentity
zprepareastatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomeforaserviceentity
KEY CONCEPTS
zIncome
zExpenses
zDebtors
zTrial balance
zProtorlossaccount
zStatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincome
37
FAC1501/1
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
zBusiness transactions concerning income and expenses are explained with
appro priate examples�
z
Accounting policy is demonstrated according to the right methods and procedures
when recording in the accounting equation format and in the ledger accounts�
z
Expensesandincomeandgainsandlossesaredenedandclassiedfor
recognitioninthestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincome.
3.1 INTRODUCTION
2Theobjectiveofeveryentityistoearnaslargeaprotaspossible.Itisthereforenecessarytodetermine
thenancialperformanceoftheentitybycalculatingthenancialresultoveraspecicperiod.
3.2 THE ACCOUNTING EQUATION: FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
3Thenancialresultofanentityismeasuredintermsoftheprotorlosswhichtheentityhasmade
overaspecicperiod.Thisperiodisknownasthenancialperiodandisusuallyoneyear.
An entity makes a prot when the income it has earned from its business activities is more
than the expenditure it has incurred in generating or producing that income.
An entity makes a loss when the expenditure it has incurred in generating or producing
income is more than the income it has earned.
PROFIT/LOSS FOR THE YEAR = INCOME – EXPENSES
4Anentitymustearnanincometobeabletopayitsexpenses.Protfortheyearistheowner’sreward
forthecapitalinvestedandtheentrepreneurialspiritshown.
Prot (gains) or income is credited because it increase the equity (capital) amount owed to
the owner of the entity. If equity increases the account must be credited.
Dr (debit side) Capital (credit side) Cr
– (decrease) + (increase)
5Thefollowingrulecanbeappliedtoprot/income:
Dr (debit side) Prot/income (credit side) Cr
Always credited
– (decrease) + (increase)
38
FAC1501/1
INCOME
Prot/income is the increase in
economic benets of an entity during an
accounting period which results in an
increase in equity. Such an increase can
be the result of an increase in assets or
a decrease in liabilities.
REVENUE PROFIT/GAINS
Revenue earned from the entitys
normal activities (daily operating
activities),forexample:
Gains are increases in economic
benets, which do not arise from the
normal activities of the entity, for
example:
zfees earned zprotonsaleofnon-currentasset
zsales
zinterest income
zrental income
zcommission income
zcreditlossesrecovered
6Expenses are incurred to earn income�
Losses or expenses are debited because it decreases the equity (capital) amount owed
to the owner of the entity. If equity decreases the losses or expense accounts must be
debited.
Dr (debit side) Capital (credit side) Cr
– (decrease) + (increase)
7Thefollowingrulecanbeappliedtolosses/expenses:
Dr (debit side) Losses/expenses (credit side) Cr
Always debited
+ (increase) – (decrease)
39
FAC1501/1
EXPENSES
Losses/expenses are the outow of
economic benets (payments/losses)
during the accounting period, which
results in a decrease in equity. Such a
decrease can be the result of a decrease
in assets or an increase in liabilities.
EXPENSES LOSSES
Expenses are incurred in the normal
courseoftheentitysactivities.They
arisefromthegenerationofincome,
for example:
Losses are decreases in economic
benets, which do not arise from
the normal activities of the entity, for
example:
zCost of sales zLoss on sale of non-current asset
zRental expenses
zInterest expenses
zWages and salaries
zAdvertising
zCredit losses
zInsurance
zRepairs and maintenance
zTelephone expenses
zWater and electricity
zPostage
zRates and taxes
zStationery
zConsumables
zPackingmaterials
zBankcharges
zDepreciation
zAdministrativeexpenses
40
FAC1501/1
8Let’sconsiderafewmoretransactionsofMrBingoleSitholeforthe20.6nancialyearthatgenerate
incomeorgiverisetoexpenditure.Thenancialyearendsannuallyon31December.
9Transaction 5:
10MrBingoleSitholerenderedaserviceon15January,forcash,toaclientfortheamountofR60000.
11Explanation:
12Received money for services rendered, therefore the bank account (an asset)
increases and must be debited
Dr (debit side) Assets (credit side) Cr
+ (increase) – (decrease)
13Servicesrenderedarean income that increases the prot for the year.Therefore,equity increased
and services rendered account must be credited� You will now see that the double entry principle
has been adhered too�
Dr (debit side) Prot/income (credit side) Cr
– (decrease) + (increase)
14The effect of the transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A=E+L
Bank Tools and
equipment
Capital Income/
expenditure
Big Builders
(creditor)
Uni Bank
(long-term
loan)
R R R R R R
88 800 8 200 40 000 7 000 50 000
+ 60 000 + 60 000
148 800 8 200 =40 000 60 000 +7 000 50 000
15
41
FAC1501/1
16The above transaction will be recorded in the ledger accounts as follows:
171. The debit-side of the bank account:
Dr Bank 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan
1
15
Capital
Long-term loan: Uni
Bank
Servicesrendered
(account to be
credited)
40 000
50 000
60 000
20�6
Jan 1 Tools and equipment 1 200
182. The credit-entry in the services rendered account:
Dr Services rendered 2Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 15 Bank(account to be
debited)
60 000
19Transaction 6:
20MrBingoleSitholerenderedaserviceon16January,oncredit,toMBeautyfortheamountofR20000.
21Explanation:
22ClientsoweBSElectricalmoney.Theseclientsarecalleddebtors(resourcecontrolledbytheentity),as
aresultofpastevents(renderingofservices),andfromwhichfutureeconomicbenetsareexpected
(moneytobereceived).Therefore,itisanasset.Assets increased and M. Beauty (a debtor) must
be debited
A person who owes money to the entity is a debtor (asset).
Dr (debit side) Assets (credit side) Cr
+ (increase) - (decrease)
23Services rendered is an income that increases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity
increased and services rendered account must be credited
Dr (debit side) Prot/income (credit side) Cr
– (decrease) + (increase)
24
42
FAC1501/1
25The effect of the transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Tools and
equipment
M. Beauty
(debtor)
Capital Income/
expenditure
Big
Builders
(creditor)
Uni Bank
(long-term
loan)
R R R R R R R
88 800 8 200 40 000 7 000 50 000
+ 60 000 + 60 000
+ 20 000 + 20 000
148 800 8 200 20 000 =40 000 80 000 +7 000 50 000
26The above transaction will be recorded in the ledger accounts as follows:
271. The debit-side of M Beautys account:
Dr M. Beauty 6 Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 16 Servicesrendered
(account to be
credited)
20 000
282. The credit-entry in the services rendered account:
Dr Services rendered 7Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 15
16
Bank
M.Beauty(account
to be debited)
60 000
20 000
29Transaction 7:
30On28JanuarythebusinessstelephoneaccountforJanuarywaspaidbycheque,R1200.
31Explanation:
32Telephone expenses is an expense that decreases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity
decreased and the telephone expense account must be debited
Dr (debit side) Losses/expenses (credit side) Cr
+ (increase) – (decrease)
43
FAC1501/1
33Paidmoneyforthetelephoneaccount,thereforethebank account (an asset) decreases and must
be credited� To complete the double entry the appropriate expense account must be debited�
Dr (debit side) Assets (credit side) Cr
+ (increase) – (decrease)
34The effect of the transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Tools and
equipment
M Beauty
(debtor)
Capital Income/
expenditure
Big
Builders
(creditor)
Uni Bank
(long-term
loan)
R R R R R R R
88 800 8 200 40 000 7 000 50 000
  +60000 + 60 000
+ 20 000       +20000
           –1200      –1200
   147600 8 200    20000 =40 000      78800 +7 000 50 000
35The above transaction will be recorded in the ledger accounts as follows:
361. The entry on the debit-side of the telephone expenses account:
Dr Telephone expenses 8Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 28 Bank(account to be
credited)
1 200
372. The credit-entry in the bank account:
Dr Bank 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan
1
15
Capital
Long-term loan: Uni
Bank
Servicesrendered
40 000
50 000
60 000
20�6
Jan 1
28
Tools and equipment
Telephone expenses
(account to be
debited)
1 200
1 200
38
44
FAC1501/1
39Transaction 8:
40On31Januarythereceptionist’ssalaryforJanuarywaspaidbycheque,R6000.
41Explanation:
42Salaries account is an expense that decreases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity
decreased and salaries account must be debited
Dr (debit side) Losses/expenses (credit side) Cr
+ (increase) – (decrease)
43Paid the salary of the receptionist, therefore the bank account (an asset) decreases and must
be credited. To complete the double entry the appropriate expense account must be debited.
Dr (debit side) Assets (credit side) Cr
+ (increase) – (decrease)
44The effect of the transaction on the accounting equation can be illustrated as follows:
A = E + L
Bank Tools and
equipment
M. Beauty
(debtor)
Capital Income/
expenditure
Big
Builders
(creditor)
Uni Bank
(long-term
loan)
R R R R R R R
     88800 8 200 40 000 7 000 50 000
 +60000 + 60 000
+ 20 000 + 20 000
     –1200 – 1 200
         –6000 – 6 000
      141600 8 200       20000 =40 000 72 800 +7 000 50 000
45The above transaction will be recorded in the ledger accounts as follows:
461. The debit-side of the salaries account:
Dr Salaries 9Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 31 Bank(account to be
credited)
6 000
47
45
FAC1501/1
482. The credit-entry in the bank account:
Dr Bank 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6 20�6
Jan
1
15
Capital
Long-term loan: Uni
Bank
Servicesrendered
40 000
50 000
60 000
Jan
1
28
31
Tools and equipment
Telephone expenses
Salaries (account to
be debited)
1 200
1 200
6 000
49Asummaryofalltheledgeraccountsinthegeneralledger,attheendofJanuary20.6areasfollows:
50Thebankaccountmustbebalancedoff.
51BS ELECTRICAL
52GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Bank 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan
Feb
1
15
1
20�6
Jan
1
28
31
Capital
Long-term loan: Uni
Bank
Servicesrendered
40 000
50 000
60 000
Tools and equipment
Telephone expenses
Salaries
Balance
c/d
1 200
1 200
6 000
141 600
150 000 150 000
Balance
b/d
141 600
Dr Capital 2Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1 Bank 40 000
Dr Tools and equipment 3Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1 Big Builders
Bank
7 000
1 200
8 200
53
46
FAC1501/1
Dr Big builders 4Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1 Tools and equipment 7 000
Dr Long-term loan: Uni Bank Account 5Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1Bank 50 000
Dr M Beauty 6 Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 16 Servicesrendered 20 000
Dr Services rendered 7Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 15
16
Bank
MBeauty
60 000
20 000
Dr Telephone expenses 8Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 28 Bank 1 200
Dr Salaries 9Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 31 Bank 6 000
54Theledgeraccountsinthegeneralledgernumberedfrom1to6areassetaccounts,liabilityaccounts
andequityaccounts.Thesebalanceswillappearinthestatementofnancialposition.Theledger
accountsinthegeneralledgernumberedfrom7to9areallincome/protaccountsandexpense/loss
accounts� The arithmetical correctness of the recording of transactions in the general ledger must be
testedonaregularbasis.Thisusuallytakesplaceoncealltransactionsuptoandincludingacertain
date(inthiscase for the monthof January)have been recordedin the general ledger and before
anynalnancialstatementsareprepared.Atrialbalancewillbecompiledtocheckthearithmetical
correctness of the recording of transactions in the general ledger
3.3 THE TRIAL BALANCE
55The total of all the debit balances on the ledger accounts should be equal to the total of all the
credit balances on the ledger accounts, because all the transactions should have been recorded
47
FAC1501/1
inaccordance withthedouble-entryprinciple.Todeterminewhetherthisisso,the balancesofall
accountsaredeterminedandrecordedinastatementknownasthetrialbalance.
A trial balance is a list of all the balances of all the accounts in the general ledger on a
particular date.
56The names and balances are recorded in the trial balance in the order in which they appear in the
general ledger� There are two columns in which debit balances and credit balances are recorded� The
naltotalsofthetwocolumnsshouldalwaysbethesame.
BS ELECTRICAL
TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 31 JANUARY 20.6
Debit Credit
R R
Bank 141 600
Capital 40 000
Tools and equipment 8 200
Big Builders 7 000
Long-termloan:UniBank 50 000
M.Beauty 20 000
Servicesrendered 80 000
Telephone expenses 1 200
Salaries 6 000
177 000 177 000
57Theerrorswhichmayberevealedbyatrialbalancewillbediscussedindetailinalaterlearningunit.
Thedebitbalancestotalisequaltothecreditbalancestotalandtheprotorlossaccountcannow
be compiled�
3.4 THE PROFIT OR LOSS ACCOUNT
58IfMrBingoleSitholewantstodetermineafteronemonthwhetheritisworthwhileforhimtocarryon
thebusiness,theprot/incomeaccountsandlosses/expenseaccountsmustbeclosedofftotheprot
orlossaccountsothattheprotforthemonthcanbecalculated.
59Thenancialresultofanentityismeasuredintermsoftheprotorlosswhichtheentityhasmade
overaspecicperiod.Thisperiodisknownasthenancial period and is usually one year
At the end of the nancial period (usually a year) all expense/loss accounts and income/
prot accounts of a service entity must be closed off to a prot or loss account which
forms the basis for the preparation of a statement of prot or loss and other comprehen-
sive income.
60
48
FAC1501/1
61Explanation of the transfer of income to the prot or loss account:
62Tocloseofftheservicesrenderedaccount(income),theservices rendered account must be debited
withR80000,whichisequaltothetotaloftheamountsonthecreditside(R60000+R20000).There
is no total on the debit side� To balance off the ledger account the total amount of R80 000 will be
entered on the debit side� The name of the account that must be credited to complete the double-entry
isprotorlossaccount.Theservicesrenderedaccountwillnowbalanceoff.
63The prot or loss account is credited with R80 000� This is done to adhere to the double-
entry principle�
Dr Services rendered 7Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 31 Protorloss(account
to be credited)
80 000
20�6
Jan 15
16
Bank
M.Beauty
60 000
20 000
80 000 80 000
64Explanation of the transfer of expenditure to the prot or loss account:
65Tocloseoffthetelephoneexpenseaccount(anexpense),thetelephone expenses account must be
credited withR1200whichisequaltothetotalamountonthedebitside,R1200.Thereisnobalance
onthetelephoneexpenseaccountbecausethetotalamountistakentotheprotorlossaccount.
66The p ro t or loss account is debited with R1 200� This is done to adhere to the double-entry principle�
Dr Telephone expenses 8Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 28 Bank 1 200
20�6
Jan 31 Protorloss(account
to be debited)
1 200
1 200 1 200
67Thesameprincipleisapplicabletotheclosingoffofthesalariesaccount(anexpense)totheprotor
loss account�
68ThesalariesaccountmustbecreditedwithR6000,thetotaloftheamountonthedebitside,R6000.
Thereisnobalanceonthesalariesaccountbecausethetotalamountistakentotheprotorloss
account
69The p ro t o r lo ss ac c ount is debited with R6 000� This is done to adhere to the double-entry principle�
70
49
FAC1501/1
Dr Salaries 9Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 31 Bank 6 000
20�6
Jan 31 Protorloss(account
to be debited)
6 000
6 000 6 000
71Theprotorlossaccountisanalaccountinthegeneralledgerandthestatementofprotorlossand
othercomprehensiveincomeisoneofthenancialstatementsanentityhastoprepare.Itusesthe
sameinformation,buttheoneisanaccountwhiletheotherisastatement(nodebitsideorcreditside).
72The prot or loss account is as follows:
Dr Prot or loss 10 Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6 20�6
Jan 31 Telephone expenses
(account to be
credited)
Salaries (account to
be credited)
Capital(Protforthe
month) (account to
be credited)
1 200
6 000
72 800
Jan 31 Servicesrendered
(account to be
debited)
80 000
80 000 80 000
73Anentitymakesaprotwhentheincomeithasearnedismorethantheexpenditureithasincurred
ingeneratingorproducingthatincome.BSElectricalhasmadeaprotforthemonthbecausethe
incomeearned,R80000,ismorethantheexpensesincurredingeneratingtheincome,R1200+
R6000=R7200.Theincomeearned(prot)isR80000–R7200=R72800.
To calculate the prot or loss for the month (the same as calculating the
balance c/d):
zAdd the debit side of the prot or loss account and write down the total in pencil: R1 200
+ R6 000 = R7 200.
z
Add the credit side of the prot or loss account and write down the total in pencil: R80 000.
zThe credit total of the prot or loss account is more than the debit total. To make the
two sides equal the debit side needs an amount of R80 000-R7 200 = R72 800. This is
the balancing amount and is recorded on the side of the prot or loss account that is
the smallest in this case, the debit side. It is a prot because the income is greater than
than the expenses.
zThe account is then totalled (the biggest total in pencil, that side is the credit side total
of R80 000).
z
The capital account will be credited, therefore the reference on the debit side of the prot
or loss account will be capital account (prot for the month).
50
FAC1501/1
74Thelasttransferistheentryfortheprotfortheperiodthatmustbecreditedtothecapitalaccount
(protorlossaccountisdebited)becauseBSElectricalowestheprottotheowner,MrB.Sithole.
Theprotforthemonthistheownersrewardforthecapitalhehasinvestedandtheentrepreneurial
spirit he has shown� It therefore increases the equity
Dr Capital 2Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Jan 1
31
Bank
Protorloss(prot
for the month)
(account to be
debited)
40 000
72 800
112 80 0
75A statement of prot or loss and other comprehensive income will now be compiled using the
informationincludedintheprotorlossaccount.
3.5 THE STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
76Theaimofthestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomeistoreectthenancial
performance(prot/loss)foranancialperiod.
77Thestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomeisasfollows:
BS ELECTRICAL
STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE MONTH ENDED 31 JANUARY 20.6
Notes R
Servicesrendered 80 000
Distribution,administrativeandotherexpenses (7 200)
Telephone expenses 1 200
Salaries 6 000
Protforthemonth 72 800
Othercomprehensiveincomeforthemonth*
Total comprehensive income for the month 72 800
78* OthercomprehensiveincomeforthemonthfallsoutsidethescopeoftheFAC1501syllabus.
79 Notes fall outside the scope of this module�
80In order to complete the set of nancial statements the statement of nancial position will also
be compiled�
81
51
FAC1501/1
Thestatementofnancialpositionisasfollows:
BS ELECTRICAL
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 JANUARY 20.6
Notes R
ASSETS
Non-current assets 8 200
Tools and equipment 8 200
Current assets 161 600
Debtors control 20 000
Bank 141 600
Total assets 169 800
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity 112 8 00
Capital 112 80 0
Non-current liabilities 50 000
Long-termloan:UniBank 50 000
Current liabilities 7 000
Creditors control 7 000
Total equity and liabilities 169 800
82Learningunit2and3arethemostimportantlearningunitsinnancialaccounting.Pleasemakesure
you understand the rules concerning assets, liabilities, equity, prot/income accounts and losses/
expenseaccounts.Youwillhavenoproblemswithnancialaccountinginfutureifyouunderstand
theserulesandknowhowtoapplythem.
3.6 SUMMARY
83Thetablebelowpresentsausefuloverviewoftheaccountingequationandtherelatedsub-categories
ofthe elements ofnancialstatements.Examplesof relevantledgeraccountsare provided under
each category
84
85
52
FAC1501/1
ASSETS
Debit (+) Credit (–)
=EQUITY
Debit (–) Credit (+)
+LIABILITIES
Debit (–) Credit (+)
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Land and buildings
Equipment
Vehicles
Furniture
Machinery
Goodwill
Investments(nancial)
CURRENT ASSETS
Tradinginventory
Debtors control
Prepaid expenses
Accrued income
Bank
Petty cash
Cashoat
*DRAWINGS
EXPENSES
Cost of sales
Rental expenses
Interest expense
Wages and salaries
Advertising
Insurance expenses
Repairs and maintenance
Telephone expenses
Water and electricity
Credit losses
Postage
Rates and taxes
Stationery
Consumables
Packagingmaterials
Loss on sale of a non-current
asset
*CAPITAL
INCOME
Sales
Rental income
Interest income
Dividendincome
Commision income
Creditlossesrecovered
Protonsaleofanon-
current asset
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Long-term loans
Mortgage
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term loans
Creditors control
Bankoverdraft
Current portion of long-term
loans
Accrued expenses
Incomereceivedinadvance
53
FAC1501/1
3.7 EXERCISES AND SOLUTIONS
3EXERCISE 1
(a) Howisthenancialresultcalculatedinnancialaccountingterms?
(b) Whichnancialreportreectsthenancialresult?
(c) Givethreeexamplesofincome.
(d) Givethreeexamplesofexpenditure.
(e) Howisprot/lossdeterminedforanancialperiod?
(f) Doesalossincreaseordecreasetheequityoftheowner?
4SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 1
(a) PROFITFORTHEYEAR = INCOME – EXPENDITURE
(b) Thestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomefortheyearended…
(c) ● feesearned
zsales
zinterest income
zrental income
zcommission income
zcreditlossesrecovered
(d) ● costofsales
zrental expenses
zinterest expense
zwages and salaries
zadvertising
zcredit losses
zinsurance
zrepairs and maintenance
ztelephone expenses
zwater and electricity
zpostage
zrates and taxes
zstationery
zconsumables
zpackingmaterials
zbankcharges
zdepreciation
zadministrativeexpenses
(e) PROFITFORTHEYEAR = INCOME – EXPENDITURE
(f) Alossdecreasesincomeandprotsandthereforealsodecreasestheequity.
54
FAC1501/1
5EXERCISE 2
86ThenancialpositionofTPayn,anattorney,at28February20.6isasfollows:
87A = E + L
88R50 000 = R30 000 + R20 000
89For the year ended 28 February 20�7 he had the following income and expenditure:
R
Fees earned 180 000
Salaries 100 000
Administrativeexpenses 20 000
Insurance expenses 10 000
6REQUIRED
CalculateTPayn’sequityasat28February20.7.
7SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 2
90Income = Fees earned R180 000
91Expenditure = SalariesR100000+AdministrativeexpensesR20000+Insurance
expenses R10 000
92 = R130 000
93Prot for the year = Income Expenses
= R180 000 R130 000
= R50 000
Equity = Capital + Prot for the year
E = R30 000 (20�6) + R50 000 (20�7)
E = R80 000
8EXERCISE 3
9REQUIRED
List each of the following ledger accounts under one of the categories in the table
below� “Furniture” is inserted as an example�
ASSETS EQUITY LIABILITIES
Non-current
assets
Current assets Capital Income Expenditure Non-current
liabilities
Current
liabilities
Furniture
94
55
FAC1501/1
95Ledgeraccountstobeclassied:
(a) land and buildings
(b) mortgage
(c) petty cash
(d) postage
(e) interest income
(f) vehicles
(g) salaries
(h) debtors
(i) creditors
(j) bankoverdraft
(k)fees earned
(l) electricity deposit
(m) subscriptions
10SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 3
ASSETS EQUITY LIABILITIES
Non-current
assets
Current
assets
Capital Income Expenditure Non-current
liabilities
Current
liabilities
(a) land and
buildings
(b) mortgage
(c) petty cash
(d) postage
(e) interest
income
(f) vehicles
(g) salaries
(h) debtors
(i) creditors
(j) bank
overdraft
(k) fees
earned
(l) electricity
deposit*
(m) subscriptions
96* Electricitydepositisanamountpaidbytheentitytoserveassecurityforthepaymentoftheelectricityaccount.The
amountwillbepaidbacktotheentityiftheysellthelandandbuildingsandwillnolongermakeuseoftheelectricity;
therefore it is not an expense but a current asset�
56
FAC1501/1
11EXERCISE 4
97DPaulusstartedatelevisionantennainstallationserviceon1June20.6.Thefollowingtransactions
tookplaceduringtherstmonth:
98Transactions:
99June 1 Cashinthebankdepositedasopeningcapital,R25000.
100 2 DPaulusmadehisprivateequipmentavailabletothebusiness,R9000.
101 3 Additionalequipmentpurchasedandpaidforbycheque,R12000.
102 4 InstallationfeesforworkdoneonaccountforKannadriftMunicipality,
R4 200�
103 6 VehiclepurchasedoncreditfromVirginiaCarsLimited,R22400.
104 17 KannadriftMunicipalitypaidR2200ontheiraccount.
105 28 Wagespaid,R4000.
106 30 Paid R9 000 to Virginia Cars Limited in part settlement of the
entity’saccount.
12REQUIRED
Use theaccountingequationtoanalysetheabovementionedtransactionsasfollows:
107NB: (1) Show the effect of each transaction on the accounting equation with a plus sign (+) for an
increase and a minus sign () for a decrease�
108Example: On1July20.6DPaulusreceivedR2000incashfor aninstallationdoneforCook
Financing Corporation�
Date
Accounting equation
Assets = Equity + Liabilities
20�6
July 1 + R2 000 + R2 000 0
109Cashreceivedwillincreasethebank,thereforeassetsincreased.
110Thecashwasforinstallationfees,anincome,thereforeequityincreased.
111
57
FAC1501/1
13SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 4
Date Accounting equation
Assets = Equity + Liabilities
20�6
June
1
2
3
4
6
17
28
30
+ R25 000
+ R 9 000
+ R12 000
– R12 000
+ R 4 200
+ R22 400
+ R 2 200
– R 2 200
– R 4 000
– R 9 000
+ R25 000
+ R 9 000
+ R 4 200
R 4 000
  +R22400
    –R 9000
R47 600 R34 200 R13 400
112Assets (R47 600) = Equity (R34 200) + Liabilities (R13 400)
14EXERCISE 5
113The following transactions relate to Witblits Electricians:
114Transactions:
115Oct 1 WBlits,theowner,depositedasopeningcapital,R10000.
116  ObtainedaloanfromSABank,R6000.
117 3 BoughtequipmentoncreditfromSparksDealers,R1000.
118 9 Issuedachequeforanadvertisementinalocalnewspaper,R200.
119 12 Paidthetelephoneaccountbycheque,R75.
120 13 ReceivedachequefromHHouseforservicesrendered,R500.
121 24 As an additional capital contribution W Blits transferred his motor
vehicletothebusiness,R9000.
122 27 Paidsalariesbycheque,R2000.
123 30 IssuedachequetoSABankasarepaymentontheloan,R1500.
15REQUIRED
Preparetheappropriategeneralledgeraccountswhichreecttheabovetransactionsinthebooks
of Witblits Electricians� The general ledger accounts must be properly balanced at 31 October 20�6
124NB: Indicate the correct contra general ledger account�
58
FAC1501/1
16SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 5
125WITBLITS ELECTRICIANS
126GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Capital 1Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Oct 1
24
Bank
Motorvehicles
10 000
9 000
19 000
Dr Bank 2Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6 20�6
Oct
Nov
1
13
1
Capital
Long-term loan:
SABank
Servicesrendered
10 000
6 000
500
Oct 9
12
27
30
31
Advertisements
Telephone expenses
Salaries
Long-term loan: SA
Bank
Balance
c/d
200
75
2 000
1 500
12 725
16 500 16 500
Balance
b/d
12 725
Dr Long-term loan: SA Bank 3Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6 20�6
Oct 30
31
Bank
Balance
c/d
1 500
4 500
Oct
Nov
1
1
Bank 6 000
6 000 6 000
Balance
b/d
4 500
Dr Equipment 4Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Oct 3SparksDealers 1 000
Dr Motor vehicles 5Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Oct 24 Capital 9 000
59
FAC1501/1
Dr Sparks Dealers 6Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Oct 3Equipment 1 000
Dr Services rendered 7Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Oct 13 Bank 500
Dr Telephone expenses 8Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Oct 12 Bank 75
Dr Salaries 9Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Oct 27 Bank 2 000
Dr Advertisements 10 Cr
Date Details Fol RDate Details Fol R
20�6
Oct 9 Bank 200
127
60
FAC1501/1
17SELF-ASSESSMENT
128After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
able to:
zdeneincome?
zdeneexpenses?
z
explainthedifferencebetween(andgiveexamplesof)
incomeandexpenses?
z explain the rules for debiting and crediting different types
ofprot/incomeandlosses/expenseaccounts?
z
correctlyclassifyanygivenprot/incomeandlosses/ex-
penseaccount?
z
correctlyenteranygiventransactionconsideringprot/
incomeandlosses/expenseintotheaccountingequation?
z
correctly apply the accounting equation to any given
transactionconsideringprot/incomeandlosses/expense?
z
correctlyenteranygiventransactionconcerningprot/
incomeandlosses/expenseintheledgeraccounts?
zprepareatrialbalance?
zprepareaprotorlossaccount?
zprepareastatementofprotorlossandothercomprehen-
siveincome?
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
129IfyouhavemarkedallJ you may continue to the next learning unit �
130IfyouhavemarkedanyKyouhavetorevisethatspecicsection.
131IfyouhavemarkedanyLyouhavetore-studythatspecicsection.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
BUSINESS DOCUMENTS:
CASH TRANSACTIONS
LEARNING UNIT 4
1
62
FAC1501/1
2OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 62
Key concepts ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 62
Assessment criteria ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 63
4�1 Introduction ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 63
4.2 Thenancialaccountingcycle ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 63
4�3 Cash transactions ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 63
4�4 Business documents �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 64
4�5 Starting a business entity ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 64
4.6 ValueAddedTax(VAT) ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 65
4.7 Comprehensiveexample�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 69
4.8 Exercisesandsolutions ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 93
Self-assessment �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������114
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1Afterstudyingthislearningunityoushouldbeableto:
1
zdenecashtransactions
zdenesourcedocuments
zexplainthedifferencebetweeninternalsourcedocumentsandexternalbusinessdocuments
zexplaintheapplicablesourcedocumentsinvolvedindifferentcashtransactions
zcompletedifferentbusinessdocuments
KEY CONCEPTS
zCash transactions
zSource documents
zInternalsourcedocuments
zExternalsourcedocuments
zCashslips
zCashregisterrolls
zDuplicatecashinvoices
zOriginalcashinvoices
zDuplicatereceipts
zOriginalreceipts
zDuplicatecashsalesinvoices
zChequecounterfoils
zCheques
zOriginaldeliverynote
zDuplicatedeliverynote
zPetty cash voucher
63
FAC1501/1
zOriginalcreditcardslip
zDuplicatecreditcardslip
zBank statement
zOriginaldepositslip
zDuplicatedepositslip
zInternetbanking:Noticeofpayment
zValueAddedTax(VAT)
zSales
zPurchases
zCash discount
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
z
Theconcept“sourcedocuments”isexplainedandsourcedocumentsapplicable
tocashtransactionsareidentiedusingappropriateexamplesfromentities.
zTheprinciplesofVATandthecalculationthereofisexplainedwithexamples
toverifytheabilitytocalculateVAT.
zTheabilitytocompletebusinessdocumentsapplicabletocashtransactions
fromrelevantnancialdataisdemonstrated.
z
Theabilitytoapplytheaccountingequationwhenrecordingcashtransactions
is demonstrated
zTheabilitytorecordcashtransactionsofasoleproprietorinvariousledgers
fromsourcedocumentsisdemonstrated.
4.1 INTRODUCTION
2Inlearningunits2and3youlearnedhowtoanalysetransactionsandtodeterminetheireffecton
theaccountingequation.Theprincipleofthedouble-entrysystemwasalsoexplainedaswellasthe
recordingofallthetransactionsinthevariousledgeraccounts.Thiscreatedaframeworkwithinwhich
younowmuststudytheprocessingofaccountingdataingreaterdetail.
4.2 THE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING CYCLE
3Accountingdataisprocessedwithinadeniteframeworkwhichisknownasthenancialaccounting
cycle.Thenancialaccountingcyclewasexplainedinlearningunit1.
4Youwillrememberthat,accordingtothenancialaccountingdiagram,theremustrstbeatransaction
andthentheremustbeproofthatatransactiondidtakeplace.Theproofthatatransactiondidtake
place takes the form of a source document. There are different business documents for different
transactions that serve as proof that transactions did take place. In this learning unit the source
documentsforcashtransactionswillbediscussed.
4.3 CASH TRANSACTIONS
5Thetransactionofanentitycanbeeitherincashoroncreditoramixtureofboth.Inthislearningunit
onlybusinessdocumentsapplicabletocashtransactionswillbediscussed.Cashtransactionsalways
affectthebankaccount,pettycashorcashoat.Thatmeansthat,whencashtransactionstakeplace,
theentity will eitherreceiveorpayoutmoney. The type ofsourcedocumentusedtorecordcash
transactionswilldependonthetypeoftransactionthattookplace.
64
FAC1501/1
4.4 BUSINESS DOCUMENTS
6Whenacashtransactiontakesplace,itisnecessarytorecorditonabusinessdocument.These
businessdocumentsarenecessarytokeeprecordofthelargenumberoftransactionsthatanentity
isengagedinduring a businessday. Itisnotpracticaltorecord eachtransaction directly intothe
booksoftheentity.Thesebusinessdocumentsserveasproofthatatransactionbetweentheentity
andanotherpartytookplace andconstitute arecordforthefurtherprocessingofthedataon the
businessdocument.Theinformationonthebusinessdocumentgivesdetailsofthetransaction,which
includesthedate,theamount,thetypeoftransaction,andwithwhomthetransactionhastakenplace.
Thesedocumentsarereferredtoassourcedocumentsbecausetheyareusedtorecordtransactions
in the accounting records (books) of an entity. They are thus the source of information to record
the transaction�
7Therearetwotypesofsourcedocuments,namely:
zInternal source documents
Internalsourcedocumentsarethosedocumentspreparedbytheentityitselftorecordtransac-
tionswithexternalclients.Sourcedocumentsareusuallydrawnupinduplicate.Theoriginalwill
be given to the other party to the transaction and the duplicate will remain with the entity to
enabletheentitytorecordthetransactionintheiraccountingrecords.Examplesofinternalsource
documentsare:
cashregisterrolls
duplicatecashsalesinvoices
duplicatereceipts
chequecounterfoils
petty cash vouchers
duplicatebankdepositslips
internetbanking:noticeofpayment
signedcreditcardslip
zExternal source documents (also referred to as supporting documents)
External source documents are the documents prepared by the other party to the transaction
andreceivedbytheentityasproofthatthetransactiondidtakeplace.Theentitywillreceivethe
originalsourcedocument and the entry into the books is recorded from this original source
document received.Examplesofexternalsourcedocumentsare:
originalcashpurchasesinvoices
originalreceipts
cheques
cashslips
4.5 STARTING A BUSINESS ENTITY
8MrBingoleSithole,aqualiedelectrician,startsasmallserviceentity,BSElectrical,fromhomeon
2 January 20�6�
9BeforeBSElectricalcanstartwithitsbusinessoperations,acurrentbankaccountmustbeopenedin
thenameoftheentity,BSElectrical.Duringtheprocessofopeningthiscurrentbankaccount,itmust
bedeterminedwhothepersonorpersonsarewhoareauthorisedtosignthechequesissuedbythe
businessentity.MrBSitholedecidedthathewouldsignthecheques,butbecausehewillnotalways
beavailable,healsowantsMrsSPeterson,hisnewlyappointedbookkeeper,tobeauthorisedtosign
65
FAC1501/1
thecheques.MrsSPetersonmustaccompanyMrBSitholetoHelpingBankLimitedbecausethe
bankwantsasampleofthesignaturesofbothMrBSitholeandMrsSPeterson.
10HelpingBankLimitedopeneda currentbankaccountwiththe number9000123456inthe name
oftheentity,BSElectrical,andMrBSitholeaswellasMrsSPetersonareauthorisedtosignthe
chequesofthebusinessentity.
11BSElectricalalsoappliedfor:
zInternetbankingwithHelpingBankLimited.MrsSPetersonwillthenbeabletomakepayments
forBSElectrical,viatheinternet,insteadofmakingpaymentsbycheque.Thepaymentsaredone,
viatheinternet,directlyintothebankaccountoftheotherparty.Paymentscanalsobemadeby
otherparties,viatheinternet,directlyintothebankaccountofBSElectrical.
zAbusinesscreditcardwithHelpingBankLimitedtobeabletodothenecessarypurchasesfor
the entity
zAcreditcardmachine(thismachinecanalsobeusedfordebitcardtransactions)withHelping
BankLimited.Thebanksbearthecostsofprocessingtheinformationandcollectingoutstanding
amountsandalsoabsorbanylossesarisingfromcreditlosses.Fortheseservices,bankscharge
entitiesafeebasedonapercentageofthecreditcardsale(2%to5%).BSElectricalsettledata
feeof3%onthecreditcardsaleswithHelpingBankLimited.
zAbusinesstelephonewithTelkom.
zAVATnumberwiththeSouthAfricanRevenueService(SARS).
4.6 VALUE ADDED TAX (VAT)
12Ifapersoncarriesonanentityandthetotalvalueofhistaxablesuppliesexceedsorislikelytoexceed
R1000000foratwelve-monthperiod,itiscompulsoryforhimorhertoregisterasavendor.Itis
importanttonotethataperson,intheabovecaseMrBSithole,isregisteredasavendorandnot
an entity�
13Onceregisteredeveryvendorwillfallwithinaparticularcategorythatwilldeterminehisorhertaxperiod
(thatis,howoftenataxreturnmustbecompletedandsubmittedtoSARS).Thesecategoriesare:
zCategory A
Vendorswhosetaxperiodsareperiodsoftwomonthsendingonthelastdayofthemonthsof
January,March,May,July,SeptemberandNovemberofthecalendaryearfallinthiscategory.
ThesearevendorswhosetaxablesuppliesforthetwelvemonthsdonotexceedR30millionorfor
farmerswhosetaxablesuppliesexceedR1,5million.
zCategory B
Vendorswhosetaxperiodsareperiodsoftwomonthsendingonthelastdayofthemonthsof
February,April,June,August,OctoberandDecemberofthecalendaryearfallinthiscategory.
ThesearevendorswhosetaxablesuppliesforthetwelvemonthsdonotexceedR30millionorfor
farmerswhosetaxablesuppliesexceedR1,5million.
zCategory C
Vendors whose tax periods are periods of one month ending on the last day of each of the
12monthsofthecalendaryearfallinthiscategory.Thesearevendorswhosetaxablesuppliesfor
atwelvemonthperiodexceedorarelikelytoexceedR30millionorforvendorswhohavespeci-
callyappliedinwritingforamonthlybasis.
66
FAC1501/1
zCategory D
Thiscategoryisforvendorswhosetaxperiodsareperiodsofsixmonthsendingonthelastdayof
FebruaryandAugustofthecalendaryearor,whereanyvendorfallingwithinthiscategorymakes
writtenapplication,therefore,onthelastdayofsuchothermonthsastheCommissionermayap-
prove.Thesearevendorswhoseentitiesconsistoffarmingactivitiesandwhosetaxablesupplies
donotorarenotlikelytoexceedR1,5million.
zCategory E
Vendorswhosetaxperiodsareperiodsoftwelvemonthsendingonthelastdayoftheiryearof
assessmentfallinthiscategory.Thesearevendorswhoareeitheracompanyortrustfundwhich
meetthefollowingcriteria:
Thevendorsentityentailssolelyofoneormoreactivitiesconsistingofthelettingofxed
propertyortherentingofmovablegoodstoortheadministrationormanagementofcompanies
whichareconnectedpersoninrelationtothevendor.
Therecipientsofthesesuppliesareallregisteredvendorsentitledtothedeductionofthefull
amountofinputtaxinrespectofthesupplies.
Taxinvoicesareissuedonceayearandthepaymentsforthesesuppliesonlybecomedue
onceayearattheendoftheyearofassessment.
AwrittenapplicationtobeplacedinthiscategoryismadetotheCommissioner.
zCategory F
Thiscategorycontainvendorswhosetaxperiodsareperiodsoffourmonthsendingonthelast
dayofthemonthsofJune,OctoberandFebruary.Thesearevendorswhoqualifyassmallentities
andwhosetotalvalueoftaxablesuppliesdonotexceedorarenotlikelytoexceedinaperiodof
twelvemonthsR1,5million,orvendorsthathasmadeawrittenapplicationtoSARStobeplaced
in this category
14Becausewearedealingwithsmallentitiesinthismodule,wewilllookatcategoriesAandB(with
two-monthVATperiods).
15Valueaddedtax(VAT)isataxleviedwheneveraproductissoldorserviceisrendered.TheVATis
addedtothesellingpricethatatraderexpectsforgoodsandthegoodsaremarkedatapriceinclusive
ofVAT.TherateofVATisdecidedbythegovernmentandischangedfromtimetotime.Thecurrent
VATrateis14%.Avendorwillpayinputtax–thatisthetaxwhichavendorhimselfhasbornein
respectofgoodsorservicessuppliedtohim.ThisamountcanbeclaimedbackfromSARS.Avendor
willalsolevyoutputtax–thatisthetaxwhichavendorchargesonthesupplyofgoodsorservices
rendered.ThisamountmustbepaidovertoSARS.Aftertwomonths,thevalueaddedtaxpayable
orrefundablebyaregisteredvendormustbecalculated.Inotherwords,thedifferencebetweenthe
vendor’soutputtaxandinputtaxmustbedetermined.Iftheinputtaxisbiggerthantheoutputtaxthe
vendorwillclaimtheamountofthedifferencefromSARS(itisrefundable).Iftheoutputtaxisbigger
thantheinputtax,thedifferenceispayabletoSARS.
16Thefollowingledgeraccountsmustbeopened:
za VAT input account
za VAT output account
zattheendofeverysecondmonthaVATcontrolaccount,todeterminetheamountrefundableby
orpayabletoSARS.
17TheVATinputaccountandtheVAToutputaccountwillbeclosedofftotheVATcontrolaccountatthe
endofeverysecondmonth.
67
FAC1501/1
18TheamountsofallthetransactionswillthereforealwaysbetheamountexcludingVAT.
19ThecompletedVATreturnmustbesubmitted,withpaymentifrequired,toSARSonorbeforethe
25thofthemonthfollowingtheendofthetaxperiod.Ifavendorisregisteredone-lingitmustbe
submitted,withpaymentifrequired,onorbeforethelastdayofthemonthfollowingtheendofthetax
period.Apenaltyofanamountequalto10%ofthetaxispayableforlatesubmissionofaVATreturn.
20Thecalculationofthetax payableforaparticulartax periodwillbedeterminedbytheaccounting
basisusedbythevendor.Thevendorisallowedtochoosebetweentwobases,namely:
zThe invoice basis
Intermsoftheinvoicebasistheoutputtaxandtheinputtaxareaccountedfor,ingeneral,onthe
issueofaninvoiceoronareceiptofpaymentwhicheveroccursrst.
zThe payments basis
Intermsofthepaymentsbasistheoutputtaxisaccountedfor,ingeneral,whenpaymentsare
received and the input tax is accounted for when payments are made. This basis may not be
usedautomatically,butthevendormuststatereasonsontheVATregistrationformastowhythe
paymentsbasisistobeused.Thepaymentsbasismayalsoonlybeusedifthetotalvalueofthe
vendors’taxablesuppliesdoesnotexceedR2,5millionforatwelvemonthperiodorarenotlikely
toexceedsuchamountandthevendorisanaturalperson.
Thedebtors’andcreditors’paymentpolicyappliedwilldeterminewhichbasishasthemostfa-
vourablecash-owadvantageforthevendor.Saythepaymentsbasisisapplied,then,ifaven-
dorgrantscredittohiscustomers,outputtaxneedonlybeaccountedforinthetaxperiodwhen
paymentisreceivedfromthedebtor.However,ifthepaymentsbasisisappliedandthevendor
acquiresgoodsandservicesoncredit,heorshewillonlybeabletoclaimtheinputtaxdeduction
inrespectoftheVATonthetransactioninthetaxperiodwhenpaymenttothecreditorismade.
21Tobeabletoclaimaninputtaxdeductionthevendormustbeinpossessionofataxinvoiceoradebit
orcreditnoteinthelegalortradingnameofthevendor.Ataxinvoiceisalsoissuedbyaregistered
vendorwhendeliveringsuppliestoaclient.Taxinvoicesdifferfromnormalinvoicesbecausethey
containparticularinformation.
zfor supplies under R50 (including VAT)
Theissuingoftaxinvoicesisoptional.
zfor supplies between R50 (including VAT) and R5 000 (including VAT)
Anabridgedtaxinvoicewiththefollowinginformationmustbeissued:
thewords“taxinvoice”,whichmustbeprintedinaprominentplaceontheinvoice
thename,addressandVATregistrationnumberofthesupplier
anindividualserialisednumberaswellasthedateuponwhichthetaxinvoiceisissued
afullandproperdescriptionofthegoodsorservicessupplied
zeither:
thevalueofthesupplies,theamountoftaxchargedandtheconsiderationforthesupplies
(priceincludingVAT);or
wherethetaxchargediscalculatedbyapplyingthetaxfraction(14114)totheconsideration(price
includingVAT),theconsiderationforthesuppliesandeithertheamountoftaxchargedora
statementthattheconsiderationincludesachargeinrespectoftax;therateoftaxcharged
maybereectedonthetaxinvoice.
68
FAC1501/1
zfor supplies exceeding R5 000 (including VAT)
Afulltaxinvoiceasprescribedabovewiththefollowingadditionalinformationmustbeissued:
thenameandaddressoftherecipientandwitheffectfrom1March2005,theVATregistration
numberoftherecipient
thequantityorvolumeofthegoodsorservicessupplied
22AlltaxinvoicesmustbeissuedwithamountsstatedinthecurrencyofSouthAfrica.
23Debitandcreditnotescanalsobeissuedif:
zthesupplyofgoodsorserviceswerecancelled
zthenatureofthesupplyofgoodsorserviceshasbeenfundamentallyvariedoraltered
ztheconsideration(priceincludingVAT)ofthegoodsorserviceshasbeenalteredbyagreement
withtherecipient
zgoodsorservicessuppliedhavebeenreturned
24Thesecreditnotesissuedmustcontainthefollowinginformation:
ztheamountbywhichthevalueofthesupplyshownonthetaxinvoicehasbeenreducedaswell
astheamountoftheexcesstax
z
where the tax charged is calculated by applying the tax fraction (14114) to the
consideration(priceincludingVAT),theamountbywhichtheconsiderationhasbeenreduced
andeither:
theamountoftheexcesstax;or
astatementthatthereductionincludestaxandtherateoftaxapplied
zthereasonfortheissuingofthecreditnotewithsufcientinformationtoidentifyitwithreference
totheoriginalsupply
25Someproductsarezero-ratedsupplies,whichwillbeindicatedinthetransaction,forexample,certain
breadproducts,certainmilkproductsandcertainmaizemeal.Aninputtax(14%)canbeclaimedon
theseproducts,butnooutputtaxbecauseitiszero-rated(0%)–thatmeansnotaxcanbeleviedon
thenalproductforhumanconsumption.
26Supply of nancial services, especially interest received and interest paid as well as educational
servicesbytheState,isexemptfromVAT.Neitherinputnoroutputtaxcanbeclaimedontheseservices.
zHow to calculate the VAT amount when the VAT inclusive amount is given
27BelowisanexplanationofhowtocalculatetheVATamountwhentheVATinclusiveamountisgiven.
28
29VATexclusive 30=31100%
32VAT 33=3414%
35VATinclusive 36=37114%
38
39VAT amount = VATinclusiveamount x 14
40 1 114
41WhenyouaregivenforexampletheVATinclusiveamountofR6612andaskedtocalculatetheVAT
amount,thenitwouldbedoneasfollows:
42
43R6612 x 14 = R812
44 1 114
69
FAC1501/1
45ThereforetheVATexclusiveamountwillbeR6612-R812=R5800.
zHow to calculate the VAT amount when the VAT exclusive amount is given
46BelowisanexplanationofhowtocalculatetheVATamountwhentheVATexclusiveamountisgiven.
47VATexclusive 48=49100%
50VAT 51=5214%
53VATinclusive 54=55114%
56
57VAT amount = VATexclusiveamount x 14
58 1 100
59WhenyouaregivenforexampletheVATexclusiveamountofR5800andaskedtocalculatetheVAT
amount,thenitwouldbedoneasfollows:
60
61R5800 x 14 = R812
62 1 100
63ThereforetheVATinclusiveamountwillbeR5800+R812=R6612.
64You will use the same methods to calculate VAT output and VAT input.
4.7 COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE
65ConsiderthefollowingtransactionsbyBSElectrical:
66Transaction 1:
67Mr B Sithole decided to deposit R100 000 in the entitys bank account to start the business.
MrBSitholegaveMrsSPetersonachequeforR100000todepositintothecurrentbankaccountof
BSElectrical.
68Explanation:
69Moneyisreceived.Therefore,thebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.Themoney
isreceivedfromtheowner,MrBSithole,andtheentityowesthemoneytohim.Therefore,thecapital
account(equity)increasesandmustbecredited.
70Source documents:
(a) Duplicate receipt
71BSElectricalreceivedthechequefromMrBSitholeandMrsSPeterson,thebookkeeper,mustcomplete
areceiptinduplicatebyusingcarbonpaper.TheoriginalreceiptwashandedtoMrBSitholeforthe
moneyreceived.MrsSPeterson,thebookkeeper,usedtheduplicateinthebookofreceiptstodothe
entryinthebooksofBSElectrical.
72
70
FAC1501/1
No.0001  Date:2 January 20.6
Receivedfrom: Mr B Sithole
R c
Amount: Hundred thousand rand only
Rand
Cent:  None 100 000 00
For:  Capital contribution by the owner (cheque)
BS Electrical
Signature: S Peterson
(b) Duplicate deposit slip
73Thedepositslipprovidedbythebankwascompletedinduplicate.Thebankkepttheoriginaldepositslip
andMrsSPetersonreceivedtheduplicatedepositslip.Thebankdepositslipisasupportingdocument.
74The cheque was deposited into the bank account of BS Electrical. If it is not a bank guaranteed
cheque: the money deposited cannot be withdrawn immediately because BS Electrical must wait
forthebanktoclearthecheque.ThatmeansthebankrsthastodeterminewhetherMrBSithole
hadtheamountofmoneyavailableinhiscurrentbankaccountwhenhewroteoutthecheque.The
clearanceperiodofachequeis10workingdays.MrsSPetersoncouldaskforaspecialclearance,
whichmeansthattheclearanceperiodisshorter.
75
71
FAC1501/1
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr 9 0 0 0 - 1 2 3 4 5 6
Date
Datum 2 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1Mr B Sithole
Helping Bank
Limited 900000 100 000 00
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 100 000 00
Cheques etc, as above, for collection to be available as cash when
paid. While acting in good faith and exercising responsible care,
the Bank will not accept responsibility for ensuring that depositors/
accountholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeksens,soosbo,ingehandigvirinvorderingwatnabetalingaskon-
tant beskikbaar sal wees. Alhoewel die Bank in goeie trou handel
en alle redelike voorsorgmaatreëls tref, sal die Bank nie die verant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghouers
regmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbank
use
* Vir bank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
76Transaction 2:
77On 2 January20.6BS Electrical boughtatoolboxand toolstobe usedbyMrB Sitholefrom Big
BuildersforR10000(VATinclusive)andpaidbychequenumber0001.
78Explanation:
79Toolsandequipment(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
80Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
A cheque is an instruction to the bank to pay a sum of money to a certain person or en-
tity. The amount of money in the current bank account is reduced by the amount of each
cheque that is written out.
72
FAC1501/1
81Source documents:
(a) Cheque counterfoil
82MrsSPetersonissuedachequetoBigBuilders.ThechequewashandedovertothecashieratBig
Buildersandthechequecounterfoilremainedinthechequebook.Thechequecounterfoilwasused
byMrsSPetersontodotheentryinthebooksofBSElectrical.
83To avoid fraud there are usually two persons responsible for the signing of cheques in an entity.
MrsSPetersonhastosignthechequeandMrBSitholewillhavetoauthorisethepaymentforBig
Buildersbyalsosigningthecheque.
84Anotherwayofavoidingfraudistocrossacheque.CrossingachequemeansMrsSPetersonhasto
drawtwoparallellinesandwritethewordsNOTTRANSFERABLE”betweenthelines.Thewords“or
Bearer”arealsocrossedout.ThismeansthechequemustbedepositedintothebankaccountofBig
Buildersonlyandnobodyelsesaccountandthatthechequecannotbeexchangedforcash.
Date 02/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Big Builders Helping Bank Limited
For Tools and
equipment
Pretoria Date: 2 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Big Builders or Bearer
Subtotal RThe sum of: Ten thousand rand only 10 000,00
This cheque R10 000,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0001 0001:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
(b) Original cash invoice
85MrsSPetersonreceivedthecashinvoicefromBigBuildersafterpaymentforthetoolsandequipment
bought� The cash invoice is a supporting document�
86
73
FAC1501/1
BIG BUILDERS
900NarrowDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)333–1615
VAT registration number
5590223986
POBox2176
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)333–1616
Date: 2 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0273
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
IBM1334
IBM2043
IBM6033
Tool box
Electrician tool kit
Screw driver
Vat@14%
1
1
1
4 626,75
4 000,00
1 4 5,1 8
8 771,93
1 228,07
Invoice total        10 000,00)
Amount tendered        10 000,00)
Change                 0,00)
VAT included @ 14%           1 228,07)
E & OE*
*E&OE=Errorsandomissionsexcluded.Theentityhastherighttomakecorrectionsandtoinformtheclient
thereof,ifanyerrororomissionweretobemadeontheinvoice.
87Calculation:
88VAT on R8 771,93
89R8771,93 x 14 =R1228,0702=R1228,07
1 100
90TheamountofR1 228,0702mustberoundedofftothenearestcent.Inthecaseoftheamountof
R1228,0702wemustdecidewhetherthe7mustchangetoa8orwillremaina7togetridofthe
extra02.
The general rules for the rounding off of an amount are:
zIf the number after the amount you have to round off is equal to 5 or is greater than 5
the amount that must be rounded off must be changed to the next amount. For example,
R4,567 must be rounded off to R4,57
zIf the number after the amount you have to round off is smaller than 5 the amount that
must be rounded off will remain the same.
91
74
FAC1501/1
92Inthiscasethesecondruleforroundingofanamountappliesbecausethe0issmallerthan5andthe
7mustthereforeremaina7.TheamountisnowR1228,07
93Transaction 3:
94On 2 January 20.6 BS Electrical bought a cash register for R3 349,50 (VAT inclusive) by cheque
number0002,fromWisemanTraders.Receivedcashinvoicenumber0578fromWisemanTraders
toberetainedforguaranteepurposes.MrsSPetersonnegotiatedforadiscountof10%becausethe
cashregisterwaspaidforbycheque.
95Explanation:
96Toolsandequipment(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
97Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
98Source documents:
(a) Cheque counterfoil
99MrsSPetersonissuedachequetoWisemanTraders.Thechequewashandedovertothecashier
atWisemanTradersandthechequecounterfoilremainedinthechequebook.Thechequecounterfoil
wasusedbyMrsSPetersontoeffecttheentryinthebooksofBSElectrical.Thechequeamount
is the original price of the cash register (R3 349,50) less the cash discount (R3 349,50 x 10% =
R334,95),thatisR3349,50–R334,95=R3014,55.
Date 02/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Wiseman Traders Helping Bank Limited
For Tools and
equipment
Pretoria Date: 2 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Wiseman Traders or Bearer
Subtotal RThe sum of: Three thousand and fourteen Rand
and fty ve Cents 3 014,55
This cheque R3 014,55
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0002 0002:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
(b) Original cash invoice
100Mrs S Peterson received the original cash invoice after payment of the cash register (equipment)
bought.Thecashinvoiceisasupportingdocument.Onlythepricepaidafterthecashdiscountwillbe
enteredintothebooksofBSElectrical.
75
FAC1501/1
If an entity gets a cash discount, the discount is subtracted from the original price pay-
able and only the nal amount (original amount less cash discount) will be entered into the
books of the entity. The cash discount will not be shown in the books of the entity.
WISEMAN TRADERS
700 Straight Drive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)335–1515
VAT registration number
6702336097
POBox1165
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)335–1629
Date: 2 January 20.6 TA X INVOICE No: 0578
To: Cash
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
FCR1268 Fancy cash register
-10% discount
VAT@14%
12 938,16)
(293,82)
2 644,34)
370,21)
Invoice total 3 014,55))
Amount tendered 3 014,55))
Change 0,00))
VAT included @ 14% 370,21))
E & OE
101Calculations:
102Selling price (VAT exclusive)
103R3349,50 x 100 =R2938,16
1 114
104Cash discount
105R2938,16 x 10 =R293,816=R293,82
1 100
106The amount of R293,816 must be rounded off to the nearest cent. That means in the amount of
R293,816wemustdecidewhetherthe1mustchangetoa2orwillremaina1togetridoftheextra6.
107Inthiscasetherstruleforroundingofanamountappliesbecausethe6isgreaterthan5andthe1
mustbechangedtoa2.TheamountisnowR293,82
108
76
FAC1501/1
109VAT on R2 644,34
110R2644,34 x14 =R370,2076=R370,21
1 100
111Transaction 4:
112On3January20.6MrsSPetersonissuedchequenumber0003forR300asthecashoatforthe
cashregister.Thechequewascashedforsmallchangetobekeptinthecashregister.
113Explanation:
114Cashoat(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
115Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
116Source documents:
(a) Cheque counterfoil
117AcashchequewasissuedbyMrsSPeterson.ShehastakenthechequetoHelpingBankLimitedto
cashitin.SheaskedthemtopayouttheR300insmallchangeof:
z 1xR50 =R50
z 2xR20 =R40
z 5xR10 =R50
z 10xR5 =R50
z 10xR2 =R20
z 20xR1 =R20
z 40x50c =R20
z100x20c =R20
z200x10c =R20
z200x5c =R10
R300
118Attheendofeachdaythecashoatwillberestoredandkeptinthecashregisterforthenextday.
119MrsSPetersonusedthechequecounterfoiltodotheentryinthebooksofBSElectrical.
120Acashchequecannotbecrossed.Ifanunauthorisedpersongetsholdofacashchequetheycan
cashit(ieexchangeitforcashatabank).Anentityshouldtryandavoidtheissuingofcashcheques.
Thewords“orBearer”canalsonotbecrossedoutonacashcheque.
121
77
FAC1501/1
Date 03/01/20.6
90–00–00–01
To Cash Helping Bank Limited
For Cash oat Pretoria Date: 3 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Cash or Bearer
Subtotal RThe sum of: Three hundred rand only 300,00
This cheque R300,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0003 0003:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
122Transaction 5:
123ThecompanyreceivedaninvoicefromMrBSitholefortherentforJanuary.TherentofR2000(VAT
inclusive)foroccupyingpartofabuildingsituatedonMrBSitholeslandwaspaidbyissuingcheque
number 0004 on 4 January 20�6�
124Explanation:
125Rentpaidisanexpensethatdecreasestheprotfortheyearthereforeequitydecreasesandrentpaid
account must be debited�
126Paidmoneyforrent;thereforethebankaccount(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
127Source documents:
(a) Cheque counterfoil
Date
04/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Mr B Sithole Helping Bank Limited
For Rent paid Pretoria Date: 4 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Mr Bingole Sithole or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Two thousand rand only 2 000,00
This cheque R2 000,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0004 0004:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
128Transaction 6:
129On10January20.6,MrBSitholerenderedservicestothreedifferentclients,MrPLucky,MrsVHappy
andMrTBusy.Originalsalesinvoicesnumber0001,0002and0003wereissuedtothemrespectively.
Theyhavepaid theamountsand receiptnumber0002 and0003wereissued to Mr P Lucky and
78
FAC1501/1
Mrs V Happyrespectively.
Mrs S Petersononlydepositedthese amountsintothebankaccounton
11 January 20�6�
130Explanation:
131Receivedmoneyforservicesrendered.Therefore,thebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmust
be debited�
132Servicesrenderedareanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreases
and the services rendered account must be credited
133Source documents:
(a) Duplicate cash sales invoices
134Mr B Sithole issued original cash sale invoices to the customers after he nished the jobs.
Mrs S Peterson kept copies of these cash invoices and used it to do the entries in the books of
BSElectrical.
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VAT registration number
8960225750
POBox392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 10 January 20.6 TA X INVOICE No: 0001
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
-10% cash discount
VAT@14%
2 hours 1 140,36)
(114,04)
1 026,32)
143,68)
Invoice total 1 170,00)
Amount tendered 1 200,00)
Change 30,00)
VAT included @ 14% 143,68)
E & OE
135Calculations:
136Cash discount
137R1140,36 x 10 =R114,036=R114,04
1 100
79
FAC1501/1
138VAT on R1 026,31
139R1026,31 x 14 =R143,6834=R143,68
1 100
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VAT registration number
8960225750
POBox392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 10 January 20.6 TA X INVOICE No:0002
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
-10% cash discount
VAT@14%
5 hours 2 850,88)
(285,09)
2 565,79)
359,21)
Invoice total 2 925,00)))
Amount tendered 2 925,00)))
Change 0,00)))
VAT included @ 14% 359,21)))
E & OE
140Calculations:
141Cash discount
142R2850,88 x10 =R285,088=R285,09
1 100
143VAT on R2 565,79
144R2565,79 x 14 =R359,2106=R359,21
1 100
80
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VAT registration number
8960225750
POBox392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 10 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0003
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
-5% Cash discount
VAT@14%
6 hours 3 421,05)
(171,05)
3 250,00)
455,00)
Invoice total 3 705,00)))
Amount tendered 3 705,00)))
Change 0,00)))
VAT included @ 14% 455,00)))
E & OE
145Calculations:
146Cash discount:
147R3421,05 x 5 =R171,0525=R171,05
1 100
148VAT on R3 250,00
149R3250,00 x 14 =R455,00
1 100
(b) Duplicate receipts
150MrsSPetersonissuedreceiptstoMrPLucky,whopaidcashandMrsVHappy,whopaidpercheque.
The original receipts were given to Mr P Lucky and Mrs V Happy and Mrs S Peterson used the
duplicatestodotheentriesinthebooksofBSElectrical.
151
81
FAC1501/1
No.0002 Date:10 January 20.6
Receivedfrom: Mnr P Lucky
R c
Amount: One thousand one hundred and seventy rand only
Rand
Cent None 1 170 00
For  Services rendered (cash)
BS Electrical
Signature S Peterson
No.0003 Date:10 January 20.6
Receivedfrom: Mrs V Happy
R c
Amount: Two thousand nine hundred and twenty ve rand only
Rand
Cent None 2 925 00
Vir Services rendered (cheque)
BS Electrical
Signature S Peterson
(c) Credit card slip
152Mr T Busypaid bycreditcard.The transaction wasautomaticallyprocessedbythe bank and the
moneywastransferredtoBSElectrical’saccountfromMrTBusy’saccount.Only5%discountwas
grantedtoMrTBusybecausethebankchargesafee,anegotiated3%ofthesalesamount,forthis
service.ThecostwillappearonthebankstatementthatBSElectricalwillreceiveattheendofthe
monthfromHelpingBankLimited.MrsSPetersonwillkeeptheoriginalcreditcardtransactionslip
signedbyMrTBusyandthecopyofthecreditcardtransactionslipwasgiventoMrTBusy.
82
FAC1501/1
CARDTRANSACTION
Pretoria
BS Electrical
NO.: ************20.70 EXPDATE:04/10
AMOUNT: R3705,00
CARDNAME: LIVINGBANKVISACARD
10/03/20.6 9:30AUTH:641055
EPSNo.173
0415 017 8044288 0039
T Busy
CUSTOMERSIGNATURE
(d) Duplicate deposit slip
153The money received from Mr P Lucky and Mrs V Happy were deposited in the bank account of
BSElectricalbyMrsSPeterson.ThecashieratHelpingBankLimitedkepttheoriginaldepositslipand
handedtheduplicatetoMrsSPeterson.Theduplicatedepositslipisasupportingdocument.
83
FAC1501/1
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 11 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote 1 170 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 1 170 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1Mrs V Happy
Growing Bank
Limited 900560 2 925 00
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 4 095 00
Chequesetc,asabove,for collection tobeavailableas cashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/account
holdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,sal die Bankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghouers
regmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbank
use
* Vir
bankgebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
154Transaction 7:
155On15January20.6MrBSitholedecidedthathewouldbuythedifferenttypesofcablesandother
ttingsnecessaryfortheservicesherendersandkeepitinBSElectrical’sinventory.Clientscould
thenbuythenecessarycableandttingsfromBSElectricalandMrBSitholecouldadvisethemon
whatisneededforaspecicservicerendered.BSElectricalwouldgeta20%discountiftheentity
buysatbulkfromHugeWholesalers.
156MrBSitholehandedMrsSPetersonthefollowinglistofitemsshehastoorderfromHugeWholesalers:
z1000moftwo-phaseelectriccable
z1000mofthree-phaseelectriccable
z1boxof100rollsofinsulationtape
z2boxesof100lightttingseach
z1boxof100uorescentlightttings
84
FAC1501/1
z2boxesof100lightswitcheseach
z2boxesof100plugswitcheseach
157ThetotalamountoftheorderwasR48125,10beforediscount.ThisamountincludesVATat14%.
MrsSPetersonplacedanorderandmadeaninternetpaymentofR38500,08directlyintothebank
accountofHugeWholesalers.Aftershefaxedtheproofintheformofanoticeofpaymentthroughto
MrPMoodley,thesalesmanageratHugeWholesalers,theydeliveredthegoodsordered.
158ThedeliveredgoodswerecheckedbyMrsSPetersonandshesignedthedeliverynote.Theoriginal
deliverynoteandoriginalcashinvoicewerehandedtoherandthedeliverymankepttheduplicate,
signeddeliverynoteandcashinvoice.
159Explanation:
Anything bought by BS Electrical to be sold, that is trading inventory, is called “purchases”.
We refer to this type of transaction as the purchase of merchandise, goods or inventory.
Purchases are an expense that decreases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity
decreases and purchases account must be debited.
160Purchasesisanexpensethatdecreasestheprotfortheyearthereforeequitydecreasesandthe
Purchasesaccountmustbedebited.(Thiswilldependontheinventorysystemused;inthiscasethe
periodicinventorysystem.Theseinventorysystemswillbediscussedindetailinalaterlearningunit
.)Paidbyinternet,bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
161Source documents:
(a) Delivery note
162HugeWholesalerswillsendadetaileddeliverynotewhentheydeliverthegoodstomakeitpossible
forMrsSPetersontocheckwhethereverythingwasdelivered.Shewillthensignthedeliverynote
andkeeptheoriginaldeliverynote.Thedeliverymanwilltaketheduplicateofthesigneddeliverynote
backtoHugeWholesalers.
85
FAC1501/1
HUGE WHOLESALERS
1167 Marine Drive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)3363433
VAT registration number
5591223986
POBox1550
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)3363434
Date: 15 January 20.6 DELIVERY NOTE No: SP6058
Supplied to:
BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
P O Box 392
PRETORIA
0001
Code Description Qty Unit price
(excl VAT)
Total price Checked
EC1002
EC1003
IT1001
LF1002
FLF1002
LS1002
PS1002
Two-phase electric cable
Three-phase electric cable
Insulation tape
Light ttings
Fluorescent light ttings
Light switches
Plug switches
1 000 m
1 000 m
1 box
2 boxes
1 box
2 boxes
2 boxes
10
13
300
3 245
7 999
998
1 215
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
10 000
13 000
300
6 490
7 999
1 996
2 430
00)
00)
00)
00)
00)
00)
00)
VAT@14%
42 215
5 910
00)
 10
Total 48 125 10
VAT included @ 14% 5 910 10
Note:
Discount of 20% applicable
Checkedby:Mrs S PetersonSignature:S Peterson Date: 15 January 20.6
E &OE
163Calculations:
164VAT on R42 215
165R42215,00 x 14 =R5910,10
1 100
(b) Original cash invoice
166Ifthedeliverynotewascorrect,anoriginalcashinvoiceforthenalamountpayablewouldhavebeen
handedtoMrsSPeterson.Theoriginalcashinvoicewasusedtoreadinthedifferentinventoryitems
intothecomputer.Thecashregisterislinkedtothecomputerandthecomputerwould“control”the
tradinginventorybecauseitwouldautomaticallysubtractthenumberofgoodssoldfromthenumber
ofgoodspurchased;itcanevenalertbuyersastowhenthenextorderisdue.
86
FAC1501/1
HUGE WHOLESALERS
1667 Marine Drive
PRETORIA
Tel:(012)336-343
VAT registration number
5591223986
POBox1550
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)3363434
Date: 15 January 20.6 TA X INVOICE No: 5996
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
EC1002
EC1003
IT1001
LF1002
FLF1002
LS1002
PS1002
Two-phase electric cable
Three-phase electric cable
Insulation tape
Light ttings
Fluorescent light ttings
Light switches
Plug switches
1 000 m
1 000 m
1 box
2 boxes
1 box
2 boxes
2 boxes
10 000,00)
13 000,00)
300,00)
6 490,00)
7 999,00)
1 996,00)
2 430,00)
-20% cash discount 42 215,00)
(8 443,00)
VAT@14%
33 772,00)
4 728,08)
Invoice total 38 500,08)
Amount tendered 38 500,08)
Change 0,00)
VAT included @ 14% 4 728,08)
E & OE
167Calculations:
168Cash discount
169R10000,00+R13000,00+R300,00+R6490,00+R7999,00+R1996,00+R2430,00=R42215,00
170R42215,00 x 20 =R8443,00
1 100
171VAT on R33 772,00
172R33772,00 x 14 =R4728,08
1 100
(c) Internet banking: notice of payment
173MrsSPetersonprintedanoticeofpaymentaftershepaidHugeWholesalersviatheinternet,and
faxeditthroughtoHugeWholesalers.ThisnoticeofpaymentwasusedbyMrsSPetersontodothe
87
FAC1501/1
entriesinthebooksofBSElectrical.MrsSPetersonreceivedanSMSasconrmationofthepayment
madetoHugeWholesalers.
174MrsSPetersonwillcreateacreditor(nameofentitytobepaid)ontheinternetbankingsystemof
BSElectrical,forHugeWholesalers.Ifshewantstopaythemshewilljusthavetoclickonthename
forthebankdetailstoappear;shethenenterstheamounttobepaid.OnthebankstatementofBS
Electrical,receivedfromHelpingBankLimitedattheendofthemonth,thenameHugeWholesalers
willappeartogetherwiththeamountpaidtothem.
175ThebankstatementreceivedfromHelpingBankLimitedisasummaryofallthecashtransactions
(paymentandreceipts)thatwentthroughthecurrentbankaccountofBSElectricalduringthemonth.
176Theinternetbanktransactionwasdoneonlyasanexamplebutitwillnotbediscussedfurtherduring
this course�
HELPING BANK LIMITED
Internet Banking: Notice of Payment 15 January 20.6
DearBSElectrical
Subject: Notice of Payment: Huge Wholesalers
Pleasebeadvisedthatapaymenthasbeenmadeasindicatedbelow.
Transactionnumber:  905520X611363667435578
Paymentdate:  20.6/01/15
Paymentmadeby:  BS Electrical
Paymentmadeto:  Huge Wholesalers
Beneciaryaccountnumber: 9000522968
Fortheamountof:  R38 500,08
Referenceonbeneciarystatement: BS Electrical
PleaserememberthatthefollowingapplytointernetbankingpaymentsonnonHelpingbank
accounts
zPaymentsmadeonweekdaysbefore15:30willbecreditedtothereceivingbankaccountbymidnight
ofthesameday.
zPaymentsmadeonweekdaysafter15:30willbecreditedbymidnightthefollowingday.
zPaymentsmadeonaSaturday,Sundayorpublicholidaywillbecreditedtotheaccountbymidnight
ofthe1stfollowingweekday.
Ifyouneedmoreinformationorassistance,pleasecallHelpingBankLimitedon0860008600
or+27112767900(internationalcalls).
Yourssincerely
General Manager: Digital Channel
Thisdocumentisintendedforusebytheaddresseeandisprivilegedandcondential.Ifthe
transmissionhasbeenmisdirectedtoyou,pleasecontactusimmediately.Thankyou.
HelpingBankLimited,RegNo19X0/005959/05
177Transaction 8:
178On16January20.6,MrsSPetersonissuedacashchequenumber0005forR200astheimpressamount
tostartthepettycashoatofBSElectrical.ThechequewascashedandthemoneywaskeptbyMrsS
Petersonwhoactedaspettycashier.
88
FAC1501/1
179Explanation:
An entity may need to pay cash for certain smaller items such as postage, day-workers’
wages and cleaning materials. For this, most entities keep a petty cash oat. Petty cash is
the same as cash on hand and is an asset.
A cheque for a predetermined amount known as a petty cash oat is drawn and cashed
for this purpose. The oat is then kept entirely separate from the monies received by the
entity in the normal course of its business. Usually the petty cash oat is restored to its
original balance at the end of the month.
180Pettycash(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
181Paidbycheque,bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
182Source documents:
(a) A cheque counterfoil
183AcashchequewasissuedbyMrsSPeterson.ShetookthechequetoHelpingBankLimitedtocash
itin.MrsSPetersonusedthechequecounterfoiltodotheentryinthebooksofBSElectrical.
Date 16/01/20.6
90–00–00–01
To Cash Helping Bank Limited
For Petty cash Pretoria Date: 16 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Cash or Bearer
Subtotal RThe sum of: Two hundred Rand only 200,00
This cheque R200,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0005 0005:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
184Transaction 9:
185On17January20.6,MrsSPetersonboughtpostagestampsandtookR50(VATinclusive)outofpetty
cashtopayforit.
186Explanation:
187Postageisanexpensethatdecreasestheprotfortheyear,thereforeequitydecreasesandpostage
account must be debited�
188Pettycash(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
89
FAC1501/1
189Source documents:
(a) Petty cash voucher
190MrsSPetersonwillcompleteapetty cashvoucher(notinduplicate)forthepostage
amountofR50.
Thepettycashvoucheristheonlysourcedocumentthatisnotcompleted
induplicate.MrBSithole
mustauthorisethispayment.MrsSPetersonwillthenattachthecashslipreceivedfromthePost
OfcetothepettycashvoucherasproofthatsheactuallyboughtthestampswiththeR50takenfrom
petty cash
191To avoid fraud there are usually two persons responsible for the cash in an entity; that is why
MrBSitholewillauthorisethepaymentforthepostagestampsoutofpettycash.
PETTY CASH VOUCHER No. 001
Date: 17 January 20.6 Amount
Required for: R c
Postmaster – postage stamps 50 00
Signature: S Peterson
Authorised by: B Sithole
192Transaction 10:
193On17January20.6,MrTWisemanboughtelectriccablesandttingstobeinstalledbyMrBSithole
inhisnewhome.Hepurchased:
z50mtwophaseelectriccable,R712,50
z4rollsinsulationtape,R17,10
z27plugswitches,R233,93
z20lightswitches,R142,27
z20lightttings,R924,77
z3uorescentlightttings,R341,96
194MrBSitholedeliveredandinstalledtheelectriccablesandttings.Originaltaxinvoicenumber0004
wasissuedtoMrTWiseman.MrTWisemanpaidtheamountsfortheequipmentandtheserviceby
cheque(GrowingBankLimited–branchcode900560).MrsPetersonissuedreceiptnumber0005.
Theamountwasdepositedintothecurrentbankaccounton18January20.6.
195Explanation:
Any trading inventory (inventory bought to be sold) sold is called sales. Sales is an in-
come that increases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity increases and sales account
must be credited.
196Receivedmoney,thereforethebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmustbedebitedwiththetotal
amountofR2372,53(cablesandttings)+R9750,00(servicesrendered)=R12122,53.
90
FAC1501/1
197Salesisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesandthesales
accountmustbecreditedwithR2081,17.
198Servicesrenderedisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesand
servicesrenderedaccountmustbecreditedwithR8552,63.
199Source documents:
(a) Cash register roll
200ThecashslipgiventoMrTWisemanisillustratedbelow.ThecashslipwillbegiventoMrWiseman
asproofofpaymentandonlythecashregisterrollinthecashregister,withacopyofeachcashslip,
remainsforMrsSPetersontodotheentryinthebooksofBSElectrical.
201Usually only one entry for the total cash sales of the specic day will be entered in the books of
BSElectrical.Attheendofthedaythecashregisterrollwillindicatethetotalcashsalesfortheday
andMrsSPetersonwillenterthisinthebooksofBSElectrical.
202Cheque fraud is on the increase and most entities will only accept bank guaranteed cheques or
chequesfrompeopletheyknowwell.
203Inbig businesses eachcashierwillhave theirown passwordand code aswellastheir own cash
oats.Attheendofthecashiersshiftthecashregisterwilladdallthesalesbythespeciccashier.
Thetotalofthesalesmustcorrespondwiththecashlesstheamountforthecashoatinthecash
registerofthecashier.Oneofthewaysinwhichfraudcanbeeliminatedisbykeepingeachcashier
responsiblefortheirowncashregister.
91
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
17/01/20.6
Till01
Two-phaseelectriccable
50m@R14,25
EC1002 712,50
Insulationtape
4@R4,275
IT1001 17,10
Plugswitches
27@R8,664
PS1002 233,93
Lightswitches
20@R7,1136
LS1002 142,27
Lightttings
20@R46,2384
LF1002 924,77
Fluorescentlightttings
3@R113,9886
FLF1002 341,96
TOTAL 2372,53
Cash 2372,53
Change 0,00
14%VAT R291,36
Slipno0001
VAT no 8960225750
Thank you
204Calculation:
205VAT
206R2372,53x
14 =R291,36
207 114
(b) Duplicate cash invoice
208MrBSithole issued originalcashsaleinvoices tothe customersafterhenishedthe jobs. MrsS
PetersonkeptcopiesofthesecashinvoicesandusedittodotheentriesinthebooksofBSElectrical.
92
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VAT registration number
8960225750
POBox392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 17 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0004
To: Mr T Wiseman
25 Park Street
Pretoria
VAT registration number 4301235678
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total
price
SR001 Electrical services
VAT @ 14%
15hrs 8 552,63
1 197,37
Invoice total 9 750,00
Amount tendered 9 750,00
Change 0,00
VAT included @ 14% 1 197,37
E & OE
(c) Duplicate receipt
209MrsSPetersonissuedareceipttoMrWisemanwhopaidbycheque.Theoriginalreceiptwasgiven
toMrWisemanandMrsPetersonusedtheduplicatetodotheentriesinthebooksofBSElectrical.
Onthereceiptthetillslipnumberaswellastheinvoicenumberforwhichthepaymentweremade
must be indicated�
No.0005 Date:17 January 20.6
Receivedfrom: Mr T Wiseman
R c
Amount: Twelve thousand one hundred and twenty two rand
Rand
Cent: Fifty three cents 12 122 53
For: Inventory (Cash slip no 0001 – R2 372,53)
Services rendered (Cash invoice no 0004 – R9 750,00)
(cheque) BS Electrical
Signature S Peterson
(d) Duplicate deposit slip
210Thedepositslip,providedbythebank,wascompletedinduplicate.Thebankkepttheoriginaldeposit
slipandMrsSPetersonreceivedtheduplicatedepositslip.
93
FAC1501/1
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 18 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1Mr T Wiseman
Growing Bank
Limited 900560 12 122 53
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 12 122 53
Chequesetc,asabove,for collection tobeavailableas cashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/account
holdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,sal die Bankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghouers
regmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbank
use
* Vir bank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
4.8 EXERCISES AND SOLUTIONS
3EXERCISE 1
211ConsiderthefollowingtransactionsofBSElectrical:
(1)On16January20.6BSElectricalboughtacomputerforR16269(VATinclusive)andpaidby
chequenumber0006.TheyreceivedTAXinvoicenumberB145fromComputerWorld.
212
94
FAC1501/1
COMPUTER WORLD
590DelphiDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)435–1615 VAT registration number
7704337090
POBox5116
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)435–1639
Date: 16 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE Invoice No: B145
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
C755 Compy 755 computer
VAT @ 14%
114 271,05
1 997,95
Invoice total 16 269,00
Amount tendered 16 269,00
Change 0,00
VAT included @ 14% 1 997,95
E & OE
(2) On16January20.6theentityboughtanaccountingcomputerprogramtomanagetheirinventory
fromITPerfectforR15600(VATinclusive).Theyreceivedoriginaltaxinvoicenumber1569from
ITPerfectandpaidITPerfectbychequenumber0007.
IT PERFECT
730WindowsDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)997–1010
VAT registration number
6805736098
POBox1069
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)997–1111
Date: 16 January 20.6 TA X INVOICE No: 1569
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
PE101 Point of sales inventory programme
VAT@14%
11 3 684,21
1 915,79
Invoice total 15 600,00
Amount tendered 15 600,00
Change 0,00
VAT included @ 14% 1 915,79
E & OE
(3)On18January20.6MrBSitholerenderedservicestoMrsBMiniandissuedoriginaltaxinvoice
number0005toher.MrsBMinipaidR2600(VATinclusive)cashandreceiptnumber0006was
issued to her� Mrs S Peterson deposited the money received into the bank account on 19 January 20�6�
(4) On20January20.6MrSBigboughtelectricswitches,ttingsandinsulationtape.Hehaspur-
chased:
z5rollsofinsulationtape(IT1001)@R4,275perroll
z10plugswitches(PS1002)@R8,664perswitch
z6lightswitches(LS1002)@R7,1136perswitch
z6lightttings(LF1002)@R46,2384pertting
95
FAC1501/1
HepaidR430cash,whichwillbedepositedbyMrsSPetersonon21January20.6.
(5) On21January20.6MrBStrongboughtelectriccableandttingstobeinstalledinhisnewhome.
Hepurchased:
z40mofthree-phasecable(EC1003)@R18,525permeter
z10rollsofinsulationtape(IT1001)@R4,275perroll
z50plugswitches(PS1002)@R8,664perswitch
z45lightswitches(LS1002)@R7,1136perswitch
z30lightttings(LF1002)@R46,2384pertting
z10uorescentlightttings(FLF1002)@R113,9886pertting
MrBSitholeinstalledtheelectriccableandttingsinMrBStrong’snewhomeandissuedorigi-
naltaxinvoicenumber0006tohimforR2600,00.MrBStrongpaidtheamountfortheelectric
cableandttings,R4064,10andtheservicerendered,R2600,00cashandreceiptnumber0007
wasissuedtohim.Themoneywillbedepositedon22January20.6.
(6) On22January20.6theentityorderedsomettingsandswitchesfromHugeWholesalers.Since
therstpaymentwasmadeviatheinternetanditwasforthesignicantamountofR38500,08,
theywillnowacceptchequesfromBSElectrical.MrsSPetersonreceivedthefollowingdelivery
and paid by cheque number 0008�
HUGE WHOLESALERS
1667 Marine Drive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)3363433
VAT registration number
5591223986
POBox1550
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)3363434
Date: 22 January 20.6 DELIVERY NOTE No: SP6058
Supplied to: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
P O Box 392
PRETORIA
0001
Code Description Qty Unit price
(excl.)
Total price Checked
IT1001
LF1002
FLF1002
LS1002
PS1002
Insulation tape
Light ttings
Fluorescent light ttings
Light switches
Plug switches
VAT @ 14%
1 box
2 boxes
1 box
2 boxes
2 boxes
300
3 245
7 999
998
1 215
00
00
00
00
00
300
6 490
7 999
1 996
2 430
00
00
00
00
00
19 215
2 690
00
10
Total 21 905       10
VAT included @ 14% 2 690       10
Note:
Discount of 20% if paid on delivery.
Checkedby: Mrs S Peterson Signature:S Peterson  Date:22 January 20.6
E & OE
96
FAC1501/1
HUGE WHOLESALERS
1667 Marine Drive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)3363433
VAT registration number
5591223986
POBox1550
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)336-3434
Date: 22 January 20�6 TAX INVOICE No: 5996
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
IT1001
LF1002
FLF1002
LS1002
PS1002
Insulation tape
Light ttings
Fluorescent light ttings
Light switches
Plug switches
-20% cash discount
VAT@14%
1 box
2 boxes
1 box
2 boxes
2 boxes
300,00))
6 490,00))
7 999,00))
1 996,00))
2 430,00))
19 215,00))
(3 843,00))
15 372,00))
2 152,08))
Invoice total 17 524,08))
Amount tendered 17 524,08))
Change 0,00))
VAT included @ 14% 2 152,08))
E & OE
213(7) On23January20.6MrsSPetersontookR56fromthepettycashtobuystationeryfromPen
andPencils.
PEN AND PENCILS
23/01/20.6
Till02
Pens
2@R14.00
BPI1001
28,00
Printing paper
PP1003
28,00
TOTAL 56,00
Cash 56,00
Change 0,00
14%BTW  R6,88
Slipno0012
VAT no 5690233875
Thank you
97
FAC1501/1
(8) On25JanuaryMrsSPetersonssalarywaspaidtoherbyissuingchequenumber0009for
R12300.
(9) On29JanuaryMrsSPetersonissuedchequenumber0010forR106torestorethepettycash
impressamounttoR200.
214Internal documents to be completed:
Date
90–00–00–01
To Helping Bank Limited
For Pretoria Date:
Balance R
Deposit RPay: or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of:
This cheque R
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0006 0006:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
Date
90–00–00–01
To Helping Bank Limited
For Pretoria Date:
Balance R
Deposit RPay: or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of:
This cheque R
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0007 0007:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
Date
90–00–00–01
To Helping Bank Limited
For Pretoria Date:
Balance R
Deposit RPay: or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of:
This cheque R
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0008 0008:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
98
FAC1501/1
Date
90–00–00–01
To Helping Bank Limited
For Pretoria Date:
Balance R
Deposit RPay: or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of:
This cheque R
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0009 0009:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
Date
90–00–00–01
To Helping Bank Limited
For Pretoria Date:
Balance R
Deposit RPay: or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of:
This cheque R
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
00010 00010:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VAT registration number
8960225750
POBox392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date:
TAX INVOICE No: 0005
To: Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
Invoice total
Amount tendered
Change
VAT included @ 14%
E & OE
99
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VAT registration number
8960225750
POBox392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date:
TAX INVOICE No: 0006
To: Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
Invoice total
Amount tendered
Change
VAT included @ 14%
E & OE
215
No.0006 Date:
Receivedfrom: 
R c
Amount:
Rand
Cent: 
For:
BS Electrical
Signature
216
100
FAC1501/1
No.0007 Date:
Receivedfrom:
R c
Amount:
Rand
Cent: 
For:
BS Electrical
Signature
217
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
Date
Datum
Name/Naam
Bank notes Banknote
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal
Chequesetc,asabove,for collection tobeavailableas cashwhen
paid. While acting in good faith and exercising responsible care,
the Bank will not accept responsibility for ensuring that depositors/
accountholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,sal die Bankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghouers
regmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbank
use
* Vir bank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:
101
FAC1501/1
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
Date
Datum
Name/Naam
Bank notes Banknote
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling
askontant beskikbaarsal wees.Alhoeweldie Bank ingoeie trou
handel en alle redelike voorsorgmaatreëls tref, sal die Bank nie
die verantwoordelikheid aanvaar om te verseker dat deposante/
rekeninghouersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
* Vir bank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:
218
102
FAC1501/1
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
Date
Datum
Name/Naam
Bank notes Banknote
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid. While acting in good faith and exercising responsible care,
the Bank will not acceptresponsibility forensuring thatdepositors/
accountholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghouers
regmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
* Vir bank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:
103
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
Till01
TOTAL
Cash
Change
14%VAT
Slipno0002
VATno:8960225750
Thank you
BS ELECTRICAL
Till01
TOTAL
Cash
Change
14%VAT
Slipno0003
VATno:8960225750
Thank you
PETTY CASH VOUCHER No.
Date: Amount
Required for: R c
Signature:
Authorised by:
104
FAC1501/1
4REQUIRED
AfterconsideringtheabovetransactionsbyBSElectricalyoumustgiveanexplanation
ofthetransactionandcompletetheinternalsourcedocumentsofBSElectrical.
5SOLUTION: EXERCISE 1
2191. Explanation:
220Computerequipment(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
221Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Date 16/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Computer World Helping Bank Limited
For Computer
equipment
Pretoria Date: 16 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Computer World or Bearer
Subtotal RThe sum of: Sixteen thousand two hundred and
sixty nine rand only 16 269,00
This cheque R16 269,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0006 0006:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
2222. Explanation:
223Computerequipment(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
224Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Date 16/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To IT Perfect Helping Bank Limited
For Computer
equipment
Pretoria Date: 16 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: IT Perfect or Bearer
Subtotal RThe sum of: Fifteen thousand six hundred rand only
15 600,00
This cheque R15 600,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0007 0006:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
105
FAC1501/1
2253. Explanation:
226Receivedmoneyforservicesrendered,thereforethebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmust
be debited�
227Servicesrenderedisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesand
services rendered account must be credited�
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VAT registration number
8960225750
POBox392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 18 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0005
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
VAT@14%
4 hrs 2 280,70
319,30
Invoice total        2 600,00
Amount tendered 2 600,00
Change 0,00
VAT included @ 14% 319,30
E & OE
228Calculations:
229VAT on R2 280,70
230R2280,70 x 14 =R319,30
1 100
No.0006 Date:18 January 20.6
Receivedfrom: Mrs B Mini
R c
Amount: Two thousand six hundred rand only
Rand
Cent: None 2 600 00
For: Services rendered (cash)
BS Electrical
Signature S Peterson
106
FAC1501/1
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 19 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote 2 600 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 2 600 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 2 600 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibility forensuring thatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeksens,soosbo,ingehandigvir invorderingwatna betalingas
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
* Vir bank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
231
107
FAC1501/1
2324. Explanation:
233Receivedmoney;thereforethebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
234Sales are an income that increases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity increases and sales
account must be credited�
BS Electrical
20/01/20.6
Till01
Insulationtape
5@R4,275
IT1001 21,38
Plugswitches
10@R8,664
PS1002 86,64
Lightswitches
6@R7,1136
LS1002 42,68
Lightttings
6@R46,2384
LF1002 27 7, 4 3
TOTAL 428,13
Cash 430,00
Change 1,87
14%VAT R52,58
Slipno0002
VAT no 8960225750
Thank you
235Calculations:
(a)  5 x R4,275 = R21,375 = R21,38
(b) 10 x R8,664 = R86,64
(c)  6 x R7,1136 = R42,6816 = R42,68
(d)  6 x R46,2384 = R277,4304 = R277,43
236VAT
237R428,13 x 14 =R52,5774=R52,58
1 114
108
FAC1501/1
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 21 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote 420 00
Nickel Nikkel 800
Bronze Brons 013
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 428 13
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 428 13
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid. While acting in good faith and exercising responsible care,
theBankwill not accept responsibility forensuringthatdepositors/
accountholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaarom teverseker datdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
* Vir bank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
238TheamountofR428,13consistofnotesofR420,00,nickelofR8,00(1xR5,1xR2and1xR1)and
13centsbronze(1x10c,1x2cand1x1c).Mostofthecashregisterswillroundtheamountofftothe
nearest5cbecause1cand2carenotavailableanymore.TheamountwillbeR428,10.
2395. Explanation:
240Receivedmoney,thereforethebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmustbedebitedwiththetotal
amountofR4064,10+R2600,00=R6664,10.
241Salesisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesandsalesaccount
mustbecreditedwithR3565,00.
242Servicesrenderedisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesand
servicesrenderedaccountmustbecreditedwithR2280,70.
243
109
FAC1501/1
BS Electrical
21/01/20.6
Till 01
Three-phaseelectriccable40m
@R18,525
EC1003
741,00
Insulationtape
10@R4,275
IT1001 42,75
Plugswitches
50@R8,664
PS1002 433,20
Lightswitches
45@R7,1136
LS1002 320,11
Lightttings
30@R46,2384
LF1002 1387,15
Fluorescentlightttings
10@R113,9886
FLF1002 1139,89
TOTAL 4064,10
Cash 4064,10
Change 0,00
14%VAT R499,10
Slipno0003
VAT no 8960225750
Thank you
244Calculations:
(a)40xR18,525 = R741,00
(b)10xR4,275 = R42,75
(c)50xR8,664 = R433,20
(d)45xR7,1136 = R320,1120 = R320,11
(e)30xR46,2384 = R1387,1520 = R1387,15
(f)10xR113,9886 = R1139,886 = R1139,89
245VAT
246R4064,10 x14 =R499,10
1 114
247
110
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VAT registration number
8960225750
POBox392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 21 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0006
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
VAT @ 14%
4 hrs 2 280,70
319,30
Invoice total        2 600,00
Amount tendered 2 600,00
Change 0,00
VAT included @ 14% 319,30
E & OE
No.0007 Date:21 January 20.6
Receivedfrom: Mr B Strong
R c
Amount: Six thousand six hundred and sixty four rand
Rand
Cent: Ten cents 6 664 10
For: Inventory (Cash slip no. 0003 – R4 064,10)
Services rendered (Cash invoice no 0006 –
R2 600,00) (cash)
BS Electrical
Signature S Peterson
248
111
FAC1501/1
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 22 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote 6 660 00
Nickel Nikkel 400
Bronze Brons 010
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 6 664 10
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 6 664 10
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling
askontant beskikbaar sal wees.AlhoeweldieBankin goeietrou
handel en alle redelike voorsorgmaatreëls tref, sal die Bank nie
die verantwoordelikheid aanvaar om te verseker dat deposante/
rekeninghouersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
* Vir bank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
2496. Explanation:
250Purchases is an expense that decreases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity
decreases and the purchases account must be debited
251Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
252
112
FAC1501/1
Date 22/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Huge Wholesalers Helping Bank Limited
For Trading inventory Pretoria Date: 22 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Huge Wholesalers or Bearer
Subtotal RThe sum of: Seventeen thousand ve hundred 
and twenty four rand and eight cents 17 524,08
This cheque R17 524,08
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0008 0008:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
2537. Explanation:
254Stationeryisanexpensethatdecreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equitydecreasesandthe
stationery account must be debited�
255Pettycash(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
PETTY CASH VOUCHER No. 002
Date: 23 January 20.6 Amount
Required for: R c
Pen and Pencils – stationery 56 00
Signature: S Peterson
Authorised by: B Sithole
2568. Explanation:
257Salaryisanexpensethatdecreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equitydecreasesandsalaries
account must be debited�
258Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
259
113
FAC1501/1
Date 25/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Mrs S Peterson Helping Bank Limited
For Salary Pretoria Date: 25 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Mrs S Peterson or Bearer
Subtotal RThe sum of: Twelve thousand three hundred
rand alone 12 300,00
This cheque R12 300,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0009 0009:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
2609. Explanation:
261Pettycash(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
262Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Date 29/01/20.6
90–00–00–01
To Cash Helping Bank Limited
For Petty Cash Pretoria Date: 29 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Cash or Bearer
Subtotal RThe sum of: Hundred and six rand only 106,00
This cheque R106,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0010 0010:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
6EXERCISE 2
(a)Deneacashtransaction.
(b)Deneasourcedocument.
(c)Nametwotypesofsourcedocuments.
(d)Deneinternalsourcedocuments.
(e)Giveexamplesofinternalsourcedocuments.
(f)Deneexternalsourcedocuments.
(g)Giveexamplesofexternalsourcedocuments.
114
FAC1501/1
7SOLUTION: EXERCISE 2
(a)Whentransactionstakeplacetheentitywilleitherreceiveorpayoutmoney.
(b)Whenatransactiontakesplaceitisnecessarytohaveadocumentasproofofthetransaction,
indicatingdetailsofthetransaction.
(c)Internalsourcedocumentsandexternalsourcedocuments
(d)Internalsourcedocumentsarethedocumentspreparedbytheentityitselftorecordtransactions
withexternalclients.
(e)Cashregisterrolls
Duplicatecashsalesinvoices
Duplicatereceipts
Chequecounterfoils
Duplicatepettycashvouchers
Duplicatebankdepositslips
Telephonebanking:Noticeofpayment
Signedcreditcardslip
(f)Externalsourcedocumentsarethedocumentspreparedbytheotherpartytothetransactionand
receivedbytheentityasproofthatthetransactiondidtakeplace.
(g)Originalcashpurchasesinvoices
Originalreceipts
Cheques
Cashslips
8SELF-ASSESSMENT
263After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
ableto:
zdeneacashtransaction?
zdeneasourcedocument?
znametwotypesofsourcedocuments?
zdeneinternalsourcedocuments?
zgiveexamplesofinternalsourcedocuments?
zdeneexternalsourcedocuments?
zgiveexamplesofexternalsourcedocuments?
zexplaintheapplicablesourcedocumentsinvolvedindiffer-
entcashtransactions?
zcompletedifferentinternalsourcedocuments?
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
264IfyouhavemarkedallJyoumaycontinuetothenextlearningunit.
265IfyouhavemarkedanyK you have to revisethatspecicsection.
266IfyouhavemarkedanyL you have to re-studythatspecicsection.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
THE RECORDING OF
CASH TRANSACTIONS
LEARNING UNIT 5
1
116
FAC1501/1
1OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������116
Key concepts ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������116
Assessment criteria ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������117
5�1 Introduction ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������117
5.2 Thenancialaccountingcycle ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������117
5.3 Booksofrstentry:Journals �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������117
5.4 Cashjournals ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������118
5.5 Postingtothegeneralledger ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 158
5.6 Exerciseandsolution ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 162
Self-assessment ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 189
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1Afterstudyingthislearningunityoushouldbeableto:
1
zprepareacashreceiptsjournal
zprepareacashpaymentsjournal
zprepareapettycashjournal
zpostfromthecashreceiptsjournal,cashpaymentsjournalandpettycashjournaltothegeneral
ledger
KEY CONCEPTS
zBooksofrstentry
zCashjournals
zCashreceiptsjournal
zCashpaymentsjournal
zPettycashjournal
zPostingtothegeneralledger
zGroupingofgeneralledgeraccounts
zDrawings
zSplitcheque
117
FAC1501/1
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
z
Theabilitytorecordthecashtransactionsofasoleproprietor,invariousjournals
applicabletocashtransactionsfromsourcedocuments,isdemonstrated.
zTheabilitytoposttothegeneralledgeraccounts,afterthejournalsapplicable
tocashtransactionsareclosedoff,isdemonstrated.
5.1 INTRODUCTION
2Sofaryouhave learned thatnancial accountingdataareprocessedwithin a deniteframework,
whichisknownasthenancialaccountingcycle.Foreach transactionspecicsourcedocuments
arecompletedtodothenecessaryentriesinthebooksofanentity.Thesedocumentsmust,afteruse,
beledforreferencepurposesforatleastveyears.Theseactivitiesformpartoftheinputactivityof
thenancialaccountingcycle.
3Thenextstepinthenancialaccountingcycleistheprocessingofdatabyrecordingthetransactions.
5.2 THE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING CYCLE
4Accordingtothediagraminlearningunit1theremustrstbeatransactionandthentheremustbe
proofthatatransactiondidtakeplace,whichmusttaketheformofasourcedocument.Thesource
documentsareusedtorecordtransactionsinthebooksofrstentry,namelythesubsidiaryjournals.
Thisistherststepintheprocessingphase.Attheendofeachmonththesubsidiaryjournalsare
closedoffandpostedtotheapplicableledgeraccountsinthegeneralledger.Inthislearningunitwe
willfocusontheprocessingoftransactiondataforcashtransactions.
5.3 BOOKS OF FIRST ENTRY: JOURNALS
5Althoughtheledgeristhemostimportantbookinnancialaccountingforrecordingdailytransactions,
itwouldbeimpossibleforanentitytoentereverytransactiondirectlyintotheledger.Thiswillmake
theledgerverybulkyandunmanageable.Inamanualsystemitalsomeansthatonlyonepersoncan
writeupthebooks.
6Thereforeasystemofsubsidiarybooks,calledbooks of rst entry,isused.Thesesubsidiarybooks
enableanumberofclerkstorecordtransactions simultaneouslyon a dailybasisfromthe source
documentsintothedifferentsubsidiarybooks.Fromthesesubsidiarybooks(calledjournals) data is
posteddailyormonthlytotheappropriateledgeraccounts.
7Alltransactionsaresortedandrecordedintherelevantsubsidiarybook,forexamplecashtransactions
together,creditsalestransactionstogetherandcreditpurchasestransactionstogether.
8Oneoftheprinciplesofaccountingisthatno entry is made in the ledger unless it has rst been
entered in a subsidiary book.Anentryintheledgerwillthereforealwayshaveitsorigininoneof
thesubsidiarybooks.Evenifacomputerisedsystemisusedthetransactionsarerstrecordedin
subsidiaryjournalsbeforeitispostedtotheledger.
9Inthislearningunityouwillconcentrateonthesubsidiaryjournalsforcashtransactionsonly.Forcash
transactionsyouwillneed:
zcashreceiptsjournalforthereceiptofmoney
zcashpaymentjournalforthepaymentofmoney
zpettycashjournalforthecashpaymentofsmallexpenseswithintheentity
118
FAC1501/1
5.4 CASH JOURNALS
10Considerthetransactionswithsourcedocumentsdiscussedinlearningunit4.Determinewhetherthe
transactionisareceiptorapaymentinthebankorthepettycashtodeterminewhetheritmustbe
enteredintothecashreceiptjournal,cashpaymentjournalorpettycashjournal.
11Transaction 1:
12MrBSitholedecidedtodepositR100000intheentity’sbankaccounttostartthebusiness.MrB
SitholegaveMrsSPetersonachequeforR100000todepositintothecurrentbankaccountofBS
Electrical.
13Explanation:
14Moneyisreceivedandthereforethebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
15Themoneyisreceivedfromtheowner,MrBSithole,andtheentityowesthemoneytohim.Therefore,
thecapitalaccount(equity)increasesandmustbecredited.
Money received; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash receipts journal.
16Source documents:
zDuplicate receipt
17
No.0001 Date:2 January 20.6
Receivedfrom:Mr B Sithole
R c
Amount:Hundred thousand rand only
Rand
Cent:None 100 000 00
For:Capital contribution by the owner (cheque)
BS Electrical
Signature:S Peterson
119
FAC1501/1
zDuplicate deposit slip
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 2 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1Mr B Sithole
Helping Bank
Limited 900000 100 000 00
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 100 000 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bank will not accept responsibility for ensuring that depositors/ac-
count-holdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghouers
regmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
18Transaction 2:
19On 2 January20.6BS Electrical boughtatoolboxandtoolstobe usedbyMrB Sitholefrom Big
BuildersforR10000(VATinclusive)andpaidbychequenumber0001.
20Explanation:
21Toolsandequipment(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
22Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
120
FAC1501/1
23Source documents:
zOriginal cash invoice
BIG BUILDERS
900NarrowDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)333–1615
VATregistrationnumber
5590223986
P O Box 2176
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)333–1616
Date: 2 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0273
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
IBM1334
IBM2043
IBM6033
Tool box
Electrician tool kit
Screw driver
1
1
1
4 626,75
4 000,00
1 4 5,1 8
VAT @ 14%
8 771,93
1 228,07
Invoice total 10 000,00
Amount tendered 10 000,00
Change 0 , 0 0
VAT included @ 14%    1 228,07
E & OE
zCheque counterfoil
Date
02/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Big Builders Helping Bank Limited
For Tools and
equipment
Pretoria Date: 2 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Big Builders or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Ten thousand rand only
10 000,00
Thischeque R10 000,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0001 0001:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
24Transaction 3:
25On 2 January 20.6 BS Electrical bought a cash register for R3 349,50 (VAT inclusive) by cheque
number0002,fromWisemanTradersandreceivedcashinvoicenumber0578fromWisemanTraders
121
FAC1501/1
toberetainedforguaranteepurposes.MrsSPetersonnegotiatedforadiscountof10%becausethe
cashregisterwaspaidbycheque.
26Explanation:
27Toolsandequipment(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
28Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
29Source documents:
zOriginal cash invoice
WISEMAN TRADERS
700StraightDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)335–1515
VATregistrationnumber
6702336097
P O Box 1165
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)335–1629
Date: 2 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0578
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
FCR1268 Fancy cash register
– 10% discount
12 938,16)
(293,82)
VAT @ 14%
2 644,34)
370,21)
Invoice total 3 0 1 4 , 5 5
Amount tendered 3 0 1 4 , 5 5
Change 0,00
VAT included @ 14% 3 7 0 , 2 1
E & OE
122
FAC1501/1
zCheque counterfoil
Date
02/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Wiseman Traders Helping Bank Limited
For Tools and
equipment
Pretoria Date: 2 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Wiseman Traders or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Three thousand and fourteen rand
and fty-ve cents
3 014,55
Thischeque R3 014,55
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0002 0002:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
30Transaction 4:
31On3January20.6MrsSPetersonissuedchequenumber0003forR300tobethecashoatforthe
cashregister.Thechequewascashedforsmallchangetobekeptinthecashregister.
32Explanation:
33Cashoat(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
34Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
35Source documents:
zCheque counterfoil
Date
03/01/20.6
90–00–00–01
To Cash Helping Bank Limited
For Cash oat Pretoria Date: 3 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Cash or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Three hundred rand only
300,00
Thischeque R300,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0003 0003:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
123
FAC1501/1
36Transaction 5:
37ReceivedaninvoicefromMrBSitholefortherentforJanuary.TherentofR2000(VATinclusive)for
occupyingpartofabuildingsituatedonMrBSitholeslandwaspaidbyissuingchequenumber0004
on4January20.6
38Explanation:
39Rentpaidisanexpensethatdecreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equitydecreasesandrent
paidaccountmustbedebited.
40Paidmoneyforrent,therefore,thebankaccount(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
41Source documents:
zCheque counterfoil
Date
04/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Mr B Sithole Helping Bank Limited
Pretoria
For Rent paid Date: 4 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Mr B Sithole or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Two thousand rand only
2 000,00
Thischeque R2 000,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0004 0004:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
42Transaction 6:
43On 10January 20.6,MrB Sitholerenderedservices tothreedifferentclients,Mr P Lucky, Mrs V
HappyandMrTBusy.Originalsalesinvoicesnumber0001,0002,and0003wereissuedtothem
respectively. They have paid the amounts and receipt numbers 0002 and 0003 were issued to
MrPLuckyandMrsVHappyrespectively.MrsSPetersononlydepositedtheseamountsintothe
bankaccounton11January20.6.
44Explanation:
45Receivedmoneyforservicesrendered.Therefore,thebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmust
bedebited.
46Servicesrenderedisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesand
servicesrenderedaccountmustbecredited.
124
FAC1501/1
Money received; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash receipts journal.
47Source documents:
zDuplicate cash sales invoices
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VATregistrationnumber
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 10 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0001
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
– 10% cash discount
2
hours
1 140,36)
(114,04)
VAT @ 14%
1 026,32)
143,68)
Invoice total 1 170,00)))
Amount tendered 1 200,00)))
Change 30,00)))
VAT included @ 14% 143,68)))
E & OE
48
125
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VATregistrationnumber
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 10 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0002
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
– 10% cash discount
5
hours
2 850,88)
(285,09)
VAT @ 14%
2 565,79)
359,21)
Invoice total 2 925,00)))
Amount tendered 2 925,00)))
Change 0,00)))
VAT included @ 14% 359,21)))
E & OE
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VATregistrationnumber
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 10 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0003
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
– 5% cash discount
6
hours
3 421,05)
(171,05)
VAT @ 14%
3 250,00)
455,00)
Invoice total 3 705,00)))
Amount tendered 3 705,00)))
Change 0,00)))
VAT included @ 14% 455,00)))
E & OE
126
FAC1501/1
zDuplicate receipts
No.0002 Date:10 January 20.6
Receivedfrom:Mr P Lucky
R c
Amount: One thousand one hundred and seventy rand
Rand only
Cent:None 1 170 00
For:Services rendered (cash)
BS Electrical
Signature:S Peterson
No.0003 Date:10 January 20.6
Receivedfrom:Mrs V Happy
R c
Amount:Two thousand nine hundred and twenty ve rand
Rand only
Cent:None 2 925 00
For:Services rendered (cheque)
BS Electrical
Signature:S Peterson
zCredit card slip
CARDTRANSACTION
Pretoria
BSElectrical
NO.: ************20.70 EXPDATE:04/10
AMOUNT:  R3705,00
CARDNAME: LIVINGBANKVISACARD
10/03/20.6 9:30 AUTH:641055
EPS No� 173
0415 017 8044288 0039
T Busy
CUSTOMERSIGNATURE
127
FAC1501/1
zDuplicate deposit slip
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 11 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote 1 170 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 1 170 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1Mrs V Happy
Growing Bank
Limited 900560 2 925 00
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 4 095 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnot acceptresponsibility forensuring that depositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
49Transaction 7:
50On15January20.6MrBSitholedecidedthathewouldbuythedifferenttypesofcablesandother
ttingsnecessaryfortheservicesheisrenderingandkeepitintheentitysinventory.Clientscould
thenbuythenecessarycableandttingsfromBSElectricalandMrBSitholecouldadvisethemon
whatisneededforaspecicservicerendered.BSElectricalwouldget20%discountiftheentitybuys
atbulkfromHugeWholesalers.
51MrBSitholehandedMrsSPetersonthefollowinglistofitemsshehadtoorderfromHugeWholesalers:
z1000moftwo-phaseelectricalcable
z1000mofthree-phaseelectricalcable
z1boxof100rollsofinsulationtape
128
FAC1501/1
z2boxesof100lightttingseach
z1boxof100uorescentlightttings
z2boxesof100lightswitcheseach
z2boxesof100plugswitcheseach
52ThetotalamountoftheorderwasR48125,10beforediscount.ThisamountincludedVATat14%.
MrsSPetersonplacedanorderandmadeaninternetpaymentofR38500,08directlyintothebank
accountofHugeWholesalers.Aftershehadfaxedtheproofintheformofanoticeofpaymentthrough
toMrPMoodley,thesalesmanageratHugeWholesalers,theydeliveredthegoodsordered.
53ThedeliveredgoodswerecheckedbyMrsSPetersontoseeifeverythingwasdeliveredandshe
signedthedeliverynote.Theoriginaldeliverynoteandoriginalcashinvoicewerehandedtoherand
thedeliveryguykepttheduplicatesigneddeliverynoteandcashinvoice.
54Explanation:
55Purchases is an expense that decreases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity decreases and
purchasesaccountmustbedebited.
56Paidbyinternet;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Paid by internet; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
57
129
FAC1501/1
58Source documents:
zOriginal delivery note
HUGE WHOLESALERS
1667MarineDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)3363433
VATRegistrationnumber
5591223986
P O Box 1550
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)3363434
Date: 15 January 20.6 DELIVERY NOTE No: SP6058
Supplied to:
BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
P O Box 392
PRETORIA
0001
Code Description Qty Unit price
(VAT excl.)
Total price Checked
EC1002
EC1003
IT1001
LF1002
FLF1002
LS1002
PS1002
Two-phase eletrical cable
Three-phase electrical cable
Insulation tape
Light ttings
Fluorescent light ttings
Light switches
Plug switches
1 000 m
1 000 m
1 box
2 boxes
1 box
2 boxes
2 boxes
10
13
300
3 245
7 999
998
1 215
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
10 000
13 000
300
6 490
7 999
1 996
2 430
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
VAT @ 14%
  42 215
         5 910
       00
        10
Total 48 125     10
VAT included @ 14% 5 910     10
Note:
Discount of 20% applicable
Checkedby:Mrs S Peterson Signature:S Peterson   Date:15 January 20.6
E & OE
59
130
FAC1501/1
zOriginal cash invoice
HUGE WHOLESALERS
1667MarineDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)3363433
VATregistrationnumber
5591223986
P O Box 1550
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)3363434
Date: 15 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 5996
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
EC1002
EC1003
IT1001
LF1002
FLF1002
LS1002
PS1002
Two-phase eletrical cable
Three-phase eletrical cable
Insulation tape
Light ttings
Fluorescent light ttings
Light switches
Plug switches
1 000 m
1 000 m
1 box
2 boxes
1 box
2 boxes
2 boxes
10 000,00))
13 000,00))
300,00))
6 490,00))
7 999,00))
1 996,00))
2 430,00))
– 20% cash discount
42 215,00))
(8 443,00))
VAT @ 14%
33 772,00
4 728,08
Invoice total 38 500,08
Amount tendered 38 500,08
Change 0,00
VAT included @ 14% 4 728,08
E & OE
131
FAC1501/1
zInternet banking: Notice of payment
HELPING BANK LIMITED
Internet Banking: Notice of Payment 15 January 20.6
DearBSElectrical
Subject: Notice of Payment: Huge Wholesalers
Pleasebeadvisedthatapaymenthasbeenmadeasindicatedbelow.
Transactionnumber:  905520X611363667435578
Paymentdate:  20.6/01/15
Paymentmadeby:  BS Electrical
Paymentmadeto:  Huge Wholesalers
Beneciaryaccountnumber: 9000522968
Fortheamountof  R38 500,08
Referenceonbeneciarystatement: BS Electrical
Pleaserememberthatthefollowingapplytointernetbankingpaymentstonon-Helpingbank
accounts�
zPaymentsmadeonweekdaysbefore15:30willbecreditedtothereceivingbankaccountby
midnight of the same day
zPaymentsmadeonweekdaysafter15:30willbecreditedbymidnightthefollowingday.
zPaymentsmadeonaSaturday,SundayorPublicholidaywillbecreditedtotheaccountby
midnightofthe1stfollowingweekday.
Ifyouneedmoreinformationorassistance,pleasecallHelpingBankLimitedon0860008600
or+27112767900(Internationalcalls).
Yourssincerely
General Manager: Digital Channel
Thisdocumentisintendedforusebytheaddresseeandisprivilegedandcondential.Ifthe
transmissionhasbeenmisdirectedtoyou,pleasecontactusimmediately.Thankyou.
HelpingBankLimited,RegNo19X0/005959/05
60Transaction 8:
61On16January20.6,MrsSPetersonissuedchequenumber0005forR200astheimpressamount
tostartthepettycashoatofBSElectrical.ThechequewascashedandthemoneyiskeptbyMrsS
Peterson who acted as petty cashier
62Explanation:
63Pettycash(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
64Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Money received – petty cash; therefore this transaction will be entered into the petty cash
journal.
132
FAC1501/1
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
65Source documents:
zCheque counterfoil
Date 16/01/20.6
90–00–00–01
To Cash Helping Bank Limited
For Petty cash Pretoria Date: 16 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Cash or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Two hundred rand only
200,00
Thischeque R200,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0005 0005:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
66Transaction 9:
67On16January20.6BSElectricalboughtacomputerworthR16269(VATincluded)forwhichitpaid
bychequenumber0006andreceivedtaxinvoicenumberB145fromComputerWorld.
68Explanation:
69Computerequipment(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
70Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
71
133
FAC1501/1
72Source documents:
zOriginal cash invoice
COMPUTER WORLD
590DelphiDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)435–1615
   VATregistrationnumber
7704337090
P O Box 5116
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)435–1639
Date: 16 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: B145
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
C755 Compy 755 computer
VAT @ 14%
114 271,05
1 997,95
Invoice total      16 269,00
Amount tendered      16 269,00
Change       0,00
VAT included @ 14%       1 997,95
E & OE
zCheque counterfoil
Date
16/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Computer World Helping Bank Limited
For Computer
equipment
Pretoria Date: 16 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Computer World or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Sixteen thousand two hundred and
sixty nine rand only
16 269,00
Thischeque R16 269,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0006 0006:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
134
FAC1501/1
73Transaction 10:
74On16January 20.6theentityboughtanaccountingcomputerprogram tomanagetheirinventory
from IT Perfect for R15 600 (VAT included). It received original tax invoice number 1569 from IT
PerfectandpaidITPerfectbychequenumber0007.
75Explanation:
76Computerequipment(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
77Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
78Source documents:
zOriginal cash invoice
IT PERFECT
730WindowsDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)997–1010
VATregistrationnumber
6805736098
P O Box 1069
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)997–1111
Date: 16 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 1569
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
PE101 Point of sales inventory programme
VAT @ 14%
11 3 684,21
1 915,79
Invoice total 15 6 0 0 , 0 0
Amount tendered 1 5 6 0 0 , 0 0
Change 0 , 0 0
VAT included @ 14% 1 9 1 5 , 7 9
E & OE
79
135
FAC1501/1
zCheque counterfoil
Date
16/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To IT Perfect Helping Bank Limited
For Computer
equipment
Pretoria Date: 16 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: IT Perfect or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Fifteen thousand six hundred rand
only
15 600,00
Thischeque R15 600,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0007 0007:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
80Transaction 11:
81On17January20.6,MrsSPetersonboughtpostagestampsandtookR50(VATinclusive)outofpetty
cash to pay for it�
82Explanation:
83Postageisanexpensethatdecreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equitydecreasesandpostage
accountmustbedebited.
84Pettycash(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Money paid cash petty cash; therefore this transaction will be entered into the petty
cash journal.
85Source documents:
zPetty cash voucher
PETTY CASH VOUCHER No. 001
Date: 17 January 20.6 Amount
Required for: R c
Postmaster – postage stamps 50 00
Signature: S Peterson
Authorised by: B Sithole
136
FAC1501/1
86Transaction 12:
87On17January20.6,MrTWisemanboughtelectricalcablesandttingstobeinstalledbyMrBSithole
inhisnewhome.Hepurchased:
z50mtwophaseelectricalcable,R712,50
z4rollsinsulationtape,R17,10
z27plugswitches,R233,93
z20lightswitches,R142,27
z20lightttings,R924,77
z3uorescentlightttings,R341,96
88MrBSitholedeliveredandinstalledtheelectricalcablesandttings.Originaltaxinvoicenumber0004
wasissuedtoMrTWiseman.MrTWisemanpaidbothamountsbycheque(GrowingBankLimited–
branchcode900560).MrsSPetersonissuedreceiptno0005.Theamountwasdepositedintothe
currentbankaccounton18January20.6.
89Explanation:
90Receivedmoney;thereforethebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmustbedebitedwiththetotal
amountofR2372,53+R9750,00=R12122,53.
91Salesisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesandsalesaccount
mustbecreditedwithR2081,17.
92Servicesrenderedisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesand
servicesrenderedaccountmustbecreditedwithR8552,63.
Money received; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cashreceipts journal.
137
FAC1501/1
93Source documents:
zCash register roll
BS ELECTRICAL
17/01/206
Till01
Two-phaseelectricalcable
50 m
EC1002 712,50
Insulationtape
4rolls
IT1001 17,10
Plugswitches
27
PS1002 233,93
Light switches
20
LS1002 142,27
Lightttings
20
LF1002 924,77
Fluorescentlightttings
3
FLF1002 341,96
TOTAL 2372,53
Cash 2372,53
Change 0,00
14%VAT R291,36
Slipno0001
VAT no 8960225750
Thank you
138
FAC1501/1
zDuplicate cash sales invoice
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VATregistrationnumber
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 17 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0004
To: Mr T Wiseman
25 Park Street
Pretoria
VAT registration number 4301235678
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
VAT @ 14%
15hrs 8 552,63
1 197,37
Invoice total     9 750,00
Amount tendered    9 750,00
Change       0,00
VAT included @ 14% 1 1 9 7, 3 7
E & OE
zDuplicate receipt
No.0005 Date:17 January 20.6
Receivedfrom: Mr T Wiseman
R c
Amount:Twelve thousand one hundred and twenty two rand
Rand
Cent:Fifty three cents 12 122 53
For:Inventory
(Cash slip no. 0001 – R2 372,53)
Services rendered
(Cash invoice no. 0004 – R9 750,00) (cheque)
BS Electrical
Signature:S Peterson
139
FAC1501/1
zDuplicate deposit slip
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 18 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1Mr T Wiseman
Growing Bank
Limited 900560 12 122 53
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 12 122 53
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling
askontantbeskikbaarsalwees.Alhoewel die Bankin goeie trou
handel en alle redelike voorsorgmaatreëls tref, sal die Bank nie
die verantwoordelikheid aanvaar om te verseker dat deposante/
rekeninghouersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
94Transaction 13:
95On18January20.6MrBSithole rendered services toMrsB Miniandissuedoriginaltaxinvoice
number 0005 to her. Mrs B Mini paid R2 600 (VAT inclusive) cash and Mrs S Peterson issued
receiptnumber0006toher.MrsSPetersondepositedthemoneyreceivedintothebankaccounton
19January20.6.
96Explanation:
97Receivedmoneyforservicesrendered;thereforethebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmust
bedebited.
140
FAC1501/1
98Servicesrenderedisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesand
servicesrenderedaccountmustbecredited.
Money received; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash receipts journal.
99Source documents:
zDuplicate cash sales invoice
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
VATregistrationnumber
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 18 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 0005
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services
VAT @ 14%
4hrs 2 280,70
319,30
Invoice total           2 600,00
Amount tendered 2 6 0 0 , 0 0
Change 0 , 0 0
VAT included @ 14% 3 1 9 , 3 0
E & OE
100
141
FAC1501/1
zDuplicate receipt
No.0006 Date:18 January 20.6
Receivedfrom:Mrs B Mini
R c
Amount:Two thousand six hundred rand only
Rand
Cent:None 2 600 00
For:Services rendered (cash)
BS Electrical
Signature:S Peterson
zDuplicate deposit slip
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 19 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote 2 600 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 2 600 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 2 600 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling
askontant beskikbaar sal wees.AlhoeweldieBankin goeietrou
handel en alle redelike voorsorgmaatreëls tref, sal die Bank nie
die verantwoordelikheid aanvaar om te verseker dat deposante/
rekeninghouersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
142
FAC1501/1
101Transaction 14:
102On20January20.6,MrSBigboughtelectricswitches,ttingsandinsulationtape.Hepurchased:
z5rollsofinsulationtape(IT1001)foratotalofR21,38
z10plugswitches(PS1002)foratotalofR86,64
z6lightswitches(LS1002)foratotalofR42,68
z6lightttings(LF1002)foratotalofR277,43
103HepaidwithR430cashandthemoneywasdepositedbyMrsSPetersonon21January20.6.
104Explanation:
105Receivedmoney;thereforethebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
106Salesisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesandsalesaccount
mustbecredited.
Money received; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash receipts journal.
107Source documents:
zCash register roll
BS ELECTRICAL
20/01/20�6
Till01
Insulationtape
5rolls
IT1001 21,38
Plugswitches
10
PS1002 86,64
Light switches
6
LS1002 42,68
Lightttings
6
LF1002 277, 4 3
TOTAL 428,13
Cash 430,00
Change 1,87
14%VAT R52,58
Slipno0002
VAT no 8960225750
Thank you
143
FAC1501/1
Note:Inpractice,duetothefactthat2centcoinsand1centcoinsarenotpartofourcurrency
anymore,entitiesrounddownorroundupanamounttothenearest5centstomakeitpossibleto
givechangewhenpaidincash.Wewillhowevernotadoptthisprincipleinthismodule.
zDuplicate deposit slip
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 21 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote *420 00
Nickel Nikkel *800
Bronze Brons *013
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 428 13
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 428 13
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuring thatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeksens,soos bo,ingehandigvir invorderingwatnabetalingas
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
*Note: ThesecanvaryaslongasthesubtotalisR428,13.
144
FAC1501/1
108Transaction 15:
109On21January20.6,MrBStrongboughtelectricalcableandttingstobeinstalledinhisnewhome.
Hepurchased:
z40mofthree-phaseelectricalcable(EC1003)forR741,00
z10rollsofinsulationtape(IT1001)forR42,75
z50plugswitches(PS1002)forR433,20
z45lightswitches(LS1002)forR320,11
z30lightttings(LF1002)forR1387,15
z10uorescentlightttings(FLF1002)forR1139,89
110MrBSitholeinstalledtheelectricalcableandttingsinMrBStrong’snewhomeandissuedoriginal
taxinvoicenumber0006tohimforR2600,00.HepaidtheamountofR4064,10fortheelectrical
cable and ttings, and the service rendered for R2 600,00 cash. Mrs S Peterson issued receipt
number0007tohim.Themoneywasdepositedon22January20.6.
111Explanation:
112Receivedmoney;thereforethebankaccount(anasset)increasesandmustbedebitedwiththetotal
amountofR4064,10+R2600,00=R6664,10.
113Salesisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equityincreasesandsalesaccount
mustbecreditedwithR3565,00.
114Servicesrenderedisanincomethatincreasestheprotfortheyear.Thereforeequityincreasesand
servicesrenderedaccountmustbecreditedwithR2280,70.
Money received; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash receipts journal.
115
145
FAC1501/1
116Source documents:
zCash register roll
BS ELECTRICAL
21/01/206
Till01
Three-phaseelectricalcable
40m
EC1003 741,00
Insulationtape
10rolls
IT1001 42,75
Plugswitches
50
PS1002 433,20
Light switches
45
LS1002 32 0,11
Lightttings
30
LF1002 1387,15
Fluorescentlightttings
10
FLF1002 1139,89
TOTAL 4064,10
Cash 4064,10
Change 0,00
14%VAT R499,10
Slipno0003
VAT no 8960225750
Thank you
146
FAC1501/1
zDuplicate cash sales invoice
BS ELECTRICAL
499TshwaneDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)4293111
   VATregistrationnumber
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)4293424
Date: 21 January 20.6 TA X INVOICE No: 0006
To: Cash Payment method
Cheque/debitcard
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
SR001 Electrical services 4hrs 2 280,70
VAT @ 14% 319,30
Invoice total 2 6 0 0 , 0 0
Amount tendered 2 6 0 0 , 0 0
Change 0,00
VAT included @ 14% 3 1 9 , 3 0
E & OE
zDuplicate receipt
No.0007 Date:21 January 20.6
Receivedfrom:Mr B Strong
R c
Amount:Six thousand six hundred and sixty four rand
Rand 
Cent:Ten cents 6 664 10
For: Inventory (Cash slip no. 0003 – R4 064,10)
Services rendered (Cash invoice no. 0006 –
R2 600,00) (cash)
BS Electrical
Signature:S Peterson
147
FAC1501/1
zDuplicate deposit slip
Helping Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Helpende Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
9
0
0
0
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Date
Datum 22 January 20.6
Name/Naam BS Electrical
Bank notes Banknote 6 660 00
Nickel Nikkel 400
Bronze Brons 010
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 6 664 10
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 6 664 10
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid. While acting in good faith and exercising responsible care,
theBankwill not acceptresponsibilityfor ensuringthatdepositors/
accountholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaarom te verseker dat deposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:S Peterson
117Transaction 16:
118On22January20.6theentityorderedsomettingsandswitchesfromHugeWholesalers.Sincethe
rstpaymentwasmadeviatheinternetanditwasforasignicantamountofR38500,08theywill
nowacceptchequesfromBSElectrical.MrsSPetersonreceivedthefollowingdeliveryandpaidper
chequenumber0008.
119Explanation:
120Purchases is an expense that decreases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity decreases and
purchasesaccountmustbedebited.
121Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
148
FAC1501/1
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
122Source documents:
zOriginal delivery note
HUGE WHOLESALERS
1667MarineDrive
PRETORIA
Tel:(012)3363433
VATRegistrationnumber
5591223986
P O Box 1550
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)3363434
Date: 22 January 20.6 DELIVERY NOTE No: SP6068
Supplied to:
BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
P O Box 392
PRETORIA
0001
Code Description Qty Unit price
(VAT excl.)
Total price Checked
IT1001
LF1002
FLF1002
LS1002
PS1002
Insulation tape
Light ttings
Fluorescent light ttings
Light switches
Plug switches
1 box
2 boxes
1 box
2 boxes
2 boxes
300
3 245
7 999
998
1 215
00
00
00
00
00
300
6 490
7 999
1 996
2 430
00
00
00
00
00
VAT @ 14%
19 215
2 690
00
10
Total 21 905     10
VAT included @ 14% 2 690     10
Note:
Discount of 20% applicable
Checkedby:Mrs S Peterson Signature:S Peterson   Date:22 January 20.6
E & OE
123
149
FAC1501/1
zOriginal cash invoice
HUGE WHOLESALERS
1667MarineDrive
PRETORIA
Tel(012)3363433
VATregistrationnumber
5591223986
P O Box 1550
PRETORIA0001
Fax(012)3363434
Date: 22 January 20.6 TAX INVOICE No: 6096
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Payment method
Cheque/debit card
Cash
Credit card
Account
Code Description Qty Total price
IT1001
LF1002
FLF1002
LS1002
PS1002
Insulation tape
Light ttings
Fluorescent light ttings
Light switches
Plug switches
1 box
2 boxes
1 box
2 boxes
2 boxes
300,00))
6 490,00))
7 999,00))
1 996,00))
2 430,00))
– 20% cash discount
19 215,00))
(3 843,00))
VAT @ 14%
15 372,00))
2 152,08))
Invoice total 17 524,08))
Amount tendered 1 7 524,08))
Change 0,00))
VAT included @ 14% 2 152,08))
E & OE
zCheque counterfoil
Date
22/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Huge
Wholesalers
Helping Bank Limited
Pretoria
For Trading inventory Date: 22 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Huge Wholesalers or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Seventeen thousand ve hundred
and twenty four rand and eight cent
17 524,08
Thischeque R17 524,08
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0008 0008:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
150
FAC1501/1
124Transaction 17:
125On 23 January 20.6 Mrs S Peterson took R56 from the petty cash to buy stationery from Pen
andPencils.
126Explanation:
127Stationery is an expense that decreases the prot for the year. Therefore, equity decreases and
stationeryaccountmustbedebited.
128Pettycash(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Money paid cash petty cash; therefore this transaction will be entered into the petty
cash journal.
129Source documents:
zCash slip
PEN AND PENCILS
23/01/20�6
Till02
Pens
2@R14,00
BPI1001
28,00
Printing paper
PP1003
28,00
TOTAL 56,00
Cash 56,00
Change 0,00
14%VAT R6,88
Slipno0012
VAT no 5690233875
Thank you
zPetty cash voucher
PETTY CASH VOUCHER No. 002
Date: 23 January 20.6 Amount
Required for: R c
Pen and Pencils – stationery 56 00
Signature: S Peterson
Authorised by: B Sithole
151
FAC1501/1
130Transaction 18:
131On25JanuaryMrsSPeterson’ssalarywaspaidtoherbyissuingchequenumber0009forR12300.
132Explanation:
133Salaryisanexpensethatdecreasestheprotfortheyear.Therefore,equitydecreasesandsalaries
accountmustbedebited.
134Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
135Source documents:
zCheque counterfoil
Date
25/01/20.6
NOT TRANSFERABLE
90–00–00–01
To Mrs S Peterson Helping Bank Limited
Pretoria
For Salary Date: 25 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Mrs S Peterson or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Twelve thousand three hundred
rand only
12 300,00
Thischeque R12 300,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0009 0009:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
136Transaction 19:
137On29JanuaryMrsSPetersonwroteoutchequenumber0010forR106torestorethepettycash
impressamounttoR200.
138Explanation:
139Pettycash(anasset)increasesandmustbedebited.
140Paidbycheque;bank(anasset)decreasesandmustbecredited.
Money received – petty cash; therefore this transaction will be entered into the petty cash
journal.
Paid by cheque; therefore this transaction will be entered into the cash payments journal.
152
FAC1501/1
141Source documents:
zCheque counterfoil
Date
29/01/20.6
90–00–00–01
To Cash Helping Bank Limited
For Petty cash Pretoria Date: 29 January 20.6
Balance R
Deposit RPay: Cash or Bearer
Subtotal R The sum of: Hundred and six rand only
106,00
Thischeque R106,00
Balance R
B Sithole S Peterson
For: BS Electrical
0010 0010:900000•:9000 123456!!• 01
5.4.1 Cash receipts journal
142Thecashreceiptsjournalisasubsidiarybookinwhichthecashreceiptsofanentityarerecorded.All
moneysreceivedarerecordedinthecashreceiptsjournal.Attheendofthemonthonlyoneamount,
whichrepresentstheentiremonth’scashreceipts,isdebitedtothebankaccountinthegeneralledger.
143Differentcolumnsareusedtoanalysethedifferenttypesofreceiptsandtondthetotalofeachfor
acertainperiod.Thenumberandheadingsofthesecolumnswillbedeterminedbythetypeofentity
andthefrequencyoftransactionsthatcanbegroupedtogether.Itis,however,notpossibletoprovide
individualcolumnsforeverytype ofreceipt.Therefore,thelessfrequentreceipts(onceortwicea
month)willbeenteredinacolumnforsundryaccounts.
144Entriesinthecashreceiptsjournalarerecordedfrom:
zduplicatesofreceiptsissued(whenmoneywasreceived)
zthecashregisterroll(whencashwasreceivedforsales)
ztheduplicatedepositslip(whenmoneywasdepositedatthebank)
z
theoriginalcreditcard/debitcardslip(moneywillbeautomaticallybankedbythebankonouraccount)
zinternetbanking:noticeofpaymentfaxedtoself(moneydepositeddirectlyintobankaccount)
145ProvisionismadeforaVAToutputcolumninthecashreceiptsjournal(taxcollectedbytheentityon
behalfoftheSouthAfricanRevenueService).Seeparagraph4.6foradiscussionofVAT.
146
147
153
FAC1501/1
148BS ELECTRICAL
149CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL – JANUARY 20.6 CRJ1
Doc No. Day Details Fol Analysis
of
receipts
Bank Sales Services
rendered
VAT
output
Sundry accounts
Amount Fol Details
R R R R R R
R0001 2 MrBSithole 100000,00 100000,00 100000,00 B1 Capital
R0002 10 Mr P Lucky 1170,00 1026,32 143,68
R0003 Mrs V Happy 2925,00 4095,00 2565,79 359,21
R0004 Mr T Busy 3705,00 3705,00 3250,00 455,00
R0005 17 Mr T Wiseman 12122,53 12122,53 2081,17 8552,63 1488,73
R0006 18 Mrs B Mini 2600,00 2600,00 2280,70 319,30
CRR0002 20 Cashsales 428,13 428,13 375,55 52,58
CRR0003 21 Cashsales 6664,10 6664,10 3565,00 2280,70 818,40
129614,76 6021,72 19956,14 3636,90 100000,00
B2 N2 N1 B7
150
154
FAC1501/1
z
ThefolionumbersB2,N2,N1,B7andB1areforreferencepurposesandwillbediscussedin
paragraph 5�5�
zAttheendofthemonththecashreceiptsjournalisclosedoffbytotallingeachcolumn.
zTheanalysisofreceiptscolumndoesnothaveatotalbecauseallthecash,chequesandcredit
cardpaymentsreceivedhavebeendepositedassoonaspossible.Theamountisenteredintothe
analysisofreceiptscolumnwhenthemoneyisreceivedanditwillbeenteredintothebankcolumn
whenitisdeposited.Iftwoamountsaredepositedtogether,theamountsareaddedandonlythe
totalofthedepositslipwillbeenteredinthebankcolumn.
z
Theinternetpaymentsreceivedwillbeentereddirectlyintothebankcolumnbecauseitisdeposited
automaticallyintothebankaccountoftheentity.
zOnthe17thand21sttheVATofthesalesandtheservicesrenderedwereaddedandonlyone
amountwasenteredintheVATcolumn.
zThesalesamountandservicesrenderedamountsarethetotalamountsontheinvoiceslessthe
VATreceivedbecausetheVAThastobepaidovertotheSouthAfricanRevenueService.
z
The total of the bank column must be equal to the sum of the totals of the other
columns,thatisR6021,72+R19956,14+R3636,90+R100000=R129614,76.
zThetotalsofthecolumnsmustbepostedtotheappropriateaccountsinthegeneralledgeratthe
endofthemonth.Eachtransactioninthesundryaccountscolumnwillbepostedindividuallytothe
appropriateaccountidentiedinthedetailscolumninthegeneralledgeratthedateofthetransaction.
5.4.2 Cash payments journal
151Thecashpaymentsjournalisasubsidiarybookinwhichthecashpaymentsofanentityarerecorded.
Allpaymentsaremadebycheque,viatheinternetorbycreditcardandeachamountmustberecorded
inthebankcolumnaswellasinoneoftheanalysiscolumns.
152Differentcolumnsareusedtoanalysethedifferenttypesofpaymentandtondthetotalofeachfor
acertainperiod.Thenumberandheadingofthesecolumnswillbedeterminedbythetypeofentity
andwillincludethosetransactionsthatoccurfrequentlyduringthemonth.Itis,however,notpossible
toprovideindividualcolumnsforeverytypeofpayment.Therefore,thelessfrequentpayments(once
ortwiceamonth)willbeenteredinthecolumnforsundryaccounts.
153Entriesinthecashpaymentsjournalaremadefrom:
zchequecounterfoils(paymentsmadebycheque)
zinternetbanking:noticeofpaymentsendtothem(moneypaiddirectlyintothebankaccountof
another person or entity)
154Provision is made for a VAT input column in the cash payments journal to record any input VAT
associated with purchases�
z
The folio numbers B2, N3, B8, B3, B4, N4, B5, N5 and PCJ1 are for reference
purposesandwillbediscussedinparagraph5.5.
zAttheendofthemonththecashpaymentsjournalisclosedoffbytotallingeachcolumn.
z
Thepurchasesamount,toolsandequipmentamountandcomputerequipmentamountarethe
totalamountsontheinvoiceslesstheVATpaidbecausetheVATinputareclaimedbackfromthe
SouthAfricanRevenueService.
zTheamountenteredinthebankcolumnisthetotalamountpaid(price+VAT).
155
FAC1501/1
155
156BS ELECTRICAL
157CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL – JANUARY 20.6 CPJ1
Doc No. Day Name of payee Fol Bank Purchases VAT input Tools and
equipment
Computer
equipment
Salaries Sundry accounts
Amount Fol Details
R R R R R R R
0001 2 BigBuilders 10000,00 1228,07 8771,93
0002 Wiseman Traders 3014,55 370,21 2644,34
0003 3 Cash 300,00 300,00 B5 Cashoat
0004 4 MrBSithole 2000,00 245,61 1754,39 N5 Rentalexpenses
BS01 15 HugeWholesalers 38500,08 33772,00 4728,08
0005 16 Cash 200,00 200,00 PCJ1 Petty cash
0006 ComputerWorld 16269,00 1997,95 14271,05
0007 IT Perfect 15600,00 1915,79 13684,21
0008 22 HugeWholesalers 17524,08 15372,00 2152,08
0009 25 Mrs S Peterson 12300,00 12300,00
0010 29 Cash 106,00 106,00 PCJ1 Petty cash
115813,71 49144,00 12637,79 11416,27 27955,26 12300,00 2360,39
B2 N3 B8 B3 B4 N4
156
FAC1501/1
z
The total of the bank column must be equal to the sum of the totals of the other
columns,thatisR49144,00+R12637,79+R11416,27+R27955,26+R12300,00+R2360,39
=R115813,71.
zThetotalofthecolumnsmustbepostedtotheappropriateaccountsinthegeneralledgeratthe
endofthemonth.Eachtransactioninthesundryaccountscolumnwillbepostedindividuallytothe
appropriateaccountidentiedinthedetailscolumninthegeneralledgeratthedateofthetransaction.
zIfmorethanonepersonwaspaidasalary,asalariesjournalmustbeopenedtorecordallthe
salaries.Onlythetotalamountforsalarieswillthenbepostedtothecashpaymentsjournal.
5.4.3 Petty cash journal
158Itisnormalpracticetobankallcashreceipts(coins,notes,postalordersandcheques)daily.This
isdonetocontrolallmoneyreceived.Paymentsmustalsobecontrolledandarethereforemadeby
cheque.However,whensmallpayments,forexample,expensessuchaspostage,telegrams,wages
tocasuallabourers,smallrepairsandsmalldonationsarepaidout,itismoreconvenienttomake
paymentsincashratherthanthedrawingofacheque.
159Allpaymentsfrompettycasharerecordedinthepettycashjournal.Thenumberofanalysiscolumns
willvaryaccordingtothetypeofentityandthefrequencyofpaymentsforacertainitem/service.Itis,
however,notpossibletoprovideindividualcolumnsforeverytypeofpayment.Therefore,theless
frequentpayments(onceortwiceamonth)willbeenteredinthecolumnforsundryaccounts.
160Beforeanypaymentcanbemadeoutofpetty cashthepaymentmustbeauthorisedbyaperson
appointed to do so� The signature of the person who authorises the payment must appear on the
pettycashvoucher.Thesevoucherswillbenumberedinsequenceandledwiththeexternalsource
document(mostlycashslips)receivedonpayment.
161Whenapaymentisrecordedinthepettycashjournal,theamountisenteredinthepettycashcolumn
aswellasintheappropriateanalysiscolumn.
162Theimprestsystemismostwidelyused.Intermsofthissystem,anamountthatshouldcoverpetty
cashrequirementsforamonthisestimated.Thisamountisthengiventothepettycashierasthe
imprestamount–anamountinadvance.
163Thepettycashierisreimbursed–usuallyattheendofthemonth–bymeansofachequewhichis
equaltotheamountthathe/shehasspent.Thusthepettycashierstartseachmonthwiththesame
amount of petty cash on hand�
164Ifthepettycashierrunsshortofmoney,becauseofadditionalexpenses,he/shereceivesacheque.
Theamountthepettycashierwillreceiveattheendofthemonthtorestorethe“imprest”amountwill
beequaltoexpenselessamountsreceivedduringthemonth.
165ProvisionismadeforaVATinputcolumninthepettycashjournalbecauseitistheVATpaidbythe
entitytoanotherpersonorentity(thepersonorentitymustbearegisteredVATvendor).
157
FAC1501/1
166BS ELECTRICAL
167PETTY CASH JOURNAL – JANUARY 20.6 PCJ1
Receipts Payments
Sundry accounts
Day Fol Amount Day Details No Fol Total VAT input Postage Amount Fol Details
R R R R R
16 CPJ1 200,00 17 Postofce 001 50,00 6,14 43,86
29 CPJ1 106,00 23 PenandPencils 002 56,00 6,88 4 9,12 N7 Stationery
306,00 106,00 13,02 43,86 49,12
B6 B6 B8 N6
158
FAC1501/1
z
ThefolionumbersB6,B8,N6andN7areforreferencepurposesandwillbediscussedinparagraph
5�5�
zAttheendofthemonththepettycashjournalisclosedoffbytotallingeachcolumn.
zThestationeryamountisthetotalamountonthecashslipslesstheVATpaidbecausetheVATis
claimedfromtheSouthAfricanRevenueService.
zTheamountenteredinthetotalcolumnisthetotalamountpaid(price+VAT).
zThetotalofthetotalcolumnmustbeequaltothesumofthetotalsoftheothercolumns,thatis
R13,02+R43,86+R49,12=R106,00.
zThetotalofthecolumnsmustbepostedtotheappropriateaccountsinthegeneralledgeratthe
endofthemonth.Eachtransactioninthesundryaccountscolumnwillbepostedindividuallytothe
appropriateaccountidentiedinthedetailscolumninthegeneralledgeratthedateofthetransaction.
5.5 POSTING TO THE GENERAL LEDGER
168Allcashtransactionsareenteredintooneofthesubsidiaryjournals(booksofrstentry).Attheend
ofthemonththetotalsofthesejournalsmustbepostedtotheappropriateaccountsinthegeneral
ledger.
169Inthegeneralledgeraccountsaregroupedasfollows:
zAlltheassets,liabilitiesandequityaccountsaregroupedtogetherinthenancialpositionsection
inthegeneralledgerandindicatedbythereferenceB.Theseaccountswillhavebalancesatthe
endofthenancialyearandwillbereportedinthestatementofnancialposition.
zAlltheincomeandexpenseaccountsaregroupedtogetherinthenominalaccountssectioninthe
generalledgerandindicatedbythereferenceN.Theseaccountswillallbeclosedoffattheendof
theyear(ietheywillnothavebalances).Theseaccountsareclosedofftotheprotorlossaccount.
170Theentriesinthecashreceiptsjournalarepostedtothegeneralledgerasfollows:
zThetotalofthebankcolumnisdebitedtothebankaccount.Inthebankaccountthewordstotal
receipts”arewrittenascross-reference.Thereasonforthewordstotalreceipts”isbecause
differentaccountswillbecredited(salesaccount,servicesrenderedaccount,capitalaccountand
VAT output account)�
zThetotalofthesalescolumniscreditedtothesalesaccount.Inthesalesaccounttheword“bank”
iswrittenascross-reference.
z
Thetotaloftheservicesrenderedcolumniscreditedtotheservicesrenderedaccount.Inthe
servicesrenderedaccounttheword“bank”iswrittenascross-reference.
z
ThetotaloftheVAToutputcolumniscreditedtotheVAToutputaccount.IntheVAToutputaccount
theword“bank”iswrittenascross-reference.
z
Theamountsinthecolumnforsundryaccountsarecreditedindividuallytotheappropriateaccounts
inthegeneralledgerasindicatedinthecolumnfordetails.Forexample,thecapitalaccountis
creditedusingthecross-reference“bank.
z
InthegeneralledgeraccountsthefolioreferenceCRJ (forcashreceiptsjournal) andthenumberof
thecashreceiptsjournalisused.InthecashreceiptsjournalthefolioreferenceBandthenumber
of the account or Nandthenumberoftheaccountisused.
171Theentriesinthecashpaymentsjournalarepostedtothegeneralledgerasfollows:
zThetotalofthebankcolumniscreditedtothebankaccount.Inthebankaccountthewords“total
payments”arewrittenascross-reference.Thereasonforthewordstotalpayments”isbecause
differentaccountswillbedebited(purchasesaccount,VATinputaccount,toolsandequipment
account,computerequipmentaccount,salariesaccount,cashoataccount,rentexpensesaccount
and petty cash account)�
zThetotalofthepurchasescolumnisdebitedtothepurchasesaccount.Inthepurchasesaccount
theword“bank”iswrittenascross-reference.
159
FAC1501/1
zThetotaloftheVATinputcolumnisdebitedtotheVATinputaccount.IntheVATinputaccountthe
word“bank”iswrittenascross-reference.
zThetotalofthetoolsandequipmentcolumnisdebitedtothetoolsandequipmentaccount.Inthe
toolsandequipmentaccounttheword“bank”iswrittenascross-reference.
z
Thetotalofthecomputerequipmentcolumnisdebitedtothecomputerequipmentaccount.In
thecomputerequipmentaccounttheword“bank”iswrittenascross-reference.
zThetotalofthesalariescolumnisdebitedtothesalariesaccount.Inthesalariesaccounttheword
“bank”iswrittenascross-reference.
z
Theamountsinthecolumnforsundryaccountsaredebitedindividuallytotheappropriateaccounts
inthegeneralledgerasindicatedinthecolumnfordetails.Forexample,thecashoataccountis
debitedusingthecross-reference“bank.
zInthegeneralledgeraccountsthefolioreferenceCPJ (forcashpaymentsjournal) andthenumber
ofthecashpaymentsjournalisused.InthecashpaymentsjournalthefolioreferenceB and the
numberoftheaccountorNandthenumberoftheaccountorPCJ(forpettycashjournal)andthe
numberofthepettycashjournalisused.
172Theentriesinthepettycashjournalarepostedtothegeneralledgerasfollows:
zThetotalofthereceiptssideofthepettycashjournalisdebitedtothepettycashaccount.Inthe
pettycashaccountthewords“totalreceipts”arewrittenascross-reference.
zThetotalofthetotalcolumnonthepaymentssideofthepettycashjournaliscreditedtothepetty
cashaccount.Inthepettycashaccountthewordstotalpayments”arewrittenascross-reference.
Thereasonforthewordstotalpayments”isbecausedifferentaccountswillbedebited(VATinput
account,postageaccountandstationeryaccount).
zThetotaloftheVATinputcolumnisdebitedtotheVATinputaccount.IntheVATinputaccountthe
words“pettycash”arewrittenascross-reference.
z
Thetotalofthepostagecolumnisdebitedtothepostageaccount.Inthepostageaccountthewords
“pettycash”arewrittenascross-reference.
z
Theamountsinthecolumnforsundryaccountsaredebitedindividuallytotheappropriateaccounts
inthegeneralledgerasindicatedinthecolumnfordetails.Forexample,thestationeryaccountis
debitedusingthecross-reference“pettycash”.
zInthegeneralledgeraccountsthefolioreference PCJ(forpettycashjournal)andthenumberof
thepettycashjournalisused.InthepettycashjournalthefolioreferenceBandthenumberofthe
account or NandthenumberoftheaccountorCPJ (forcashpaymentsjournal)andthenumber
ofthecashpaymentsjournalisused.
160
FAC1501/1
173BS ELECTRICAL
174GENERAL LEDGER
175FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20�6
Jan 2Bank CRJ1 100 000 00
Dr Bank B2 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Totalreceipts CRJ1 129 614 76
20�6
Jan 31 Totalpayments
Balance
CPJ1
c/d
115 813
13 801
71
05
129 614 76 129 614 76
Feb 1 Balance b/d 13 801 05
Dr Tools and equipment B3 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Bank CPJ1 11 416 76
Dr Computer equipment B4 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Bank CPJ1 27 955 26
Dr Cash oat B5 Cr
20�6
Jan 3 Bank CPJ1 300 00
Dr Petty cash B6 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Totalreceipts PCJ1 306 00
20�6
Jan 31 Totalpayments
Balance
PCJ1
c/d
106
200
00
00
306 00 306 00
Feb 1 Balance b/d 200 00
Dr VAT output B7 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Bank CRJ1 3 636 90
Dr VAT input B8 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Bank
Petty cash
CPJ1
PCJ1
12 637
13
79
02
12 650 81
161
FAC1501/1
176AttheendofthetwomonthperiodtheVATreturnmustbesubmittedtotheSouthAfricanRevenue
Service,aVATcontrolaccountmustbeopenedandtheVATinputaccountaswellastheVAToutput
accountmustbeclosedofftotheVATcontrolaccounttodeterminewhetheranamountmustbepaid
over tothe ReceiverofRevenue(VAT outputisbiggerthanthe VAT input) oranamountmustbe
refundedbytheReceiverofRevenue(VATinputisbiggerthantheVAToutput).
NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Services rendered N1 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Bank CRJ1 19 956 14
Dr Sales N2 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Bank CRJ1 6 021 72
Dr Purchases N3 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Bank CPJ1 49 144 00
Dr Salaries N4 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Bank CPJ1 12 300 00
Dr Rental expenses N5 Cr
20�6
Jan 4Bank CPJ1 1 754 39
Dr Postage N6 Cr
20�6
Jan 31 Petty cash PCJ1 43 86
Dr Stationery N7 Cr
20�6
Jan 23 Petty cash PCJ1 49 12
162
FAC1501/1
5.6 EXERCISE AND SOLUTION
2EXERCISE 1
177ThefollowingtransactionsmustberecordedfromthesourcedocumentsofPPTraders:
No.001 Date:1 September 20.6
Receivedfrom: P Benroy
R c
Amount:Eight hundred and fty three thousand rand only
Rand
Cent:None 853 000 00
For:Capital contribution by the owner (cheque)
PP Traders
Signature:P Bright
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 1 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
P Benroy
Easy Bank
Limited
80-00-00
853 000
00
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 853 000 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid. While acting in good faith and exercising responsible care,
theBankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/
accountholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
163
FAC1501/1
Date 02/09/20.6
To Astor Agency
For Business vehicle
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R50 000,00
Balance R
0001
Date 04/09/20.6
To SR Manufacturers
For Merchandise
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R150 000,00
Balance R
0002
164
FAC1501/1
Date 05/09/20.6
To Cash
For Petty cash
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R400,00
Balance R
0003
PETTY CASH VOUCHER No. 1
Date: 8 September 20.6 Amount
Required for: R c
Wages 120 00
Signature: P Bright
Authorised by: P Benroy
165
FAC1501/1
Date 11/09/20.6
To Speedy Suppliers
For Goods
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R32 000,00
Balance R
0004
Date 13/09/20.6
To CNA
For Stationery
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R320,00
Balance R
0005
166
FAC1501/1
Date 14/09/20.6
To Protea Shoptters
For Cabinets and shelves
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R14 000,00
Balance R
0006
Date 15/09/20.6
To Cash
For Cash oat
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R400,00
Balance R
0007
178On18September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber1wereR7200,00.
167
FAC1501/1
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 19 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 7 200 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 7 200 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 7 200 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling
as kontant beskikbaar sal wees. Alhoewel die Bank in goeie trou
handel en alle redelike voorsorgmaatreëls tref, sal die Bank nie
die verantwoordelikheid aanvaar om te verseker dat deposante/
rekeninghouersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
179On 19 September 20.6 the total cash sales as per cash register roll number 2 were R28 000,00.
TheamountofR28000,00includestwochequesfrom:
zPPotgieter,BridgingBankLimited(Branchcode801000),forR1400,00;and
zTLittle,EasyBankLimited(Branchcode800000),forR720,00.
168
FAC1501/1
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 20 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 25 880 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 25 880 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
P Potgieter
Bridging Bank
Limited
80-10-00
1 400
00
2
T Little
Easy Bank
Limited
80-00-00
720
00
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 28 000 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeksens,soos bo,ingehandigvirinvorderingwatnabetalingas
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
180
169
FAC1501/1
181On20September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber3wereR21210,00.The
amountofR21210,00includescreditcardpaymentstothevalueofR8900,00.
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 21 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 10 210 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 10 210 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
P Dollie
Good Bank
Limited
80-20-00
2 100
00
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 12 310 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwill notacceptresponsibility forensuring thatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens,soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
PETTY CASH VOUCHER No. 2
Date: 21 September 20.6 Amount
Required for:R c
Wages 80 00
Signature: P Bright
Authorised by: P Benroy
182
170
FAC1501/1
183On21September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber4wereR21000,00.The
amountofR21000,00includescreditcardpaymentstothevalueofR8900,00.
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 22 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 10 000 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 10 000 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
P Dollie
Good Bank
Limited
80-20-00
2 100
00
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 12 100 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling
as kontant beskikbaar sal wees. Alhoewel die Bank in goeie trou
handel en alle redelike voorsorgmaatreëls tref, sal die Bank nie
die verantwoordelikheid aanvaar om te verseker dat deposante/
rekeninghouersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
184
171
FAC1501/1
PETTY CASH VOUCHER No. 3
Date: 22 September 20.6 Amount
Required for: R c
CNA – Stationery 56 00
Signature: P Bright
Authorised by: P Benroy
Date 22/09/20.6
To CP Wholesalers
For Merchandise
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R76 000,00
Balance R
0008
185
172
FAC1501/1
186On22September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber5wereR35000,00.The
amountofR35000,00includescreditcardpaymentstothevalueofR15000,00.
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 23 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 15 000 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 15 000 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
P Long
Easy Bank
Limited
80-00-00
5 000
00
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 20 000 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling
as kontant beskikbaar sal wees. Alhoewel die Bank in goeie trou
handel en alle redelike voorsorgmaatreëls tref, sal die Bank nie
die verantwoordelikheid aanvaar om te verseker dat deposante/
rekeninghouersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
187
173
FAC1501/1
188On23September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber6wereR14140,00.The
amountofR14140,00includescreditcardpaymentstothevalueofR4140,00.
No.002 Date:23 September 20.6
Receivedfrom: B Hasty
R c
Amount:Four thousand ve hundred and fty rand only
Rand
Cent:None 4 550 00
For:Rent income (cheque)
PP Traders
Signature:P Bright
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 26 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 10 000 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 10 000 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
B Hasty
Good Bank
Limited
80-20-00
4 550
00
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 14 550 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuring thatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens,soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
174
FAC1501/1
189On26September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber7wereR24500,00.The
amountofR24500,00includescreditcardpaymentstothevalueofR5150,00.
PETTY CASH VOUCHER No. 4
Date: 26 September 20.6 Amount
Required for: R c
Post ofce – postage 66 00
Signature: P Bright
Authorised by: P Benroy
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 27 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 19 350 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 19 350 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 19 350 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnot acceptresponsibility forensuring that depositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens,soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
175
FAC1501/1
190On27September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber8wereR36400,00.
Date 27/09/20.6
To Telkom
For Telephone
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R820,00
Balance R
0009
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 28 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 36 400 00
Nickel Nikkel
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 36 400 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 36 400 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeksens,soosbo,ingehandigvir invorderingwatna betalingas
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
176
FAC1501/1
Date 28/09/20.6
To Municipality
For Water and
electricity, R3 200
Rates and taxes,
R200
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R3 400,00
Balance R
0010
Date 28/09/20.6
To Cash
For P Benroy (owner)
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R1 000,00
Balance R
0011
191
177
FAC1501/1
192On28September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber9wereR42642,00.
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 29 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 42 640 00
Nickel Nikkel 200
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 42 642 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 42 642 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeksens,soos bo,ingehandigvir invorderingwatnabetalingas
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
193
178
FAC1501/1
194On29September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber10wereR43656,00.
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 30 September 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 43 650 00
Nickel Nikkel 600
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 43 656 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 43 656 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnot acceptresponsibility forensuring that depositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens,soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling as
kontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeietrouhandel
enalleredelikevoorsorgmaatreëlstref,saldieBankniedieverant-
woordelikheidaanvaaromteversekerdatdeposante/rekeninghou-
ersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
179
FAC1501/1
Date 30/09/20.6
To Simi and Son
For – Repairs, R210
Packing material,
R320
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R530,00
Balance R
0012
Date 30/09/20.6
To Cash
For Petty cash
Balance R
Deposit R
Subtotal R
Thischeque R322,00
Balance R
0013
195
180
FAC1501/1
196On30September20.6thetotalcashsalesaspercashregisterrollnumber11wereR26400,00.The
amountofR26400,00includescreditcardpaymentstothevalueofR10000,00.
Easy Bank Limited ChequeAccountDepositSlip
Easy Bank Beperk Tjekrekeningdepositostrokie
Credit
Krediteer
Acc no
Reknr
8
0
0
0
-
1
1
2
3
4
5
Date
Datum 1 October 20.6
Name/Naam PP Traders
Bank notes Banknote 16 000 00
Nickel Nikkel 400 00
Bronze Brons
Moneyandpostal
orders Poswisselsenposorders
SUBTOTAL/SUBTOTAAL 16 400 00
Drawer’sname
Trekker se naam Bank
Branch no
Taknr
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Total/Totaal 16 400 00
Chequesetc,asabove,forcollectiontobeavailableascashwhen
paid.Whileactingingoodfaithandexercisingresponsiblecare,the
Bankwillnotacceptresponsibilityforensuringthatdepositors/ac-
countholdershavelawfultitletocheques,etccollected.
Tjeks ens, soos bo, ingehandig vir invordering wat na betaling
askontantbeskikbaarsalwees.AlhoeweldieBankingoeie trou
handel en alle redelike voorsorgmaatreëls tref, sal die Bank nie
die verantwoordelikheid aanvaar om te verseker dat deposante/
rekeninghouersregmatigetitelopingevorderdetjeks,enshetnie.
*Forbankuse
*Virbank
gebruik
Depositedby/Gedeponeerdeur:P Bright
197
181
FAC1501/1
3REQUIRED
(a) Preparethe:
● cashreceiptsjournalofPPTradersforSeptember20.6withcolumnsforanalysisofreceipts,
bank,sales,VAToutputandsundryaccounts
● cashpaymentsjournalofPPTradersforSeptember20.6withcolumnsforbank,purchases,
stationery,VATinputandsundryaccounts
● petty cash journal of PP Traders for September 20.6 with columns for total, wages, VAT
input,postageandsundryaccounts
(b) AttheendofSeptemberthejournalsmustbeclosedoffandtheamountspostedtothegeneral
ledgerofPPTraders.
182
FAC1501/1
4SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 1
198PP TRADERS
199CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.6 CRJ1
Doc no
Day
Details
Fol
Analysis of
receipts
Bank
Sales
VAT
output
Sundry accounts
Amount Fol Details
R R R R R
R001 1 P Benroy 853000,00 853000,00 853000,00 B1 Capital
CRR1 18 Cashsales 7200,00 7200,00 6315,79 884,21
CRR2 19 Cashsales 28000,00 28000,00 24561,40 3438,60
CRR3 20 Creditcardsales 8900,00
Cashsales 12310,00 21210,00 18605,26 2604,74
CRR4 21 Creditcardsales 8900,00
Cashsales 12100,00 21000,00 18421,05 2578,95
CRR5 22 Creditcardsales 15000,00
Cashsales 20000,00 35000,00 30701,75 4298,25
R002 23 B Hasty *** 4550,00 558,77 3991,23 N4 Rentalincome
CRR6 Creditcardsales *** 4140,00
Cashsales *** 10000,00 18690,00 12403,51 1736,49
CPR7 26 Creditcardsales 5150,00
Cashsales 19350,00 24500,00 21491,23 3008,77
CRR8 27 Cashsales 36400,00 36400,00 31929,82 4470,18
CRR9 28 Cashsales 42642,00 42642,00 37405,26 5236,74
CRR10 29 Cashsales 43656,00 43656,00 38294,74 5361,26
CRR11 30 Creditcardsales 10000,00
CRR11 Cashsales 16400,00 26400,00 23157,89 3242,11
1157698,00 263287,70 37419,07 856991,23
B3 N1 B8
*** TheVAToutputontherentalincomewillbecalculatedseparately.
*** On23September20.6thecreditcardsales,R4140,00andthecashsales,R10000,00=R14140,00.
VAToutputisequalto:R14140,00/1x14/114=R1736,49.
Sales:R14140,00–R1736,49=R12403,51.
183
FAC1501/1
200The formula used to calculate VAT is:
201%-rateofVAT x Totalamount
100+%-rateofVAT  1
202For example:
203 14 xR7200,00=R884,21
114 1
204Thesalesamountis:
205R7200,00(totalamountofcheque)–R884,21(VAT)=R6315,79
4SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 1
198PP TRADERS
199CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.6 CRJ1
Doc no
Day
Details
Fol
Analysis of
receipts
Bank
Sales
VAT
output
Sundry accounts
Amount Fol Details
R R R R R
R001 1 P Benroy 853000,00 853000,00 853000,00 B1 Capital
CRR1 18 Cashsales 7200,00 7200,00 6315,79 884,21
CRR2 19 Cashsales 28000,00 28000,00 24561,40 3438,60
CRR3 20 Creditcardsales 8900,00
Cashsales 12310,00 21210,00 18605,26 2604,74
CRR4 21 Creditcardsales 8900,00
Cashsales 12100,00 21000,00 18421,05 2578,95
CRR5 22 Creditcardsales 15000,00
Cashsales 20000,00 35000,00 30701,75 4298,25
R002 23 B Hasty *** 4550,00 558,77 3991,23 N4 Rentalincome
CRR6 Creditcardsales *** 4140,00
Cashsales *** 10000,00 18690,00 12403,51 1736,49
CPR7 26 Creditcardsales 5150,00
Cashsales 19350,00 24500,00 21491,23 3008,77
CRR8 27 Cashsales 36400,00 36400,00 31929,82 4470,18
CRR9 28 Cashsales 42642,00 42642,00 37405,26 5236,74
CRR10 29 Cashsales 43656,00 43656,00 38294,74 5361,26
CRR11 30 Creditcardsales 10000,00
CRR11 Cashsales 16400,00 26400,00 23157,89 3242,11
1157698,00 263287,70 37419,07 856991,23
B3 N1 B8
*** TheVAToutputontherentalincomewillbecalculatedseparately.
*** On23September20.6thecreditcardsales,R4140,00andthecashsales,R10000,00=R14140,00.
VAToutputisequalto:R14140,00/1x14/114=R1736,49.
Sales:R14140,00–R1736,49=R12403,51.
184
FAC1501/1
206PP TRADERS
207CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.6 CPJ1
Doc no Day Name of payee Fol Bank Purchases Stationery VAT input Sundry accounts
Amount Fol Details
R R R R R
0001 2 Astor Agency 50000,00 6140,35 43859,65 B4 Vehicles
0002 4SRManufacturers 150000,00 131578,95 18421,05
0003 5Cash 400,00 400,00 PCJ1 Petty cash
0004 11 SpeedySuppliers 32000,00 28070,18 3929,82
0005 13 CNA 320,00 280,70 39,30
0006 14 ProteaShoptters 14000,00 1719,30 12280,70 B5 Furnitureandequipment
0007 15 Cash 400,00 400,00 B6 Cashoat
0008 22 CPWholesalers 76000,00 66666,67 9333,33
0009 27 Telkom 820,00 100,70 719,30 N5 Telephoneexpenses
0010 28 Municipality 3400,00 392,98 2807,02 N6 Waterenelectricity
200,00 N7 Ratesandtaxes
0011 Cash 1000,00 1000,00 B2 Drawings
0012 30 Simi and Son 530,00 25,79 184,21 N8 Repairs
39,30 280,70 N9 Packingmaterial
0013 Cash 322,00 322,00 PCJ1 Petty cash
329192,00
226315,80
280,70 40141,92 62453,58
B3 N2 N3 B9
185
FAC1501/1
Cheque no 0011 is drawings of cash by the owner for his personal use. Because the owner
provided the capital with which to start the business, he is entitled to the income earned
by the entity. He therefore has the right to withdraw money for his personal use. The
withdrawal results in a reduction of the amount in the bank and also in equity. The amount
withdrawn by the owner is called drawings and the bank account will be credited and the
drawings account will be debited. At the end of the nancial period (usually a year) the
drawings account will be closed off (credited) and the capital account will be debited with
the amount, thus capital decreases.
Cheques no 0010 and 0012 are split cheques because each cheque was used to make more
than one payment. The total amount of the cheque will be entered in the bank column, but
all the expenses paid plus the amount paid for each must be indicated separately.
208The formula used to calculate VAT is:
209 % rate of VAT x Totalamount
100+% rate of VAT 1
210For example:
211 14 xR50000,00=R6140,35
114 1
212Thevehiclesamountis:
213R50000,00(totalamountofcheque)–R6140,35(VAT)=R43859,65
186
FAC1501/1
214PP TRADERS
215PETTY CASH JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.6 PCJ1
Receipts Payments
Sundry accounts
Day Fol Amount Day Details No Fol Total Wages VAT input Postage Amount Fol Details
R R R R R R
5 CPJ1 400,00 8 Cash 1120,00 120,00
30 CPJ1 322,00 21 Cash 280,00 80,00
22 CNA 356,00 6,88 49,12 N3 Stationery
26 Postofce 466,00 8,11 5 7, 8 9
722,00 322,00 200,00 14,99 5 7, 8 9 49,12
B7 B7 N11 B9 N10
187
FAC1501/1
216The formula used to calculate VAT is:
217 % rate of VAT x Totalamount
100+% rate of VAT 1
218For example:
219 14 xR56,00=R6,88
114 1
220Thestationeryamountis:
221R56,00(totalamountofcheque)–R6,88(VAT)=R49,12
222PP TRADERS
223GENERAL LEDGER
224FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20�6
Sep 1Bank CRJ1 853 000 00
Dr Drawings B2 Cr
20�6
Sep 28 Bank CPJ1 1 000 00
Dr Bank B3 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Totalreceipts CRJ1 1 157 698 00
20�6
Sep 30 Totalpayments
Balance
CPJ1
c/d
329 192
828 506
00
00
1 157 698 00 1 157 698 00
Oct 1 Balance b/d 828 506 00
Dr Vehicles B4 Cr
20�6
Sep 2 Bank CPJ1 43 859 65
Dr Furniture and equipment B5 Cr
20�6
Sep 14 Bank CPJ1 12 280 70
Dr Cash oat B6 Cr
20�6
Sep 15 Bank CPJ1 400 00
188
FAC1501/1
Dr Petty cash B7 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Totalreceipts PCJ1 722 00
20�6
Sep 30 Totalpayments
Balance
PCJ1
c/d
322
400
00
00
722 00 722 00
Oct 1 Balance b/d 400 00
Dr VAT output B8 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Bank CRJ1 37 419 07
Dr VAT input B9 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Bank
Petty cash
CPJ1
PCJ1
40 141
14
92
99
40 156 91
225NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Bank CRJ1 263 287 70
Dr Purchases N2 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Bank CPJ1 226 315 80
Dr Stationery N3 Cr
20�6
Sep 22
30
Petty cash
Bank
PCJ1
CPJ1
49
280
12
70
329 82
Dr Rental income N4 Cr
20�6
Sep 23 Bank CRJ1 3 991 23
Dr Telephone expenses N5 Cr
20�6
Sep 27 Bank CPJ1 719 30
226
189
FAC1501/1
Dr Water and electricity N6 Cr
20�6
Sep 28 Bank CPJ1 2 807 02
Dr Rates and taxes N7 Cr
20�6
Sep 28 Bank CPJ1 200 00
Dr Repairs N8 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Bank CPJ1 184 21
Dr Packing material N9 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Bank CPJ1 280 70
Dr Postage N10 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Petty cash PCJ1 57 89
Dr Wages N11 Cr
20�6
Sep 30 Petty cash PCJ1 200 00
190
FAC1501/1
5SELF-ASSESSMENT
227After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
ableto:
zdeneasplitcheque?
zdenedrawings?
zprepareacashreceiptsjournal?
zprepareacashpaymentsjournal?
zprepareapettycashjournal?
z
post to the general ledger from the cash receipts
journal,cashpaymentsjournalorpettycashjournal?
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
K
K
L
L
L
L
L
L
228IfyouhavemarkedallJyoumaycontinuetothenextlearningunit.
229IfyouhavemarkedanyKyouhavetorevisethatspecicsection.
230IfyouhavemarkedanyLyouhavetore-studythatspecicsection.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
CREDIT TRANSACTIONS
LEARNING UNIT 6
192
FAC1501/1
1OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes ..........................................................................................................................193
Key Concepts ..................................................................................................................................193
Assessment criteria .........................................................................................................................193
6.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................................193
6.2 Purchases journal ................................................................................................................194
6.3 Purchases returns journal ....................................................................................................198
6.4 Creditors ledger ....................................................................................................................200
6.5 Payment to a creditor and settlement discount received ......................................................201
6.6 Creditors control account in the general ledger ...................................................................201
6.7 Creditors reconciliation .........................................................................................................202
6.8 Disclosureofcreditorsinthenancialstatements ...............................................................202
6.9 Sales journal ........................................................................................................................203
6.10 Sales returns journal ............................................................................................................205
6.11 Debtors ledger ......................................................................................................................208
6.12 Payment by a debtor and settlement discount granted ........................................................208
6.13 Debtors control account in the general ledger .....................................................................208
6.14 Disclosureofdebtorsinthenancialstatements ................................................................. 210
6.15 General journal..................................................................................................................... 210
6.15.1 Interest charged on overdue accounts .................................................................... 210
6.15.2 Credit losses ............................................................................................................ 210
6.15.3 Correction of errors ................................................................................................. 211
Self-assessment ............................................................................................................................. 234
193
FAC1501/1
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1After studying this learning unit , you should be able to:
zprepare a purchases journal
zprepare a purchases returns journal
zprepare a creditors control account in the general ledger
zprepare a creditors ledger
zprepare a sales journal
zprepare a sales returns journal
zprepare a debtors control account in the general ledger
zprepare a debtors ledger
zrecord credit losses in the general journal and general ledger
zrecord VAT transactions that relate to credit transactions
zprepare a general journal
KEY CONCEPTS
zPurchases journal
zPurchases returns journal
zCreditors ledger
zCreditors control account
zSales journal
zSales returns journal
zDebtors ledger
zDebtors control account
zCredit purchase invoice
zCredit sales invoice
zCredit note
zGeneral journal
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
z
Source documents applicable to credit transactions are identied using
appropriate example from entities.
zThe ability to complete business documents applicable to credit transactions
fromrelevantnancialdataisdemonstrated.
zThe ability to record credit transactions of a sole proprietor in the appropriate
subsidiary books and the various ledgers from source documents is demonstrated.
zThe ability to identify incorrect entries made by the entity and correct these
errors in the appropriate subsidiary journal.
6.1 INTRODUCTION
2There are two types of transactions, namely cash transactions and credit transactions. In this learning
unit, we deal only with credit transactions. In learning unit 4 we dealt with cash transactions.
3
194
FAC1501/1
4If goods are sold or a service is rendered for cash, the transaction is recorded as follows:
Dr Bank
Cr Sales/Services rendered
5What happens if a client is not able to pay cash for goods sold or a service rendered? The person
selling the goods or rendering the service has the choice of granting credit to the client. Think of all
the clothing, furniture and vehicles bought on credit. Due to the high risk associated with this, many
business entities do not allow credit, as people may not have the money to pay their debts. It remains
the entity’s choice whether to allow goods to be bought on credit, but if the items sold by the entity
are fairly expensive, for example vehicles, many buyers may not be able to afford buying the product
for cash.
6Just as individuals cannot afford to pay cash for all purchases, entities too (irrespective of their size),
cannot always pay cash for transactions. So entities sometimes also need to make use of credit,
mostly to purchase goods or to buy non-current assets. With credit purchases of this nature, it is very
important that comprehensive records be kept, as the purchases must be settled at some stage and
great care should be taken to ensure that the necessary funds are available to pay these liabilities.
7This learning unit covers the purchases journal, creditors ledger, creditors control account in the
general ledger, creditors reconciliation, disclosure of creditors in the nancial statements, sales
journal, debtors ledger and the debtors control account in the general ledger. It also covers entries in
the general journal.
6.2 PURCHASES JOURNAL
8This journal records credit transactions where goods, in which the entity trades, have been purchased.
9The implications of such credit purchases are important. If goods have been purchased and have
not yet been paid for, it means that money is still owed to the entity it has been purchased from. An
entity to which money is owed is known as a creditor and the entity remains responsible for that debt
until it has been settled. A creditor’s account has a credit balance, as it is a liability for the entity (a
current liability).
10All transactions where purchases are made on credit, are recorded in the purchases journal. If goods
are purchased on credit, the entity from which they are purchased issues a credit invoice in duplicate.
The entity from which the goods are purchased keeps the duplicate and gives the original to the
purchasing entity. The entry is therefore made from the original invoice.
195
FAC1501/1
2EXAMPLE OF A CREDIT PURCHASES INVOICE
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
Email:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: TA X INVOICE No:
To:
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Total price
(R)
Subtotal
VAT @ 14%
Total
Amount tendered
Amount due
E & OE
3EXAMPLE OF A PURCHASES JOURNAL
11 PURCHASES JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 PJ1
Doc
no
Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases Creditors
R R R
12The source documents for the entries in the purchases journal are original invoices. Because these
invoices come from different entities, they have different invoice numbers and formats.
13Entries are recorded and analysed in date order in the purchases journal. The creditor’s name and the
amount for which purchases were made must be clearly shown. The amounts in the purchases and
the creditors columns are different because VAT is also taken into consideration when determining the
amount to be entered in the creditors column.
14At the end of the month, the columns in the purchases journal are added up. The totals of the columns
are posted to the relevant accounts in the general ledger and the individual entries are posted to the
creditors accounts in the creditors ledger. This process is referred to as closing off the purchases
journal. At the beginning of the next month, a new purchases journal is opened.
196
FAC1501/1
15Where applicable, provision must be made for a VAT input column in the purchases journal. This
column may not always be used, as the entity from which the goods were purchased might not be
registered as a VAT vendor with SARS.
16If, on the other hand, the entity is registered for VAT, VAT in the purchases journal must be accounted
for at the current rate of 14%.
17The entity, from which the merchandise was purchased, is responsible for paying the VAT to SARS.
The VAT included in the purchase price by the entity is debited against the VAT input account when the
purchases journal is closed off at the end of the month. The purchases column will only show the net
amount of purchases. The net amount of purchases is the amount paid/payable for the purchases less
the VAT that was added to the purchase price.
18The purchases journal is closed off at the end of each month. The closing off procedure can be
summarised as follows:
z
AddthepurchasesandVATcolumnsofthepurchasesjournalandmakesurethatthegurescross-
balance with the total of the creditors column.
z
Transfer the individual entries to the corresponding creditor’s personal accounts in the creditors ledger.
z
Post the column totals of the purchases journal to the relevant accounts in the general ledger,
taking care to observe the golden rule of accounting: for each debit entry there must be an equal
credit entry.
zEnter the folio numbers from the general ledger and creditors ledger in the appropriate column in
the purchases journal.
197
FAC1501/1
4RECORDING OF TRANSACTIONS FROM CREDIT PURCHASES INVOICES
19The following transactions took place in BS Electrical during September 20.1:
RG WHOLESALERS
7 Smart Street
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 4293931
VAT registration number
2277227756
P O Box 3336
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293931
Date: 12 September 20.1 TAX INVOICE No: A7712
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Total price
(R)
LS025 Light ttings 5 boxes    1 2 000,00
)
)
Subtotal 12 000,00
VAT @ 14% 1 6 8 0 , 0 0
Total 1 3 6 8 0 , 0 0
Amount tendered 0 , 0 0
Amount due 1 3 6 8 0 , 0 0
E & OE
ST WHOLESALERS
776 Wood Street
JOHANNESBURG
Tel (011) 4293933
VAT registration number
7894561233
P O Box 635
JOHANNESBURG 1528
Fax (011) 4293424
Date: 25 September 20.1 TA X INVOICE No: B1821
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Total price
(R)
C5623 Two phase electrical cable 2 000 m 15 000,00
Subtotal   15 000,00
VAT @ 14% 2 100,00
Totaal 17 100,00
Amount tendered 0,00
Amount due 17 100,00
E & OE
198
FAC1501/1
5REQUIRED
Record the above transactions in the purchases journal of BS Electrical for the month of September 20.1.
20 BS ELECTRICAL
21 PURCHASES JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 PJ1
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases Creditors
R R R
A7712 12 RG Wholesalers CL1 1 680 12 000 13 680
B1821 25 ST Wholesalers CL2 2 100 15 000 17 100
6.3 PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL
22Ifanentitybuysmerchandiseorotheritemsoncreditandarenotentirelysatisedwiththeirpurchase,
they are entitled to return these items. When an item is returned by an entity the transaction is recorded
on a debit note. This debit note is sent together with the item to the entity it was purchased from. Upon
receipt of the debit note and returned item the selling entity issues a credit note in duplicate. This credit
note acknowledges that they received the returned goods and that they are crediting the account of
the entity who returned the goods. Remember that the purchasing entity is a debtor in their book and
when the goods are originally purchased their account was debited. By crediting their account with
the amount of the returned goods they now owe the selling entity less. As in the case of the purchases
journal, only goods in which the entity trades are recorded in the purchase returns journal, whereas all
other items, for example stationery bought and returned, is recorded in the general journal.
23A debit note is sent to the seller, together with the returned goods; that entity acknowledges receipt
of the goods and issues a credit note. The entry is made from this credit note which is similar to the
credit note illustrated in the section on sales returns.
199
FAC1501/1
6EXAMPLE OF A CREDIT NOTE
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
Email:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: CREDIT NOTE No:
To:
Code Description Qty Amount credited
(R)
Subtotal
VAT @ 14% )))
Total credit due
E & OE
7EXAMPLE OF A PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL
24 PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 PRJ1
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases
returns
Creditors
RRR
25The procedure at the end of the month is the same as for the purchases journal.
200
FAC1501/1
8RECORDING OF TRANSACTIONS FROM A CREDIT NOTE
26The following transaction took place in BS Electrical during September 20.1:
RG WHOLESALERS
7 Smart Street
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 4293931
VAT registration number
2277227756
P O Box 3336
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 16 September 20.1 CREDIT NOTE No: 5859
To: BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
Code Description Qty Amount
credited
(R)
LS025 Light ttings 12 400,00
)
)
Subtotal 2 400,00
VAT @ 14% 336,00
Total credit due 2 736,00
E & OE
9REQUIRED
Record the above transaction in the purchases returns journal of BS Electrical for the month of
September 20.1.
28 BS ELECTRICAL
29 PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 PRJ1
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases
returns
Creditors
R R R
5859 16 RG Wholesalers CL1 336 2 400 2 736
6.4 CREDITORS LEDGER
30Just as records of all transactions that the entity had, are kept in the general ledger, record need to
be kept of all transactions with individual creditors. Apart from the general ledger, a subsidiary ledger
called the creditors ledger, is kept. In this ledger an account is opened for each individual creditor. The
transactions from the purchases journal and purchases returns journal are posted to these individual
accounts. The purpose of this ledger is to enable the entity to, at any time, know what amount is
payable to each individual creditor. It is also important that if the balances of the individual accounts
are added, they should correspond with the balance of the creditors control account in the general
ledger.
201
FAC1501/1
6.5 PAYMENT TO A CREDITOR AND SETTLEMENT DISCOUNT
RECEIVED
31Whencreditorsarepaidwithinaspeciedperiodaccordingtoanagreement,theentitymaygeta
discount on the outstanding amount. We refer to this discount as settlement discount received.
6.6 CREDITORS CONTROL ACCOUNT IN THE GENERAL LEDGER
32Thecreditorscontrolaccountin the generalledgermustreecta summary of all the transactions
with creditors recorded in the creditors ledger. The creditors control account is prepared from the
total of the creditors column in the purchases journal and the purchases returns journal. Creditors
are recorded in two ledgers, namely as a control account in the general ledger and as individual
accounts in the creditors ledger. An entity should be able to tell, at any time, what amount is owed to
all outstanding creditors as a collective.
10ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE OF POSTING FROM THE SUBSIDIARY JOURNALS
FOR CREDIT PURCHASES TO THE CREDITORS CONTROL ACCOUNT IN THE
GENERAL LEDGER
33 BS ELECTRICAL
34 PURCHASES JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 PJ1
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases Creditors
R R R
A7712 12 RG Wholesalers CL1 1 680 12 000 13 680
B1821 25 ST Wholesalers CL2 2 100 15 000 17 100
3 780 27 000 30 780
B10
35 BS ELECTRICAL
36 PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 PRJ1
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases
returns
Creditors
R R R
5859 16 RG Wholesalers CL1 336 2 400 2 736
336 2 400 2 736
B10
37
202
FAC1501/1
11REQUIRED
Post the creditors totals of the above journals to the creditors control account in the general ledger.
38BS ELECTRICAL
39GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Creditors control B10 Cr
20.1
Sep 30 Purchases returns
and VAT
Balance
PRJ1
c/d
2 736
28 044
20.1
Sep
Oct
30
1
Purchases and
VAT
PJ1
30 780
30 780 30 780
Balance b/d 28 044
6.7 CREDITORS RECONCILIATION
40At the end of each month, an entity receives statements of account from each creditor, indicating
the amounts owing. The balances shown on these statements should correspond with the creditors
individual accounts in the creditors ledger. If not, an investigation will have to be carried out to
determine the reasons for the difference. The easiest way to try to trace errors is by means of a
creditors reconciliation.
41This is done in the same way as a bank reconciliation, which will be dealt with in a later learning unit .
zTick off all the corresponding items on the statement and on the creditor’s personal account.
zCircle the items that do not correspond on the statement and the creditors personal account.
zCorrect the errors on the relevant creditor’s account and the control account.
42Rectifying of errors in a creditor’s reconciliation:
zIferrorsappearinacreditor’saccountinthecreditorsledger,thesemustberectiedinthegeneral
ledger (creditors control account). It will also be necessary to update the individual creditor’s account.
zIferrorsappearonthestatementreceivedfromacreditor,thecreditorshouldbenotiedtoenable
him/her to correct his/her own records. In the entitys records, the errors will appear on the creditors
reconciliation statement.
6.8 DISCLOSURE OF CREDITORS IN THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
zCreditorswillbedisclosedastradeandotherpayablesinthestatementofnancialpositionunder
the heading “current liabilities”.
zPurchaseswillappearinthestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomeaspart
of cost of sales.
z
Purchases returns is deducted from purchases. This is done as a closing entry by way of the
general journal and is discussed in a later learning unit .
43
203
FAC1501/1
6.9 SALES JOURNAL
44All transactions in respect of goods (in which the entity trades) sold or services rendered on credit are
entered in the sales journal. When a client buys goods, an invoice is issued and the entry is made from
the copy of the invoice (which remains in the invoice book, with the original invoice being issued to the
client). The person who buys merchandise from the entity on credit is referred to as a debtor and he/
she will remain as a debtor until he/she pays all the money he/she owes the entity.
45EXAMPLE OF A CREDIT SALES INVOICE
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
Email:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: TA X INVOICE No:
To:
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit price
(R)
Total price
(R)
Subtotal
VAT @ 14%
Total
Amount tendered
Amount due
E & OE
Note: There is no special difference between the invoice used for cash sales and the one used for
credit sales. In most entities the layout of the cash and credit invoices are exactly the same.
12EXAMPLE OF A SALES JOURNAL
46 SALES JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 SJ1
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT output Sales Debtors
RRR
47The source documents for the entries in the sales journal are the duplicates of sales invoices.
48The debtor’s name and the amount of the transaction should be clearly indicated. Entries are recorded
and analysed in date order in the sales journal. The amounts in the sales and the debtors columns are
different as we are taking VAT into consideration in the debtors column.
204
FAC1501/1
49At the end of the month, the columns in the sales journal are added. The totals of the columns are
posted to the relevant accounts in the general ledger and the individual entries are posted to the
debtors accounts in the debtors ledger. This process is referred to as closing off the sales journal. At
the beginning of the next month, a new sales journal is opened.
50Where applicable, provision must be made for a VAT output column in the sales journal.
VAT in the sales journal must be accounted for at the current rate of 14%.
51The VAT included in the selling price by the entity is credited against the VAT output account when the
sales journal is closed off at the end of the month.
52The sales journal is closed off at the end of each month. This procedure can thus be summarised as
follows:
zAddthesalesandVAToutputcolumnsofthesalesjournaltogetherandmakesurethatthegures
cross-balance with the total of the debtors column.
z
Transfer the individual entries to the corresponding debtor’s personal account in the debtors ledger.
z
Post the column totals of the sales journal to the relevant accounts in the general ledger, taking care
to observe the golden rule of accounting: for each debit entry there must be an equal credit entry.
zEnter the folio numbers from the general ledger and debtors ledger in the appropriate column in
the sales journal.
13ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE OF RECORDING TRANSACTIONS IN A SALES
JOURNAL
53BS Electrical issued the following invoices during September 20.1:
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
Email:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
PO Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 12 September 20.1 TA X INVOICE No: BS001
To: Mr P Peter
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit price
(R)
Total price
(R)
PS1005 Plug switches 2 1 250,00 2 500,00
Subtotal 2 500,00
VAT @ 14% 350,00
Total 2 850,00
Amount tendered 0,00
Amount due 2 850,00
E & OE
205
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
Email:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
PO Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 12 September 20.1 TA X INVOICE No: BS002
To: Mrs J Johnson
10 Leyd Street
Pretoria
VAT registration number 4325102345
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit price
(R)
Total price
(R)
FLF1002 Fluorescent light ttings 1 box 7 000,00 7 000,00
Subtotal 7 000,00
VAT @ 14% 980,00
Total 7 980,00
Amount tendered 0,00
Amount due 7 980,00
E & OE
14REQUIRED
Record the above transactions in the sales journal of BS Electrical for the month of September 20.1.
54 BS ELECTRICAL
55 SALES JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 SJ1
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT output Sales Debtors
RRR
BS001 12 Mr P Peter DL1 350 2 500 2 850
BS002 Mrs J Johnson DL2 980 7 000 7 980
1 330 9 500 10 830
6.10 SALES RETURNS JOURNAL
56If a service is rendered or goods (in which the entity trades) sold on credit and the client is not entirely
satised,theentitymaydemandtoberefundedinpartorinfull.If,however,theaccounthasnotyet
been settled, the amount paid back to the client will simply be credited to the debtors account. These
typesoftransactions,however,mustalsoberecordedinabookofrstentry(journal)andthejournal
used in this particular case is the sales returns journal.
206
FAC1501/1
57A credit note must be issued to the client to acknowledge the fact that the goods/merchandise was
returned. A credit note is completed in duplicate and the original is handed to the client.
15EXAMPLE OF A CREDIT NOTE
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
Email:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
PO Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: CREDIT NOTE No:
To:
Product no Description Qty Unit price
(R)
Amount credited
(R)
Total
VAT @ 14%
Total credit due
E & OE
16EXAMPLE OF A SALES RETURNS JOURNAL
SALES RETURNS JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 SRJ1
Doc no
Day
Details
Fol
VAT output
Sales
returns
Debtors
RRR
58The procedure at the end of the month is the same as that for the sales journal.
207
FAC1501/1
17ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE OF RECORDING TRANSACTIONS IN A
SALES RETURNS JOURNAL
59The following source documents were obtained from BS Electrical during September 20.1:
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
Email:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
PO Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 18 September 20.1 CREDIT NOTE No: CN001
To: Mr P Peter
Product no Description Qty Unit price
(R)
Amount credited
(R)
PS1005 Plug switches 1 1 250,00 1 250,00
Total 1 250,00
VAT @ 14% 175,00
Total credit due 1 425,00
E & OE
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
Email:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
PO Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 19 September 20.1 CREDIT NOTE No: CN002
To: Mrs J Johnson
10 Leyd Street
Pretoria
VAT registration number 4325102345
Product no Description Qty Unit price
(R)
Amount credited
(R)
FLF1002 Fluorescent light ttings 1 box 7 000,00 7 000,00
Total 7 000,00
VAT @ 14% 980,00
Total credit due 7 980,00
E & OE
60
208
FAC1501/1
18REQUIRED
Record the above transactions in the sales returns journal of BS Electrical for the month of September 20.1.
19SOLUTION
61 BS ELECTRICAL
62 SALES RETURNS JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 SRJ1
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT output Sales returns Debtors
R R R
CN001 18 Mr P Peter DL1 175 1 250 1 425
CN002 19 Mrs J Johnson DL2 980 7 000 7 980
1 155 8 250 9 405
6.11 DEBTORS LEDGER
63Just as records of all transactions of the entity are kept in the general ledger, record need to be kept
of all transactions with individual debtors. Apart from the general ledger a subsidiary ledger, called the
debtors ledger, is kept. In this ledger an account is opened for each individual debtor. The transactions
from the sales journal and sales returns journal are posted to these individual accounts. The purpose
of this ledger is to enable the entity to, at any time, know what amount is owed by each individual
debtor. It is also important that, if the balances of the individual accounts are added, they should
correspond with the balance of the debtors control account in the general ledger.
6.12 PAYMENT BY A DEBTOR AND SETTLEMENT DISCOUNT GRANTED
64Discount is often offered to debtors in order to encourage a quick settlement of their debts within the
stated credit term. The credit term will be shown on the credit invoice, for example 30 days from date
of sale. This means that if a debtor pays off his/her account before 30 days from date of sale, the
debtor will receive a discount on the total amount owing.
6.13 DEBTORS CONTROL ACCOUNT IN THE GENERAL LEDGER
65The total of the individual debtors account balances in the debtors ledger should be equal to the
balance of the debtors control account in the general ledger. When there are differences, it may
be that the entity has forgotten to transfer a transaction or that a transaction has been transferred
incorrectly. Debtors are recorded in two ledgers, namely as a control account in the general ledger
and as individual accounts in the debtors ledger. An entity should be able to tell, at any time, what
amount is owed by all outstanding debtors as a collective.
209
FAC1501/1
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE OF POSTING FROM THE SUBSIDIARY JOURNALS FOR
CREDIT SALES TO THE DEBTORS CONTROL ACCOUNT IN THE GENERAL LEDGER
66 BS ELECTRICAL
67 SALES JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 SJ2
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT output Sales Debtors
RRR
BS001
BS002
12 Mr P Peter
Mrs J Johnson
DL1
DL2
350
980
2 500
7 000
2 850
7 980
1 330 9 500 10 830
B11
68 BS ELECTRICAL
69 SALES RETURNS JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 SRJ2
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT output Sales returns Debtors
R R R
CN001
CN002
18
19
Mr P Peter
Mrs J Johnson
DL1
DL2
175
980
1 250
7 000
1 425
7 980
1 155 8 250 9 405
B11
20REQUIRED
Post the debtors’ totals of the above journals to the debtors control account in the general ledger.
21SOLUTION
70BS ELECTRICAL
71GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Debtors control B11 Cr
20.1
Sep
Oct
30
1
Sales and VAT SJ2 10 830
20.1
Sep
30 Sales returns and
VAT
Balance
SRJ2
c/d
9 405
1 425
10 830 10 830
Balance
b/d
1 425
210
FAC1501/1
6.14 DISCLOSURE OF DEBTORS IN THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
z
Debtorswillbedisclosedastradeandotherreceivablesinthestatementofnancialpositionunder
heading “current assets”.
zSaleswillappearinthestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincome.
zSales returns wil be deducted from sales. This is done as a closing entry by way of the general
journal and is discussed in a later learning unit .
6.15 GENERAL JOURNAL
72Thegeneraljournalisusedforrecordingalltransactionsthatdonott”orcannotberecordedinto
any of the other subsidiary journals.
EXAMPLE OF A GENERAL JOURNAL
GENERAL JOURNAL – JANUARY 20.4 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
4 Stationery (account to be debited)
ABC Traders (account to be
credited)
Stationery bought on credit –
Invoice A2151 (Journal narration)
xxx
xxx
73Theaccountwhichisenteredrstistheaccountwhichhastobedebitedinthegeneralledger.The
account that is going to be credited is entered on the next line and a little to the right so that it can
stand out from the account that is going to be debited.
74The journal narration is very important since it gives the reason for the entry and must also refer to
the source documents.
75Thegeneraljournalisabookofrstentry.Thedouble-entryprinciplemustbeappliedinthegeneral
ledger when posting this journal.
6.15.1 Interest charged on overdue accounts
76Many entities charge interest on the outstanding debt if an account is not paid within the credit term.
Interestchargedonoverdueaccounts,isregardedasaninterestincome.Interestincomeisclassied
as an income account and is therefore credited because it increases equity. The debtors control
account/personal account of debtor is debited, because it is an asset account and the interest charged
on the overdue account is added to the original amount owed by the debtor.
6.15.2 Credit losses
77With every credit transaction there is always a possibility that the debt might not be paid. These unpaid
debts must be written off as a credit loss. If a debtor owes money to an entity and he/she cannot pay,
and if all the proper measures were taken by the entity to recover the outstanding debt but failed, then
the amount the debtor owes must be written off as a credit loss.
211
FAC1501/1
6.15.3 Correction of errors
78Sometimes transactions are entered in the incorrect ledger accounts. The correction of these errors
is made in the general journal.
ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE OF RECORDING TRANSACTIONS IN A GENERAL
JOURNAL
The following transactions took place in BS Electrical during September 20.1:
30 Mrs J Johnson’s account of R800 was six months overdue and interest was
charged at 10% per annum.
Mr T Thomas’s account of R285 must be written off as irrecoverable.
It was found that repairs done to the delivery vehicle for R1 200 was
incorrectly debited to the insurance account. This error must be corrected.
22REQUIRED
Record the above transactions in the general journal and general ledger of BS Electrical for the
month of September 20.1.
79 BS ELECTRICAL
80 GENERAL JOURNAL – SEPTEMBER 20.1 GJ9
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
30 Mrs J Johnson (Debtors control)
Interest income
Interest charged at 10% per annum for six
months on outstanding amount
B5
N3
40,00
40,00
Credit losses
VAT input
N4
B9
250,00
35,00
Mr T Thomas (Debtors control) B5 285,00
Wrote off account as irrecoverable
Repairs
Insurance
Error corrected
N5
N6
1 200,00
1 200,00
81
212
FAC1501/1
82BS ELECTRICAL
83GENERAL LEDGER
84FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Debtors control B5 Cr
20.1
Sep 30 Interest income GJ9 40
20.1
Sep 30 Credit losses and
VAT
GJ9
285
Dr VAT input B9 Cr
20.1
Sep 30 Debtors control GJ9 35
85NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Interest income N3 Cr
20.1
Sep 30 Debtors control GJ9 40
Dr Credit losses N4 Cr
20.1
Sep 30 Debtors control GJ9 250
Dr Repairs N5 Cr
20.1
Sep 30 Insurance GJ9 1 200
Dr Insurance N6 Cr
20.1
Sep 30 Repairs GJ9 1 200
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE ONE:
RECORDING CREDIT TRANSACTIONS ON SOURCE DOCUMENTS
86The following transactions took place in BS Electrical during January 20.1:
2Mr P Smith bought 20 boxes of energy saving light bulbs (product no WT217)
on credit for R240 per box (exclusive of VAT). Invoice no 003 was issued to
Mr P Smith who’s address is 12 Harriet Street, Pretoria.
8Mr P Smith returned 10 boxes of energy saving light bulbs worth R2 400
(VAT exclusive) that was bought on 2 January. Credit note no CN003 was
issued.
10
Sold 20 three point plugs (product no WT895) for R12 each to Mr H Matlock
on credit. Invoice no 004 was issued to Mr H Matlock who’s address is
2 Wade Street, Valhalla.
213
FAC1501/1
23REQUIRED
Record the above transactions on the source documents provided below.
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
E-mail:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: TAX INVOICE No:
To:
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit price
(R)
Total price
(R)
Subtotal
VAT @ 14%
Total
Amount tendered
Amount due
E & OE
214
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
E-mail:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: CREDIT NOTE No:
To:
Product no Description Qty Unit Price
(R)
Amount
Credited
(R)
Total
VAT @ 14%
Total credit due
E & OE
87
215
FAC1501/1
SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE ONE
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
E-mail:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 2 January 20.1 TAX INVOICE No: 003
To: Mr P Smith
12 Harriet Street
Pretoria
VAT registration number 4375891234
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit Price
(R)
Total
price
(R)
WT217 Energy saving light bulbs 20 boxes 240,00 4 800,00
Subtotal 4 800,00
VAT @ 14% 672,00
Total 5 472,00
Amount tendered 0,00
Amount due 5 472,00
E & OE
88
216
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
E-mail:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 8 January 20.1 CREDIT NOTE No: CN003
To: Mr P Smith
12 Harriet Street
Pretoria
Product no Description Qty Unit Price
(R)
Amount
credited
(R)
WT217 Energy saving light bulbs 10 boxes 240,00 2 400,00
Total 2 400,00
VAT @ 14% 336,00
Total credit due 2 736,00
E & OE
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
E-mail:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 10 January 20.1 TA X INVOICE No: 004
To: Mr H Matlock
2 Wade Street
Valhalla
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit Price
(R)
Total
price
(R)
WT895 Three point plugs 20 12,00 240,00
Subtotal 240,00
VAT @ 14% 33,60
Total 273,60
Amount tendered 0,00
Amount due 273,60
E & OE
217
FAC1501/1
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE TWO:
RECORDING OF CREDIT TRANSACTIONS IN SUBSIDIARY JOURNALS
89You are supplied with the following source documents from BS Electrical:
90BS Electrical is registered as a VAT vendor. All the suppliers of the entity are also registered for VAT.
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
E-mail:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 3 June 20.1 TAX INVOICE No: 003
To: Mrs P Singh
30 Wessels Street
Pretoria
VAT registration number 4355501234
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit Price
(R)
Total
price
(R)
EC1002 Two phase electrical cable 6 m 800,00 4 800,00
Subtotal 4 800,00
VAT @ 14% 672,00
Total 5 472,00
Amount tendered 0,00
Amount due 5 472,00
E & OE
91
218
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
E-mail:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 10 June 20.8 TA X INVOICE No: 004
To: Mr J Mtuli
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit Price
(R)
Total
price
(R)
TCK789 Light ttings 4750,00 3 000,00
Subtotal 3 000,00
VAT @ 14% 420,00
Total 3 420,00
Amount tendered 0,00
Amount due 3 420,00
E & OE
HALL TRADERS
123 Main Street
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429–1234
E-mail:accounts@halltraders.co.za
VAT registration number
1234567890
PO Box 6006
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4295678
Date: 13 June 20.8 TAX INVOICE No: T29
To:
BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit price
(R)
Total price
(R)
XYZ897 Three phase electrical cable 250 m 46,00 11 500,00
Subtotal 11 500,00
VAT @ 14% 1 610,00
Total 13 110,00
Amount tendered 0,00
Amount due 13 110,00
E & OE
219
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
E-mail:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 14 June 20.8 CREDIT NOTE No: 023
To: Mr J Mtuli
Product no Description Qty Unit Price
(R)
Amount
credited
(R)
TCK789 Light ttings 1750,00 750,00
Total 750,00
VAT @ 14% 105,00
Total credit due 855,00
E & OE
HALL TRADERS
123 Main Street
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429–1234
E-mail:accounts@halltraders.co.za
VAT registration number
123456780
P O Box 6006
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4295678
Date: 16 June 20.8 CREDIT NOTE No: 012
To: BS Electrical
Product no Description Qty Unit Price
(R)
Amount
credited
(R)
XYZ897 Thre phase electrical cable 50 m 46,00 2 300,00
Total 2 300,00
VAT @ 14% 322,00
Total credit due 2 622,00
E & OE
92
220
FAC1501/1
BS ELECTRICAL
499 Tshwane Drive
PRETORIA
Tel (012) 429 3111
E-mail:accounts@bselectrical.co.za
VAT registration number
8960225750
P O Box 392
PRETORIA 0001
Fax (012) 4293424
Date: 17 June 20.8 CREDIT NOTE No: 024
To: Mrs P Singh
Product no Description Qty Unit Price
(R)
Amount
credited
(R)
EC1002 Two phase electrical cable 2 m 800,00 1 600,00
Subtotal 1 600,00
VAT @ 14% 224,00
Total credit due 1 824,00
E & OE
KZN DEALERS
456 Tambotie Road
JOHANNESBURG
Tel (011) 4293830
E-mail:accounts@kzndealers.co.za
VAT registration number
4567891230
PO Box 753
LITTLE FALLS 0002
Fax (011) 4293933
Date: 18 June 20.8 TAX INVOICE No: 789
To:
BS Electrical
499 Tshwane Drive
Pretoria
VAT registration number 8960225750
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Code Description Qty Unit price
(R)
Total price
(R)
PLP456
JYH123
Cash register
Electrical plugs
1
1 000
2 500,00
3,55
2 500,00
3 550,00
Subtotal 6 050,00
VAT @ 14% 847,0 0
Total 6 897,00
Amount tendered 0,00
Amount due 6 897,00
E & OE
221
FAC1501/1
24REQUIRED
Complete the following books of prime entry for BS Electrical for June 20.8. Make use of the column
headings as indicated.
93 BS ELECTRICAL
94 PURCHASES JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 PJ 6
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases Creditors
RRR
95 BS ELECTRICAL
96 PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 PRJ 6
Doc no
Day
Details
Fol
VAT input
Purchases
returns
Creditors
RRR
97 BS ELECTRICAL
98 SALES JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 SJ 6
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT output Sales Debtors
RRR
99 BS ELECTRICAL
100 SALES RETURNS JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 SRJ 6
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT output Sales returns Debtors
R R R
101 BS ELECTRICAL
102 GENERAL JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 GJ 6
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
222
FAC1501/1
(1) Post the journals after closing to the appropriate accounts in the general, debtors and creditors
ledgers. Balance all accounts.
(2) Prepare the debtors and creditors lists.
SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE TWO
BS ELECTRICAL
103 PURCHASES JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 PJ 6
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases Creditors
R R R
T29 13 Hall Traders C1 1 610 11 50 0 13 110
789 18 KZN Dealers C2 497 3 550 4 047
2 107 15 050 17 157
B9 N2 B8
104 BS ELECTRICAL
105 PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 PRJ 6
Doc no
Day
Details
Fol
VAT input
Purchases
returns
Creditors
RRR
012 16 Hall Traders C1 322 2 300 2 622
322 2 300 2 622
B9 N4 B8
106 BS ELECTRICAL
107 SALES JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 SJ 6
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT output Sales Debtors
R R R
003
004
3
10
Mrs P Singh
Mr J Mtuli
D1
D2
672
420
4 800
3 000
5 472
3 420
1 092 7 800 8 892
B10 N1 B5
108 BS ELECTRICAL
109 SALES RETURNS JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 SRJ 6
Doc no
Day
Details
Fol
VAT output
Sales
returns
Debtors
RRR
023 14 Mr J Mtuli D2 105 750 855
024 17 Mrs P Singh D1 224 1 600 1 824
329 2 350 2 679
B10 N3 B5
223
FAC1501/1
110 BS ELECTRICAL
111 GENERAL JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 GJ6
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
18 Equipment
VAT input
KZN Dealers/Creditors control
Shop equipment bought on credit
per invoice no: 789
B3
B9
B8/C2
2 500
350
2 850
112BS ELECTRICAL
113GENERAL LEDGER
114FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Equipment B3 Cr
20.8
Jun 18 Creditors control GJ6 2 500
Dr Debtors control B5 Cr
20.8
Jun 30 Sales and VAT SJ6 8 892
20.8
Jun 30 Sales returns and
VAT
Balance
SRJ6
c/d
2 679
6 213
8 892 8 892
Jul
1
Balance
b/d
6 213
Dr Creditors control B8 Cr
20.8
Jun 30 Purchases returns
and VAT
Balance
PRJ6
c/d
2 622
17 385
20.8
Jun 18
30
Equipment and VAT
Purchases and VAT
GJ6
PJ6
2 850
17 157
20 007 20 007
Jul
1
Balance
b/d
17 385
Dr VAT input B9 Cr
20.8
Jun
Jun
18
30
Creditors control
Creditors control
GJ6
PJ6
350
2 107
20.8
Jun 30 Creditors control
Balance
PRJ6
c/d
322
2 135
2 457 2 457
Jul
1
Balance
b/d
2 135
224
FAC1501/1
Dr VAT output B10 Cr
20.8
Jun 30 Debtors control
Balance
SRJ6
c/d
329
763
20.8
Jun 30 Debtors control SJ6 1 092
1 092 1 092
Jul
1
Balance
b/d
763
115NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20.8
Jun 30 Debtors control SJ6 7 800
Dr Purchases N2 Cr
20.8
Jun 30 Creditors control PJ6 15 050
Dr Sales returns N3 Cr
20.8
Jun 30 Debtors control SRJ6 2 350
Dr Purchases returns N4 Cr
20.8
Jun 30 Creditors control PRJ6 2 300
116BS ELECTRICAL
117DEBTORS LEDGER
Dr Mrs P Singh D1 Cr
20.8
Jun 3 Sales and VAT SJ6 5 472
20.8
Jun 17
30
Sales returns and
VAT
Balance
SRJ6
c/d
1 824
3 648
5 472 5 472
Jul
1
Balance
b/d
3 648
225
FAC1501/1
Dr Mr J Mtuli D2 Cr
20.8
Jun
Jul
10
1
Sales and VAT SJ6 3 420
20.8
Jun
14
30
Sales returns and
VAT
Balance
SRJ6
c/d
855
2 565
3 420 3 420
Balance
b/d
2 565
118BS ELECTRICAL
119CREDITORS LEDGER
Dr Hall Traders C1 Cr
20.8
Jun 16
30
Purchases
returns and VAT
Balance
PRJ6
c/d
2 622
10 488
20.8
Jun
Jul
13
1
Purchases and VAT PJ6 13 110
13 110 13 110
Balance
b/d
10 488
Dr KZN Dealers C2 Cr
20.8
Jun 30 Balance c/d 6 897
20.8
Jun
Jul
18
1
Purchases and VAT
Equipment and VAT
PJ6
GJ6
4 047
2 850
6 897 6 897
Balance
b/d
6 897
120DEBTORS LIST AS AT 30 JUNE 20.8
Debtors Fol R
Mrs P Singh D1 3 648
Mr J Mtuli D2 2 565
6 213
121CREDITORS LIST AS AT 30 JUNE 20.8
Creditors Fol R
Hall Traders C1 10 488
KZN Dealers C2 6 897
17 385
226
FAC1501/1
25COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE THREE: RECORDING OF CREDIT AND
CASH TRANSACTIONS IN THE SUBSIDIARY JOURNALS
122The following transactions at 14% VAT inclusive took place in Sunshine Glass Traders for
February 20.4:
123
Feb
1
The owner, S Shine, increased his capital.
Paid the City Council for water and electricity by cheque.
R
15 000
3 078
3 Purchased merchandise from Glasco Ltd and paid by cheque.
Purchased merchandise on credit from Ferguson Limited.
Sold trading inventory on credit to J Jason.
8 778
9 120
13 680
4 Purchased a desk on credit from City Furnishers. 3 534
6 Purchased receipt books and pens from Pen and Pencil and paid by
cheque.
Drew a cash cheque to pay the weeks wages.
228
954
8 Paid Glasco Ltd on account.
Received settlement discount.
4 000
228
10 Cash sales of merchandise. 3 876
12 Issued a credit note to J Jason for an overcharge on 3 February.
Drew a cash cheque to pay the weeks wages.
114
940
15 Cash sales amounted to
Received a cheque from J Jason in payment of his account.
Settlement discount granted to him on this payment.
2 394
6 000
342
18 Sold goods on credit to F Brown.
Cash purchases of trading inventory paid for by cheque.
Purchased glassware on credit from Glasco Ltd.
4 332
2 736
5 700
20 Returned damaged goods to Glasco Ltd. 570
21 Drew a cash cheque to pay for wages.
Received damaged goods returned by F Brown and issued a credit
note.
989
228
25 Cash sales amounted to
Received a payment from F Brown.
Settlement discount granted to him on this payment.
6 156
2 560
228
26 Drew a cash cheque to pay for wages.
Paid the telephone account by cheque.
Received an account from Printo Limited for the printing of business
documents.
945
570
798
27 Purchased inventory on credit from Glasco Ltd.
The account of Ferguson Limited was paid by cheque.
Received settlement discount.
2 736
5 500
285
28 Paid the owner’s house instalment by business cheque to HP Bank.
Received a cheque from Z Zittace for rent for a part of the building.
2 500
912
124
227
FAC1501/1
26REQUIRED
(1) Record the above transactions in the following subsidiary journals of Sunshine Glass Traders for
February 20.4:
(a) Cash receipts journal (analysis columns for bank, sales, VAT output, debtors, settlement
discount granted [Dr], VAT input [Dr] and sundry accounts)
(b) Cash payments journal (analysis columns for bank, purchases,
creditors, settlement discount
received [Cr], wages, VAT input, VAT output [Cr]
and sundry accounts)
(c) Sales journal (analysis columns for VAT output, sales and debtors)
(d) Purchases journal (analysis columns for VAT input, purchases and creditors)
(e) Sales returns journal (analysis columns for VAT output, sales returns and debtors)
(f) Purchases returns journal (analysis columns for VAT input, purchases returns and creditors)
(g) General journal
(2) Post the entries recorded in the subsidiary journals to the relevant accounts in the general ledger
of Sunshine Traders (all the accounts must be properly balanced/totalled at 28 February 20.4).
For purpose of this example document numbers are not required.
228
FAC1501/1
SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE THREE
SUNSHINE GLASS TRADERS
(1) SUBSIDIARY JOURNALS
(a) CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.4 CRJ2
Day Details Fol
Analyis
of
receipts Bank Sales VAT output Debtors
Settlement
discount
granted
(Dr)
VAT input
(Dr)
Sundry accounts
Amount Fol Details
1
10
15
25
28
S Shine
Cash sales
Cash sales
J Jason
Cash sales
F Brown
Z Zittace
15 000
3 876
2 394
6 000
6 156
2 560
912
15 000
3 876
8 394
8 716
912
3 400
2 100
5 400
476
294
756
112
6 342
2 788
(300)
(200)
(42)
(28)
15 000
800
B7
N3
Capital
Rental income
36 898 10 900 1 638 9 130 (500) (70) 15 800
B5 N1 B10 B4 N7 B9
229
FAC1501/1
125SUNSHINE GLASS TRADERS
126(b) CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.4 CPJ2
Day Details Fol Bank Purchases Creditors Settlement
discount
received
(Cr)
Wages VAT input VAT output
(Cr)
Sundry accounts
Amount Fol Details
1
3
6
8
12
18
21
26
27
28
City Council
Glasco Ltd
Pen and Pencil
Cash
Glasco Ltd
Cash
Cash
Cash
Cash
Telkom
Ferguson Ltd
HP Bank
R
3 078
8 778
228
954
4 000
940
2 736
989
945
570
5 500
2 500
R
7 700
2 400
R
4 228
5 785
R
(200)
(250)
R
954
940
989
945
R
378
1 078
28
336
70
R
(28)
(35)
R
2 700
200
500
2 500
N6
N10
N5
B8
Water and electricity
Stationery
Telephone expenses
Drawings
31 218 10 100 10 013 (450) 3 828 1 890 (63) 5 900
B5 N2 B6 N8 N9 B9 B10
127
230
FAC1501/1
128 SUNSHINE GLASS TRADERS
129 (c) SALES JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.4 SJ2
Day Details Fol VAT output Sales Debtors
3
18
J Jason
F Brown
R
1 680
532
R
12 000
3 800
R
13 680
4 332
2 212 15 800 18 012
B10 N1 B4
130 SUNSHINE GLASS TRADERS
131 (d) PURCHASES JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.4 PJ2
Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases Creditors
3
18
27
Ferguson Ltd
Glasco Ltd
Glasco Ltd
R
1 120
700
336
R
8 000
5 000
2 400
R
9 120
5 700
2 736
2 156 15 400 17 556
B9 N2 B6
132 SUNSHINE GLASS TRADERS
133 (e) SALES RETURNS JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.4 SRJ2
Day Details Fol VAT output Sales
returns
Debtors
12
21
J Jason
F Brown
R
14
28
R
100
200
R
114
228
42 300 342
B10 N11 B4
134 SUNSHINE GLASS TRADERS
135 (f) PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.4 PRJ2
Day Details Fol VAT input Purchases
returns
Creditors
20 Glasco Ltd
R
70
R
500
R
570
70 500 570
B9 N12 B6
136
231
FAC1501/1
137 SUNSHINE GLASS TRADERS
138 (g) GENERAL JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.4 GJ2
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
4 Furniture
VAT input
City Furniture/Creditors control
Desk purchased on credit
B1
B9
B6
R
3 100
434
R
3 534
26 Printing
VAT input
Printo Limited/Creditors control
Printing of documents on credit
N13
B9
B6
700
98
798
139SUNSHINE GLASS TRADERS
140 (2) GENERAL LEDGER
141FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Furniture at cost B1 Cr
20.4
Feb 4 Creditor control GJ2 3 100
Dr Debtors control B4 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Sales and VAT SJ2 18 012
20.4
Feb 28 Bank and discount
Sales returns and
VAT
Balance
CRJ2
SRJ2
c/d
9 130
342
8 540
18 012 18 012
Mar
1
Balance
b/d
8 540
Dr Bank B5 Cr
20.4
Feb
Mar
28
1
Total receipts CRJ2 36 898
20.4
Feb 28 Total payments
Balance
CPJ2
c/d
31 218
5 680
36 898 36 898
Balance
b/d
5 680
142
232
FAC1501/1
Dr
Creditors control B6 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Bank and discount
Purchases returns
and VAT
Balance
CPJ2
PRJ2
c/d
10 013
570
11 3 05
20.4
Feb
Mar
4
26
28
1
Furniture and VAT
Printing and VAT
Purchases and VAT
GJ2
GJ2
PJ2
3 534
798
17 556
21 888 21 888
Saldo
b/d
11 3 05
Dr Capital B7 Cr
20.4
Feb 1 Bank CRJ2 15 000
Dr Drawings B8 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Bank CPJ2 2 500
Dr VAT input B9 Cr
20.4
Feb
Mar
4
26
28
1
Creditors control
Creditors control
Bank
Debtors control
Creditors control
GJ2
GJ2
CPJ2
CRJ2
PJ2
434
98
1 890
70
2 156
20.4
Feb 28 Creditors control
Balance
PRJ2
c/d
70
4 578
4 648 4 648
Balance
b/d
4 578
Dr VAT output B10 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Debtors control
Balance
SRJ2
c/d
42
3 871
20.4
Feb
Mar
28
1
Debtors control
Bank
Creditors control
SJ2
CRJ2
CPJ2
2 212
1 638
63
3 913 3 913
Balance
b/d
3 871
143
233
FAC1501/1
144NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Bank
Debtors control
CRJ2
SJ2
10 900
15 800
26 700
Dr Purchases N2 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Bank
Creditors control
CPJ2
PJ2
10 100
15 400
25 500
Dr Rental income N3 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Bank CRJ2 800
Dr Telephone expenses N5 Cr
20.4
Feb 26 Bank CPJ2 500
Dr Water and electricity N6 Cr
20.4
Feb 1 Bank CPJ2 2 700
Dr Settlement discount granted N7 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Debtors control CRJ2 500
Dr Settlement discount received N8 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Creditors control CPJ2 450
Dr Wages N9 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Bank CPJ2 3 828
234
FAC1501/1
Dr Stationery N10 Cr
20.4
Feb 6 Bank CPJ2 200
Dr Sales returns N11 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Debtors control SRJ2 300
Dr Purchases returns N12 Cr
20.4
Feb 28 Creditors control PRJ2 500
Dr Printing N13 Cr
20.4
Feb 26 Creditors control GJ2 700
27SELF-ASSESSMENT
145After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
able to:
z
correctly enter credit purchases and credit purchase returns
transactions in the respective journals?
z
correctly enter credit sales and credit sales returns
transactions in the respective journals?
zcorrectly prepare the creditors control and debtors control
accounts in the general ledger?
zcorrectly prepare a creditors and debtors list?
zprovide for VAT implications on credit transactions?
zcorrectly enter transactions in the general journal?
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
K
K
L
L
L
L
L
L
146If you have marked all J you may continue to the next learning unit.
147If you have marked any K you have to revise thatspecicsection.
148If you have marked any L you have to re-studythatspecicsection.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
INVENTORY
LEARNING UNIT 7
1
236
FAC1501/1
1OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 236
Key concepts ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 236
Assessment criteria ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 237
71 Introduction �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 237
7�2 Inventory valuation methods ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 237
7�3 Inventory control systems����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 237
7�3�1 The perpetual (continuous) inventory control system ���������������������������������������������� 238
7�3�2 The periodic inventory control system ��������������������������������������������������������������������� 240
7�4 Additional purchase costs ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 242
7�5 Drawings and donations of inventory ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 243
7�6 Settlement discount granted ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������243
77 Settlement discount received �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������244
7�8 Carriage/freight charges on sales ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������244
7�9 Mark-up on cost �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������244
710 Exercises and solutions �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������255
Self-assessment ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 258
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1After studying this learning unit, you should be able to:
1
zdene a perpetual inventory control system
zdene a periodic inventory control system
zexplain the difference between a periodic and a perpetual inventory control system
zdene the different valuation methods, such as rst-in, rst-out (FIFO) and the weighted average
methods
1
KEY CONCEPTS
zPerpetual inventory control system
zPeriodic inventory control system
zFIFO
zLIFO
zWeighted average
237
FAC1501/1
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
zThe difference between a perpetual and a periodic inventory control system
is explained�
zThe calculation of the value of cost of sales and gross prot explained.
7.1 INTRODUCTION
2Most business entities carry inventory, so it is important that you have a clear and full understanding of
how to account for it� This not only involves ledger account entries but also the valuation of inventory
and presentation in nancial statement.
3In most cases inventory is the largest current asset of a trading entity� It is important that a trading
entity at all times is able to supply the demand for its different types of merchandise. For that reason
trading entities keep a supply of inventory that is constantly replenished and from which sales are
made� This means that the expenditure of funds on the purchase of inventory during a particular
period will not always equal the cost of the goods that are sold during the same period�
4In determining the prot of a trading entity, it is thus important to determine the cost of the goods
that were indeed sold during a period� This is known as the cost of sales� The cost of sales and the
cost price of inventory on hand can be determined according to one of the following two inventory
control methods:
zperpetual inventory method
zperiodic inventory method
7.2 INVENTORY VALUATION METHODS
5When an entity purchases various batches of an inventory item at different prices, and not all goods
are sold during the year, the question arises as to which of the prices paid for the batches should be
considered to be the purchase price of the batches still on hand�
6The method used to allocate costs to inventory and to determine the cost of goods, should be the one
that brings about the most realistic determination of prot in the particular entity.
7The three most used valuation methods in practice are the following:
zFirst-in, rst-out (FIFO) method: According to this method, it is accepted that the items which
were purchased rst are sold rst. Inventory on hand is therefore valued at the latest prices.
zLast-in, rst-out (LIFO) method: According to this method, it is accepted that the items which
were purchased last are sold rst. This method falls outside the scope of this module and therefore
will not be discussed in any examples�
zWeighted average method: The total cost of the goods available for sale is divided by the total
number of units in order to determine an average cost per unit�
7.3 INVENTORY CONTROL SYSTEMS
8Inventory systems refers to the way in which inventory is recorded in the accounting records of a
trading entity
238
FAC1501/1
7.3.1 The perpetual (continuous) inventory control system
9Under the perpetual inventory system, the purchase of inventory is recorded directly into the inventory
account at cost price� At the time of sale, the cost price of goods sold is transferred from the inventory
account to the cost of sales account�
10The accounting entries under such a system can be summarised as follows (VAT is ignored in
these examples):
11Purchase inventory for cash:
12Dr Inventory (because the asset inventory increases)
13Cr Bank (because the asset bank decreases when money is paid out)
14The transaction is recorded in the cash payments journal at cost price�
15Purchase inventory on credit:
16Dr Inventory (see above)
17Cr Creditor (because a liability is created or increased) and
18Cr Creditors control
19The transaction is recorded in the purchases journal at cost price�
20Sale of merchandise for cash:
21Dr Bank (an asset increases with money received) (selling price)
22Cr Sales (an income which increases equity) (selling price)
23Dr Cost of sales (an expense that decreases equity) (cost price)
24Cr Inventory (an asset decreases) (cost price)
25The transaction is recorded in the cash receipts journal�
26It is important to note that the difference between the cost of sales and the selling price is the gross
prot, which is the amount by which the equity increases.
27Merchandise sold on credit:
28Dr Debtor (an asset is created or increased) (selling price) and
29Dr Debtors control
30Cr Sales (see above) (selling price)
31Dr Cost of sales (see above) (cost price)
32Cr Inventory (see above) (cost price)
33The transaction is recorded in the sales journal�
239
FAC1501/1
34When merchandise is returned by a debtor:
35Dr Sales returns (this has the opposite effect of sales on equity – it decreases equity)
(selling price)
36Cr Debtor (the asset decreases because the debtor owes the business less) (selling
price) and
37Cr Debtors control
38Cr Cost of sales (this has the opposite effect on equity to the effect when
merchandise was sold) (cost price)
39Dr Inventory (the asset increases by the amount of the merchandise
returned) (cost price)
40The transaction is recorded in the sales returns journal�
41Merchandise returned, previously sold for cash:
42If the entity has a policy of not repaying cash, a credit note will be issued to the client that can be
exchanged for other merchandise
43If the business is willing to refund cash:
44Dr Sales returns (see above) (selling price)
45Cr Bank (the asset bank will decrease to cancel the previous increase) (selling price)
46The transaction is recorded in the cash payments journal�
47To reinstate the merchandise as part of the inventory:
48Dr Inventory (the asset inventory increases) (cost price)
49Cr Cost of sales (see above) (cost price)
50The transaction is recorded in the general journal�
51When merchandise is returned to a creditor:
52Dr Creditor (because the liability decreases) (cost price) and
53Dr Creditors control
54Cr Inventory (an asset is decreased – there is less inventory because of the goods
returned) (cost price)
55The transaction is recorded in the purchases returns journal�
56From the above discussion it is clear that the cost price of merchandise sold is
recorded at the same time as the sale of the merchandise� This procedure enables the entity to
determine the gross prot on each sale and to keep a continuous record of the Rand value of the
inventory that has not yet been sold�
57However, it remains necessary to do a physical inventory count at least once a year, usually at the end
of the nancial year. Theoretically the result of the inventory count should yield the same result as the
balance on the inventory account� This seldom happens� Some of the main reasons why there is a
difference are the theft of inventory, breakages, leakages and evaporation� This loss of inventory will,
of course, not be recorded in the inventory account and will only be detected when a physical count
of inventory is done�
240
FAC1501/1
7.3.2 The periodic inventory control system
58Under the periodic inventory system, the purchase of inventory is not recorded in the inventory
account. A separate account, known as the purchases account, is used to record these purchases�
It follows that if inventory is returned to the seller, for one reason or another, the return of inventory
cannot be recorded in the inventory account but must be recorded in a separate account known as
the purchases returns account
59It should thus be clear that under a periodic inventory system, the cost of sales is not determined at
the time of the recording of the sale� The cost of sales can thus only be determined at the end of the
nancial period after a physical inventory count has been done.
60The cost price of inventory sold during an accounting period will thus be determined as follows:
Cost price of inventory at the beginning of the nancial year (closing inventory of
previous year)
Add: Cost price of inventory purchased during the nancial year (the total amount
spent on purchases)
Less: Cost price of inventory at the end of the nancial year, determined by a
physical inventory count (the unsold inventory)
61The accounting entries associated with a periodic inventory system can be summarised as follows
(VAT is ignored in the examples):
62Purchase of inventory for cash:
63Dr Purchases (under the periodic inventory system, purchases are regarded as
an expense that reduces equity)
64Cr Bank (the asset bank decreases when money is paid out)
65The transaction is recorded in the cash payments journal at cost price�
66Purchase of inventory on credit:
67Dr Purchases (see above)
68Cr Creditor (creditors is a liability account which is created or increased) and
69Cr Creditors control
70The transaction is recorded in the purchases journal at cost price�
71Sale of merchandise for cash:
72Dr Bank (the asset increases with the money received)
73Cr Sales (an income account which increases equity)
74The transaction is recorded in the cash receipts journal at selling price�
75Sale of merchandise on credit:
76Dr Debtor (an asset which is created or increased) and
77Dr Debtors control
78Cr Sales (see above)
241
FAC1501/1
79The transaction is recorded in the sales journal at selling price�
80When merchandise is returned by a debtor:
81Dr Sales returns (equity decreases)
82Cr Debtor (the asset decreases) and
83Cr Debtors control
84The transaction is recorded in the sales returns journal at selling price�
85Merchandise returned, previously sold for cash:
86The policy of the entity would determine whether a credit note will be issued (refer to the perpetual
inventory system) or whether the cash will be refunded to the client�
87The entry for a cash refund will be as follows:
88Dr Sales returns (the equity decreases)
89Cr Bank (the asset bank will decrease to cancel the previous increase)
90The transaction is recorded in the cash payments journal�
91When inventory is returned to a creditor:
92Dr Creditors (the liability decreases) and
93Dr Creditors control
94Cr Purchases returns (the actual purchase is reduced)
95The transaction is recorded in the purchases returns journal at cost price�
96Physical inventory count at the end of the nancial year:
97Dr Inventory (an asset account which is created with the inventory on hand at
the end of the nancial year)
98Cr Trading account (a nominal account which is used to determine the gross prot and
which increases equity if a gross prot is made)
99The transaction is recorded in the general journal�
100From the above summary it is clear that, under a periodic inventory system, there is no cost of sales
account but a purchases account and that the column headings of subsidiary journals will have to be
adapted to accommodate this inventory system� Some of the accounts kept in the general ledger will
also have to be changed when the periodic inventory system is in use
101It is very important, in assignments and in the examination, to make sure that you know which inventory
system an entity uses as this will determine how the subsidiary journals and the general ledger will
be laid out
242
FAC1501/1
7.4 ADDITIONAL PURCHASE COSTS
102Carriage on purchases and railage are examples of expenses that an entity may have to pay in order
to transport the inventory which has been purchased to the entitys premises� Custom and excise
duties may also have to be incurred when inventory is imported�
103When the perpetual (continuous) inventory system is used, carriage on purchases, and the like, are
debited directly to the inventory account, since the cost of sales must be brought into account with
each sales transaction, and carriage paid on purchases constitutes an integral part of the cost per unit�
104When the periodic inventory system is used, all purchases of inventory during a
nancial year are debited to the purchases account. Consequently this account will show the total
of all purchases at the end of the nancial year. Carriage on purchases (paid for in cash, as well as
on credit) by an entity which uses this inventory system, will be debited to the carriage on purchases
account� This account will show the total amount spent on transporting inventory to the premises of
the entity. When the cost of sales is calculated at the end of the nancial year, carriage on purchases
must also be taken into account� Custom and excise duties will be treated in a similar manner
105The following illustration will demonstrate how accounts under the different inventory systems will be
affected when additional purchase costs are incurred:
Transaction Perpetual inventory
control system
Periodic inventory
control system
Payment of delivery
costs on inventory
purchased
Dr Inventory
Cr Bank
or
Cr Creditor (and creditors
control) if on credit
Dr Carriage on
purchases
Cr Bank
or
Cr Creditor (and creditors
control) if on credit
Use the following information from the books of Gogo Dealers to calculate the cost of sales:
Inventory (1 January 20�1)
Purchases
Carriage on purchases
R
95 000
260 000
3 600
106A physic al inve nto r y c ount on 31 Dec ember 2 0.1 indicate d that inve nto r y on hand amounted to R8 0 00 0.
107
243
FAC1501/1
2SOLUTION
Inventory (1 January 20�1)
Add: Purchases
Carriage on purchases
R
95 000
260 000
3 600
Less: Inventory (31 December 20�1)
358 600
(80 000)
Cost of sales 278 600
7.5 DRAWINGS AND DONATIONS OF INVENTORY
108Drawings and donations of inventory are recorded by means of the general journal at cost price�
109Please study the following table carefully:
Transaction Perpetual inventory
control system
Periodic
inventory
control system
Inventory taken by owner
for personal use
Dr Drawings
Cr Inventory
Dr Drawings
Cr Purchases
Donation of inventory Dr Donations
Cr Inventory
Dr Donations
Cr Purchases
110When an entity is registered as a VAT Vendor drawings and donations are not exempted from VAT
The VAT is, however, calculated on the cost price and must be credited to the VAT output account�
7.6 SETTLEMENT DISCOUNT GRANTED
111Discount is often offered to debtors in order to encourage a quick settlement of their debts within the
stated credit term� The credit term will be shown on the credit invoice, for example 30 days from date
of sale� This means that if a debtor pays off his/her account before 30 days from date of sale, the
debtor will receive a discount on the total amount owing�
112The accounting entries associated with the periodic and perpetual inventory system can be summarised
as follows:
113Dr Settlement discount granted (the account is an expense that reduces equity)
114Cr Debtors (the asset account debtors decreases when a settlement discount is granted)
244
FAC1501/1
115At the end of the nancial year, you will close off the settlement discount granted account to the sales
account in the general ledger
7.7 SETTLEMENT DISCOUNT RECEIVED
116When creditors are paid within a specied period according to an agreement, the entity may get a
discount on the outstanding amount� We refer to this discount as settlement discount received�
117The accounting entries associated with the periodic and perpetual inventory system can be summarised
as follows:
118Dr Creditors (creditors account is a liability and it decreases when a settlement discount is received)
119Cr Settlement discount received (the account is an income that increases equity)
120At the end of the nancial year you will however close off settlement discount received differently
under the perpetual and periodic inventory systems�
121The accounting entries associated with the periodic inventory system can be summarised as follows:
122Periodic inventory system
123Dr Settlement discount received
124Cr Purchases
125The accounting entries associated with the perpetual inventory system can be summarised as follows:
126Perpetual inventory system
127Dr Settlement discount received
128Cr Cost of sales
7.8 CARRIAGE/FREIGHT CHARGES ON SALES
129The freight or carriage charges on sales account is an expense� This is the cost of transporting the
goods sold from the entity to the customer and therefore it is an expense to the entity� Carriage/freight
charges on sales will therefore be treated as an expense in the entity’s statement of prot and loss
and other comprehensive income�
7.9 MARK-UP ON COST
130Cost of sales is the cost of the goods that were sold during a period� The mark-up percentage on cost
is the gross prot percentage of the cost price.
131Therefore to calculate the cost price when the mark-up percentage and selling price is given you will
use the following formula�
132Cost price = Selling price x 100 ÷ (100 + mark-up percentage on cost)
133
245
FAC1501/1
3COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE ONE
134BS Hardware sells a ladder for R390. The mark-up percentage on cost is 30%.
135What is the cost price of the product?
136Mark-up percentage on cost = 30%
137Selling price = Cost price + mark-up % on cost
138Cost price = 100% = R?
139Selling price = 130% = R390
140Cost price = 100 x R390
141 130
142 = R300
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE TWO
You are supplied with the following source documents from BS Hardware:
143BS Hardware is registered as a VAT vendor� All the suppliers of the entity are also registered for VAT
All goods are sold at a constant mark-up of 25% on cost and a perpetual inventory system is in use.
BS HARDWARE
TAX INVOICE
777 Church Street VAT no: 7891078956
PO Box 1001 Tel: 012429 3931
Tshwane Fax: 012429 3933
0002 E-mail: accounts@bshardware.co.za
Sold to: Mrs P Singh
30 Wessels Street
Pretoria
VAT registration number 4355501234
Date: 3 June 20�8
Customer reference no: DB1 Invoice no: G31
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Product no Description Quantity Unit price (R)
Amount
R c
THG002 Paint 6 x 5 ℓ 800,00 4 800 00
Subtotal 4 800 00
VAT @ 14% 672 00
Total 5 472 00
Amount paid 000
Amount due 5 472 00
246
FAC1501/1
BS HARDWARE
TAX INVOICE
777 Church Street VAT no: 7891078956
PO Box 1001 Tel: 012–429 3931
Tshwane Fax: 012–429 3933
0002 E-mail: accounts@bshardware.co.za
Sold to: Mr J Mtuli Date: 10 June 20�8
Customer reference no: DB2 Invoice no: G32
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Product no Description Quantity Unit price (R)
Amount
R c
TCK789 Doors 4750,00 3 000 00
Subtotal 3 000 00
VAT @ 14% 420 00
Total 3 420 00
Amount paid 000
Amount due 3 420 00
HALL TRADERS
TAX INVOICE
123 Main Street VAT no: 1234567890
PO Box 6006 Tel: 012429 3424
Tshwane Fax: 012429 3425
0002 Email: accounts@halltraders.co.za
Sold to: BS Hardware
777 Church Street
Tshwane
VAT registration number 7891078956
Date: 13 June 20�8
Customer reference no: BS786 Invoice no: T29
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Amount
Product no Description Quantity Unit price (R) R c
XYZ 897 PVC Pipes 250 x 2 m 46,00 11 5 0 0 00
Subtotal 11 5 0 0 00
VAT @14% 1 610 00
Total 13 110 00
Amount paid 000
Amount due 13 110 00
144
247
FAC1501/1
BS HARDWARE
CREDIT NOTE
VAT NO: 7891078956
PO Box 1001 777 Church Street
Tshwane Tel: 012–429 3931
0002 Fax: 012429 3933
Date: 14 June 20�8
To: Mr J Mtuli
CREDIT NOTE NUMBER: CN3
Product no Description Quantity Unit price (R)
Amount
credited
R c
TCK789 Doors – – 600 00
Total 600 00
VAT @ 14% 84 00
Total credit due 684 00
HALL TRADERS
CREDIT NOTE
VAT NO: 1234567890
PO Box 6006 123 Main Street
Tshwane Tel: 012–429 3424
0002 Fax: 012429 3425
Date: 16 June 20�8
To: BS Hardware
CREDIT NOTE NUMBER: Q12
Product no Description Quantity Unit price (R)
Amount
credited
R c
XYZ897 PVC Pipes 50 46,00 2 300 00
Total 2 300 00
VAT @ 14% 322 00
Total credit due 2 622 00
248
FAC1501/1
BS HARDWARE
CREDIT NOTE
VAT NO: 7891078956
PO Box 1001 777 Church Street
Tshwane Tel: 012429 3931
0002 Fax: 012429 3933
Date: 17 June 20�8
To: Mrs P Singh
CREDIT NOTE NUMBER: CN4
Product no Description Quantity Unit price (R)
Amount
credited
R c
THG002 Paint 2 x 5 ℓ 800,00 1 600 00
Total 1 600 00
VAT @ 14% 224 00
Total credit due 1 824 00
KZN DEALERS
TAX INVOICE
456 Tambotie Road VAT no: 4567891230
PO Box 2002 Tel: 011–429 3938
Johannesburg Fax: 011–429 3939
0003 E-mail: accounts@kzndealers.co.za
Sold to: BS Hardware
777 Church Street
Tshwane
VAT registration number 7891078956 Date: 18 June 20�8
Customer reference no: KZN789 Invoice no: JK20
Terms: 30 days less 10%
Product no Description Quantity Unit price (R)
Amount
R c
PLP456 Cash register 1 2 300,00 2 300 00
JYH123 Electrical plugs 1 000 3,55 3 550 00
Subtotal 5 850 00
VAT @ 14% 819 00
Total 6 669 00
Amount paid 000
Amount due 6 669 00
249
FAC1501/1
4REQUIRED
(1) Prepare the following books of prime entry for BS Hardware for June 20�8, and make use of the
column headings as indicated:
BS HARDWARE
PURCHASES JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 PJ6
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT input Inventory Creditors
R R R
BS HARDWARE
PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 PRJ6
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT input Inventory Creditors
R R R
BS HARDWARE
SALES JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 SJ6
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT
output
Sales Debtors Cost of
sales
R R R R
BS HARDWARE
SALES RETURNS JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 SRJ6
Doc no Day Details Fol VAT
output
Sales
returns
Debtors Cost of
sales
R R R R
250
FAC1501/1
BS HARDWARE
GENERAL JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 GJ6
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
145(2) Post the journals after closing it to the appropriate accounts in the general, debtors and creditors
ledger� Balance all accounts�
146(3) Prepare the debtors and creditors lists�
SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE TWO
BS HARDWARE
PURCHASES JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 PJ6
Doc
no
Day Details Fol VAT input Inventory Creditors
R R R
T29 13 Hall Traders C1 1 610 11 500 13 110
JK20 18 KZN Dealers C2 497 3 550 4 047
2 107 15 050 17 157
B9 B4 B8
BS HARDWARE
PURCHASES RETURNS JOURNAL JUNE 20.8 PRJ6
Doc
no
Day Details Fol VAT input Inventory Creditors
R R R
Q12 16 Hall Traders C1 322 2 300 2 622
B9 B4 B8
BS HARDWARE
SALES JOURNAL JUNE 20.8 SJ6
Doc
no
Day Details Fol VAT
output
Sales Debtors Cost of
sales
R R R R
G31 3 Mrs P Singh D1 672 4 800 5 472 3 840
G32 10 Mr J Mtuli D2 420 3 000 3 420 2 400
1 092 7 800 8 892 6 240
B10 N1 B5 N2/B4
251
FAC1501/1
147Calculations:
148Cost of sales: Mrs P Singh R4 800 x 100 125 = R3 840
149 Mr J Mtuli R3 000 x 100 125 = R2 400
BS HARDWARE
SALES RETURNS JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 SRJ6
Doc
no
Day Details Fol VAT
output
Sales
returns
Debtors Cost of
sales
R R R R
CN3 14 Mr J Mtuli D2 84 600 684 480
CN4 17 Mrs P Singh D1 224 1 600 1 824 1 280
308 2 200 2 508 1 760
B10 N3 B5 N2/B4
150Calculations:
151Cost of sales: Mr J Mtuli R600 x 100 125 = R480
152 Mrs P Singh R1 600 x 100 125 = R1 280
BS HARDWARE
GENERAL JOURNAL – JUNE 20.8 GJ6
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
18 Equipment
VAT input
KZN Dealers/Creditors control
B3
B9
B8
2 300
322
2 622
30 VAT control
VAT input
Transfer of VAT input to the VAT control
account
B11
B9
2 107
2 107
VAT output
VAT control
Transfer of VAT output to the VAT control
account
B10
B11
784
784
252
FAC1501/1
BS HARDWARE
153GENERAL LEDGER
154FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Equipment B3 Cr
20�8
Jun
18
Creditors control
GJ6
2 300
Dr Inventory B4 Cr
20�8
Jun
30
Creditors control
PJ6
15 050
20�8
Jun
18
Creditors control
PRJ6
2 300
Cost of sales SRJ6 1 760 30 Cost of sales
Balance
SJ6
c/d
6 240
8 270
16 810 16 810
Jul 1 Balance b/d 8 270
Dr Debtors control B5 Cr
20�8
Jun
30
Sales and VAT
SJ6
8 892
20�8
Jun
30
Sales returns and
VAT
SRJ6
2 508
Balance c/d 6 384
8 892 8 892
Jul 1 Balance b/d 6 384
Dr Creditors control B8 Cr
20�8
Jun
30
Purchases returns
and VAT
Balance
PRJ6
c/d
2 622
17 157
20�8
Jun
30
Inventory and VAT
Equipment and
VAT
PJ6
GJ6
17 157
2 622
19 779 19 779
Jul 1 Balance b/d 17 157
Dr VAT input B9 Cr
20�8
Jun
30
Creditors control
PJ6
2 107
20�8
Jun
30
Creditors control
PRJ6
322
Creditors control GJ6 322 VAT control GJ6 2 107
2 429 2 429
253
FAC1501/1
Dr VAT output B10 Cr
20�8
Jun
30
Debtors control
SRJ6
308
20�8
Jun
30
Debtors control
SJ6
1 092
VAT control GJ6 784
1 092 1 092
Dr VAT control B11 Cr
20�8
Jun
30
VAT input
GJ6
2 107
20�8
Jun
30
VAT output
GJ6
784
Balance c/d 1 323
2 107 2 107
Jul 1 Balance b/d 1 323
NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20�8
Jun
30
Debtors control
SJ6
7 800
Dr Cost of sales N2 Cr
20�8
Jun
30
Inventory
SJ6
6 240
20�8
Jun
30
Inventory
SRJ6
1 760
Total c/d 4 480
6 240 6 240
Jul 1 Total b/d 4 480
Dr Sales returns N3 Cr
20�8
Jun
30
Debtors control
SRJ6
2 200
155
254
FAC1501/1
156BS HARDWARE
157DEBTORS LEDGER
Dr Mrs P Singh D1 Cr
20�8
Jun
3
Sales and VAT
SJ6
5 472
20�8
Jun
17
Sales returns and
VAT
SRJ6
1 824
30 Balance c/d 3 648
5 472 5 472
Jul 1 Balance b/d 3 648
Dr Mr J Mtuli D2 Cr
20�8
Jun
10
Sales and VAT
SJ6
3 420
20�8
Jun
14
Sales returns and
VAT
SRJ6
684
30 Balance c/d 2 736
3 420 3 420
Jul 1 Balance b/d 2 736
158BS HARDWARE
159CREDITORS LEDGER
Dr Hall Traders C1 Cr
20�8
Jun
16
Inventory and VAT
PRJ6
2 622
20�8
Jun
13
Inventory and VAT
PJ6
13 110
30 Balance c/d 10 488
13 110 13 110
Jul 1 Balance b/d 10 488
Dr KZN Dealers C2 Cr
20�8
Jun 30 Balance c/d 6 669
20�8
Jun 18 Inventory and VAT PJ6 4 047
Equipment and
VAT
GJ6
2 622
6 669 6 669
Jul 1 Balance b/d 6 669
255
FAC1501/1
160Debtors list as at 30 June 20.8
Debtors Fol R
Mrs P Singh D1 3 648
Mr J Mtuli D2 2 736
6 384
161Creditors list as at 30 June 20.8
Creditors Fol R
Hall Traders C1 10 488
KZN Dealers C2 6 669
17 157
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
(a) The above example is similar to comprehensive example two from the learning unit 6 on credit
transactions� However, in the previous example, the periodic inventory control system was used
hence inventory in trade was debited to the purchases account�
(b) In the above example, the perpetual inventory system is used� Inventory in trade is debited to the
inventory account and an inventory column is required instead of a purchases column in the sub-
sidiary journals� When inventory is bought or returned, the entries for the transactions will affect
the inventory account in the general ledger as the use of a purchases account and purchases
returns account is not permitted when a perpetual inventory system is used�
7.10 EXERCISES AND SOLUTIONS
5EXERCISE 1
162The following information was obtained from the records of Pienaar Traders for the nancial year
ended 28 February 20.3:
163Inventory (1 March 20�2)
164Sales
165Purchases
166Sales returns
167Purchases returns
168Inventory (28 February 20.3)
169 R
170170 000
171550 000
172350 000
1731 500
1742 000
175160 500
176
177 The entity applies the periodic inventory system
256
FAC1501/1
6REQUIRED
178Calculate the cost of sales�
7SOLUTION: EXERCISE 1
179Inventory (1 March 20�2)
180Add: *Net purchases
181 R
182170 000
183348 000
184Less: Inventory (28 February 20.3)
185518 000
186(160 500)
187Cost of sales 188357 500
189*Net purchases = Purchases – purchases returns
190 = R350 000 – R2 000
191 = R348 000
8EXERCISE 2
192The following information was obtained from the records of Cool Traders for the nancial year ended
28 February 20.4:
193
194Inventory (1 March 20�3)
195Sales
196Purchases
197Sales returns
198Purchases returns
199Freight charges on purchases
200Freight charges on sales
201Settlement discount granted
202Settlement discount received
203 R
204185 000
205350 000
206265 000
207700
2083 600
209750
2101 300
211550
212265
213A physical inventory count on 28 February 20.4 indicated that inventory on hand amounted to
R145 000. The periodic inventory system is in use.
9REQUIRED
2141. What is the cost of sales amount for the year ended 28 February 20.4?
2152. Which amount represents the gross prot gure for the year ended 28 February 20.4?
257
FAC1501/1
10SOLUTION EXERCISE 2
2161. Cost of sales calculation
217
218
219Plus
220
221Plus
Less
222
223Inventory (1 March 20�3)
224Net purchases: (Purchases – purchases returns – settlement
discount received) (R265 000 – R3 600 – R265)
225Freight charges on purchases
226Inventory (28 February 20.4)
227 R
228185 000
229
230261 135
231750
232(145 000)
233Cost of sales 234301 885
2352. Gross prot calculation
236Gross prot = *Sales – cost of sales
237 = R348 750 – R301 885
238 = R46 865
239*Sales = (Sales – sales return – settlement discount granted)
240 = (R350 000 – R700– R550)
241 = R348 750
258
FAC1501/1
11SELF-ASSESSMENT
242After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
able to:
zexplain the difference between a perpetual and a periodic
inventory control system?
z
correctly calculate the value of cost of sales and gross prot?
J
J
K
K
L
L
243If you have marked all J you may continue to the next learning unit�
244If you have marked any K you have to revise that specic section.
245If you have marked any L you have to re-study that specic section.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
BANK RECONCILIATION
STATEMENTS
LEARNING UNIT 8
260
FAC1501/1
1OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes ......................................................................................................................... 260
Key concepts .................................................................................................................................. 260
Assessment criteria ........................................................................................................................ 260
8.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 261
8.2 Steps when compiling a bank reconciliation statement ........................................................262
8.3 Bank reconciliation where a bank reconciliation statement was prepared in the previous
period ...................................................................................................................................269
Self-assessment ..............................................................................................................................278
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1After studing this learning unit you should be able to:
1
zidentify the causes of the differences between the bank account balance and the bank statement
balance
zupdate the cash receipts and cash payments journals
zprepare a bank account
zprepare a bank reconciliation statement
KEY CONCEPTS
zBank reconciliation statement
zOutstanding cheques
zOutstanding deposits
zDirect deposits
zBank charges
zInterest charged on overdraft
zDishonoured cheques
zCash receipts journal
zCash payments journal
zBank account
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
zThe student should be able to identify the reasons why the bank balance in
the general ledger and the bank balance in the bank statement seldom agree.
z
The ability to record outstanding cheques and outstanding deposits in the bank
reconciliation statement is demonstrated.
zThe ability to record direct deposits, bank charges, debit orders, dishonoured
cheques, interest on overdraft or interest on current account in the appropriate
subsidiary journal is demonstrated.
zThe ability to record mistakes either made by the bank or the entity in either
the bank reconciliation statement or the appropriate subsidiary journal
is demonstrated
261
FAC1501/1
8.1 INTRODUCTION
2An entity which has a cheque account can arrange with the bank to issue a bank statement at regular
intervals, usually monthly.
3The bank statement shows, among other things, the opening balance for the period, bank transactions
made during that period and the closing balance at the end of that period.
4Since bank transactions made by the entity are also recorded in its cash receipts and cash payments
journals, the balance shown in the bank statement should agree with the balance in the bank account
in the books of the entity. However, this is rarely the case.
5Some of the reasons why the two balances do not agree are:
zOutstanding cheques: These are cheques issued to suppliers during the statement period but
which have not yet been presented to the bank for payment.
zOutstanding deposits: These are deposits made by the entity during the statement period but
which have not yet been credited by the bank.
z
Direct deposits: These are deposits made by customers directly into the bank account of the entity.
zBank charges: These comprise of service fees, cost of cheque books, commissions, ledger fees,
and so on. Because of the nature of these charges, the entity only becomes aware of them when
the bank statement is received.
zInterest charged on overdraft: This is the cost of overdrawing the bank balance. Again, the entity
only gets to know of this type of cost when the bank statement is received.
zDishonoured cheques: These are cheques received from customers but which were not paid by
their respective banks because they (the customers) do not have sufcient funds.
zMistakes and omissions made by both the entity and the bank
6The reasons listed above can be classied under the following headings:
(1) Entries in the cash receipts and cash payments journals but which are not in the bank statement:
zoutstanding cheques
zoutstanding deposits
(2) Items in the bank statement but which are not in the cash receipts and cash payments journals:
zdirect deposits
zbank charges
zstop orders
zdishonoured cheques
zinterest on overdraft
(3) Items affecting both the bank statement and the cash receipts and cash payments journals:
zmistakes made by both the entity and the bank
262
FAC1501/1
8.2 STEPS WHEN COMPILING A BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT
7After the reasons why the balances do not agree have been identied and classied, the bank
reconciliation can begin. The following steps are taken to prepare the bank reconciliation statement:
8Step 1
9Compare the debit column of the bank statement with the cash payments journal and vice versa.
Tick off items which appear in both the bank statement and the cash payments journal. Note any
outstanding items.
10Step 2
11Compare the credit column of the bank statement with the cash receipts journal and vice versa.
Tick off items which appear in both the bank statement and the cash receipts journal. Note any
outstanding items.
12Step 3
13Adjust the cash receipts journal and the cash payments journal with items which are in the bank
statement but not in the cash receipts and cash payments journals, for example, direct deposits, bank
charges and dishonoured cheques.
14Step 4
15Use the totals obtained from the adjusted cash receipts and cash payments journals to prepare the
bank account.
16Step 5
17Prepare a bank reconciliation statement using the outstanding cheques and deposits and correct any
mistakes made by both the bank and the entity.
18To simplify the preparation of the bank reconciliation statement, always start with the balance as per
bank statement. The nal balance on the bank reconciliation statement should agree with the balance
of the bank account.
19
263
FAC1501/1
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE ONE
20The bank statement of AM Dealers for the month ended 30 September 20.1 are given below:
BANK STATEMENT OF AM DEALERS FOR SEPTEMBER 20.1
Address: 46 Kaskastreet
Tshwane
0003
Date Details Debits Credits Balance
R R R
01.09. 20.1 Balance 2 400
05.0 9. 20.1 Deposit 500 2 900
0 6. 0 9. 2 0.1 Cheque no: B110 420 2 480
09.09.20.1 Deposit 1 240 3 720
13.09.20.1 Cheque no: B111 64 3 656
19.09.20.1 Cheque no: B112 104 3 552
20.09.20.1 Deposit 160 3 712
21.09. 20.1 Cheque no: B113 1 288 2 424
22.09.20.1 Service fees 1 2 423
23.09.20.1 Cheque unpaid 160 2 263
26.09. 20.1 Deposit 1 680 3 943
27.09.20.1 Cheque no: B114 600 3 343
28.09. 20.1 Cheque no: B115 48 3 295
30.09.20.1 Cheque book
Service fees
Debit order – Insurance
Direct deposit – Mr A Tlape
10
5
300
200
3 285
3 280
2 980
3 180
21The balance of the bank account in the general ledger of AM Dealers as at 1 September 20.1 was a
favourable balance of R2 400.
AM DEALERS
CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – SEPTEMBER 20.1 CRJ9
Day Details Analysis Bank
R R
5 Cash sales 500 500
9 A Bean 1 240 1 240
20 Cash sales 160 160
26 B Cool 1 680 1 680
28 Cash sales 480 480
Total 4 060
264
FAC1501/1
AM DEALERS
CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – SEPTEMBER 20.1 CPJ9
Cheque no Day Details Bank
R
B110 6 T Yoti 420
B111 12 PNA 64
B112 18 Municipality 104
B113 20 Town Furnishers 1 288
B114 26 Monate Ltd 600
B115 28 Green Stores 48
B116 Tak CC 212
B117 29 Rolke Engineers 400
Total 3 136
2REQUIRED
(1) Prepare the cash receipts journal and the cash payments journal (bank column only) for
September 20.1.
(2) Prepare the bank account in the general ledger.
(3) Prepare the bank reconciliation statement as at 30 September 20.1.
SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE ONE
Step 1
22Compare the debit column of the bank statement with the cash payments journal.
23Tick off items which appear in both the bank statement (debit column) and cash payments journal.
265
FAC1501/1
BANK STATEMENT OF AM DEALERS FOR SEPTEMBER 20.1
Address: 46 Kaskastreet
Tshwane
0003
Date Details Debits
R
Credits
R
Balance
R
01.09. 20.1 Balance 2 400
05.0 9. 20.1 Deposit 500 2 900
0 6. 0 9. 2 0.1 Cheque no: B110 4202 480
09.09.20.1 Deposit 1 240 3 720
13.09.20.1 Cheque no: B111 643 656
19.09.20.1 Cheque no: B112 1043 552
20.09.20.1 Deposit 160 3 712
21.09. 20.1 Cheque no: B113 1 2882 424
22.09.20.1 Service fees 12 423
23.09.20.1 Cheque unpaid 1602 263
26.09. 20.1 Deposit 1 680 3 943
27.09.20.1 Cheque no: B114 6003 343
28.09. 20.1 Cheque no: B115 483 295
30.09.20.1 Cheque book
Service fees
Debit order – Insurance
Direct deposit – Mr A Tlape
10
5
300
200
3 285
3 280
2 980
3 180
AM DEALERS
CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – SEPTEMBER 20.1 CPJ9
Cheque no Day Details Bank
R
B110 6 T Yoti 420
B111 12 PNA 64
B112 18 Municipality 104
B113 20 Town Furnishers 1 288
B114 26 Monate Ltd 600
B115 28 Green Stores 48
B116 Tak CC 212
B117 29 Rolke Engineers 400
Total 3 136
24Outstanding items will be the service fees (R1,00 + R5,00 = R6,00), unpaid (dishonoured) cheque
(R160,00), cheque book (R10,00), debit order (R300,00), cheque to Tak CC (R212,00), and the cheque
to Rolke Engineers (R400,00).
266
FAC1501/1
25Step 2
26Compare the credit column of the bank statement with the cash receipts journal.
27Tick off items which appear in both the bank statement (credit column) and the cash receipts journal.
BANK STATEMENT OF AM DEALERS FOR SEPTEMBER 20.1
Address: 46 Kaskastreet
Tshwane
0003
Date Details Debits
R
Credits
R
Balance
R
01.09. 20.1 Balance 2 400
05.0 9. 20.1 Deposit 5002 900
0 6. 0 9. 2 0.1 Cheque no: B110 4202 480
09.09.20.1 Deposit 1 2403 720
13.09.20.1 Cheque no: B111 643 656
19.09.20.1 Cheque no: B112 1043 552
20.09.20.1 Deposit 1603 712
21.09. 20.1 Cheque no: B113 1 2882 424
22.09.20.1 Service fees 12 423
23.09.20.1 Cheque unpaid 1602 263
26.09. 20.1 Deposit 1 6803 943
27.09.20.1 Cheque no: B114 6003 343
28.09. 20.1 Cheque no: B115 483 295
30.09.20.1 Cheque book
Service fees
Debit order – Insurance
Direct deposit – Mr A Tlape
10
5
300
200
3 285
3 280
2 980
3 180
AM DEALERS
CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – SEPTEMBER 20.1 CRJ9
Day Details Analysis Bank
R R
5 Cash sales 500 500
9 A Bean 1 240 1 240
20 Cash sales 160 160
26 B Cool 1 680 1 680
28 Cash sales 480 480
Total 4 060
28Outstanding items will be the direct deposit (R200,00) and the cash sales (R480,00) deposited on
28 September 20.1.
267
FAC1501/1
29Step 3
30Adjust the cash receipts journal and the cash payments journal with items in the bank statement but
which are not in those journals.
AM DEALERS
CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – SEPTEMBER 20.1 CRJ9
Day Details Bank
R
30 Total b/d 4 060
Direct deposit – Mr A Tlape 200
4 260
AM DEALERS
CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – SEPTEMBER 20.1 CPJ9
Day Details Bank
R
30 Total b/d 3 136
Bank charges 16
Unpaid cheque 160
Debit order – Insurance 300
3 612
31Step 4
32Use the totals obtained from the adjusted cash receipts and cash payments journals to prepare a
bank account.
33AM DEALERS
34GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Bank Cr
20.1
Sep
1
30
Balance
Total receipts
b/d
CRJ9
2 400
4 260
20.1
Sep
30
Total payments
Balance
CPJ9
c/d
3 612
3 048
6 660 6 660
Oct 1 Balance b/d 3 048
268
FAC1501/1
35Step 5
36AM DEALERS
37BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 20.1
Debit Credit
R R
Credit balance as per bank statement 3 180
Credit outstanding deposit 480
Debit outstanding cheques: B116 212
B117 400
Debit balance as per bank account 3 048
3 660 3 660
NOTE:
If the bank statement had a debit (overdrawn) balance, it would have been shown in the debit
column of the bank reconciliation statement.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE TWO
38The bank account in the books of RG Stores showed an overdrawn balance of R103,60 on
31 October 20.1.
39On the same date, the entity’s bank statement showed a favourable balance of R36,60.
40A comparison of the bank statement with the cash receipts and cash payments journals revealed the
following differences:
zThe bank did not credit a deposit of R75,60 on 31 October 20.1.
zThe following cheques had not yet been presented for payment by 31 October 20.1:
789 for R143,10
795 for R226,90
zThe bank returned a cheque for R36,10, which was received from a customer, unpaid and marked
“refer to drawer.
zThe bank recorded the following charges:
interest on overdrawn account of R3,20
service fees of R11,30
zTotals in the cash journals before preparing the bank reconciliation
cash receipts journal, R913,08
cash payments journal, R1 016,68
41
269
FAC1501/1
3REQUIRED
(1) Prepare the bank account in the general ledger.
(2) Prepare the bank reconciliation statement as at 31 October 20.1.
SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE TWO
42RG STORES
43GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Bank Cr
20.1
Oct
31
Total receipts
Balance
CRJ10
c/d
913
257
08
80
20.1
Oct
31
Balance
Total payments
b/d
CPJ10
103
1 067
60
28
1 170 88 1 170 88
Nov 1 Balance b/d 257 80
44Calculation:
45Total payments
46Total cash payments journal, R1 016,68 + Customer’s returned cheque, R36,10 + Bank charges,
R14,50 (R3,20 + R11,30) = R1 067,28
47RG STORES
48BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT AS AT 31 OCTOBER 20.1
Debit Credit
R R
Credit balance as per bank statement
Credit outstanding deposit
Debit outstanding cheques: 789
795
Credit balance as per bank account
143,10
226,90
36,60
75,60
2 57, 8 0
370,00 370,00
8.3 BANK RECONCILIATION WHERE A BANK RECONCILIATION
STATEMENT WAS PREPARED IN THE PREVIOUS PERIOD
49When a bank reconciliation statement was prepared in the previous period (previous month), the rst
step is to ascertain if the outstanding cheques and the outstanding deposits in the previous period
appear in the current period’s bank statement.
270
FAC1501/1
50If they appear in the current period’s bank statement, they must be ticked off rst and those items
still outstanding from the previous period must be noted and shown in the current period’s bank
reconciliation statement.
51The “normal” procedures for bank reconciliation statements will then be followed to prepare the bank
reconciliation statement for the current period.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE THREE
(a) Spiza Traders prepared the following bank reconciliation statement at 31 July 20.1:
SPIZA TRADERS
BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT AS AT 31 JULY 20.1
Debit Credit
R R
Credit balance as per bank statement
Credit outstanding deposit
Debit outstanding cheques: 104
107
Debit balance as per bank account
172,00
420,00
742,00
974,00
360,00
1 334,00 1 334,00
52(b) The business received the following bank statement for August 20.1
BANK STATEMENT OF SPIZA TRADERS FOR AUGUST 20.1
Address: 21 Kennedy Road
Midrand
1685
Date Details Debits Credits Balance
R R R
Aug 1
3
4
6
7
12
13
16
Balance
Deposit
Cheque 104
Cheque 107
Deposit
Cheque 108
Cheque book
Service fees
Cheque 109
Deposit
Cheque 111
Cheque 113
172,00
420,00
900,00
8,00
12,00
400,00
7 7,0 0
136,00
360,00
1 000,00
384,00
974,00
1 334,00
1 162,00
742,00
1 742,00
842,00
834,00
822,00
422,00
806,00
729,00
593,00
271
FAC1501/1
19
20
27
30
Deposit
Deposit (direct)
Cheque 114
Cheque 115
Debit order: UP Insurers
69,52
750,00
100,00
800,00
80,00
1 393,00
1 473,00
1 403,48
653,48
553,48
SPIZA TRADERS
CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – AUGUST 20.1 CRJ8
Day Details Analysis Bank
R R
6 S Singh 1 000,00 1 000,00
12 Cash sales 384,00 384,00
19 A Dune 800,00 800,00
31 Cash sales 582,92 582,92
Total 2 766,92
SPIZA TRADERS
CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – AUGUST 20.1 CPJ8
Cheque
no
Day Details Bank
R
108 7 XYZ Wholesalers 900,00
109 DWR Suppliers 400,00
110 8 Cash 168,00
111 12 Cash 7 7,0 0
112 Cash 70,40
113 16 Cash 136,00
114 26 Cash 69,52
115 29 RG Traders 750,00
2 570,92
4REQUIRED
(1) Prepare the cash receipts journal and the cash payments journal (bank column only) for
August 20.1.
(2) Prepare the bank account in the general ledger.
(3) Prepare the bank reconciliation statement as at 31 August 20.1.
272
FAC1501/1
SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE THREE
53Step 1
54Compare the debit column and credit column of the previous month’s bank reconciliation statement
with the current months bank statement.
55Tick off items which appear in both the bank statement (debit column and credit column) and the
previous month’s bank reconciliation statement.
SPIZA TRADERS
BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT AS AT 31 JULY 20.1
Debit Credit
R R
Credit balance as per bank statement 974,00
Credit outstanding deposit 360,00
Debit outstanding cheques: 104
107
172, 00
420,00
Debit balance as per bank account 742,00
1 334,00 1 334,00
BANK STATEMENT OF SPIZA TRADERS FOR AUGUST 20.1
Address: 21 Kennedy Road
Midrand
1685
Date Details Debits Credits Balance
R R R
Aug 1 Balance 974,00
Deposit 360,00 1 334,00
3 Cheque 104 172,00 1 162,00
4 Cheque 107 420,00 742,0 0
6 Deposit 1 000,00 1 742,00
7 Cheque 108 900,00 842,00
Cheque book 8,00 834,00
Service fees 12,00 822,00
Cheque 109 400,00 422,00
12 Deposit 384,00 806,00
13 Cheque 111 7 7,0 0 729,00
16 Cheque 113 136,00 593,00
19 Deposit 800,00 1 393,00
20 Deposit (direct) 80,00 1 473,00
27 Cheque 114 69,52 1 403,48
30 Cheque 115 750,00 653,48
Debit order: UP Insurers 100,00 553,48
273
FAC1501/1
56Step 2
57Compare the debit column of the bank statement with the cash payments journal.
58Tick off items which appear in both the bank statement (debit column) and cash payments journal.
BANK STATEMENT OF SPIZA TRADERS FOR AUGUST 20.1
Address: 21 Kennedy Road
Midrand
1685
Date Details Debits Credits Balance
R R R
Aug 1 Balance 974,00
Deposit 360,00 1 334,00
3 Cheque 104 172,00 1 162,00
4 Cheque 107 420,00 742,00
6 Deposit 1 000,001 742,00
7 Cheque 108 900,00 842,00
Cheque book 8,00 834,00
Service fees 12,00 822,00
Cheque 109 400,00 422,00
12 Deposit 384,00806,00
13 Cheque 111 7 7,0 0 729,00
16 Cheque 113 136,00 593,00
19 Deposit 800,001 393,00
20 Deposit (direct) 80,001 473,00
27 Cheque 114 69,52 1 403,48
30 Cheque 115 750,00 653,48
Debit order: UP Insurers 100,00 553,48
SPIZA TRADERS
CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – AUGUST 20.1 CPJ8
Cheque
no
Day Details Bank
R
108 7 XYZ Wholesalers 900,00
109 DWR Suppliers 400,00
110 8 Cash 168,00
111 12 Cash 7 7,0 0
112 Cash 70,40
113 16 Cash 136,00
114 26 Cash 69,52
115 29 RG Traders 750,00
2 570,92
274
FAC1501/1
59Outstanding items will be the bank charges (R8,00 + R12,00 = R20,00), the debit order (R100,00) and
the outstanding cheques (R168,00 and R70,40).
60Step 3
61Compare the credit column of the bank statement with the cash receipts journal.
62Tick off items which appear in both the bank statement (credit column) and the cash receipts journal.
BANK STATEMENT OF SPIZA TRADERS FOR AUGUST 20.1
Address: 21 Kennedy Road
Midrand
1685
Date Details Debits Credits Balance
R R R
Aug 1 Balance 974,00
Deposit 360,00 1 334,00
3 Cheque 104 172,00 1 162,00
4 Cheque 107 420,00 742,00
6 Deposit 1 000,00 1 742,00
7 Cheque 108 900,00 842,00
Cheque book 8,00 834,00
Service fees 12,00 822,00
Cheque 109 400,00 422,00
12 Deposit 384,00 806,00
13 Cheque 111 77,0 0 729,00
16 Cheque 113 136,00 593,00
19 Deposit 800,00 1 393,00
20 Deposit (direct) 80,00 1 473,00
27 Cheque 114 69,52 1 403,48
30 Cheque 115 750,00 653,48
Debit order: UP Insurers 100,00 553,48
SPIZA TRADERS
CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – AUGUST 20.1 CRJ8
Day Details Analysis Bank
R R
6 S Singh 1 000,00 1 000, 00
12 Cash sales 384,00 384, 00
19 A Dune 800,00 800 ,00
31 Cash sales 582, 92 582, 92
Totaal 2 766, 92
275
FAC1501/1
63Outstanding items will be the direct deposit (R80,00) and the cash sales (R582,92) deposited on
31 August 20.1.
64Step 4
65Adjust the cash receipts journal and the cash payment journals with the items that are in the bank
statement but not in those journals.
SPIZA TRADERS
CASH RECEIPTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – AUGUST 20.1 CRJ8
Day Details Bank
R
31 Total b/d 2 766,92
Direct deposit 80,00
2 846,92
SPIZA TRADERS
CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – AUGUST 20.1 CPJ8
Day Details Bank
R
31 Total b/d 2 570,92
Bank charges 20,00
Debit order: UP Insurers 100,00
2 690,92
66Step 5
67Use the totals obtained from the adjusted cash receipts and cash payment journals to prepare the
bank account.
68SPIZA TRADERS
69GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Bank Cr
20.1
Aug
1
31
Balance
Total receipts
b/d
CRJ8
742
2 846
00
92
20.1
Aug
31
Total payments
Balance
CPJ8
c/d
2 690
898
92
00
3 588 92 3 588 92
Sep 1 Balance b/d 898 00
276
FAC1501/1
70Step 6
SPIZA TRADERS
BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT AS AT 31 AUGUST 20.1
Debit Credit
R R
Credit balance as per bank statement
Credit outstanding deposit
553,48
582,92
Debit outstanding cheques: 110 168,00
112 70,40
Debit balance as per bank account 898,00
1 136,40 1 136,40
NOTE:
If the bank statement had a debit (overdrawn) balance, it would have been shown in the debit
column of the bank reconciliation statement.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE FOUR
LP TRADERS
BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT AS AT 30 NOVEMBER 20.1
Debit Credit
R R
Credit balance as per bank statement 359,60
Credit outstanding deposit 160,70
Debit outstanding cheques: 110
115
118
130
3,30
5,00
7, 5 0
4,50
Debit balance as per bank account 500,00
520,30 520,30
R
The bank statement on 31 December 20.1 showed a favourable balance of: 299,57
The total of the cash payments journal on 31 December 20.1 was: 2 098,86
The total of the cash receipts journal on 31 December 20.1 was: 1 248,20
71A comparison of the bank statement with the previous months bank reconciliation statement, the cash
receipts journal and the cash payments journal for December 20.1 showed the following differences:
72
277
FAC1501/1
73Items in the bank statement but not in the cash receipts and cash payments journals for
December 20.1:
zDeposit on 30 November 20.1
R
160,70
zCheques not yet presented to the bank
for payment:
115
5,00
118 7, 5 0
130 4,50
zService fees 5,40
zDishonoured cheque. This cheque of R15,00 was received from a client, D Dobson,
as payment on his account.
75Items in the cash receipts and cash payments journals but which are not in the bank statement for
December 20.1:
zDeposit on 30 December 20.1
R
192,03
zCheques: 121 192,36
129 196,00
131 256,00
136 215,00
5REQUIRED
(1) Prepare the cash receipts journal and the cash payments journal (bank column only) for
December 20.1.
(2) Prepare the bank account in the general ledger.
(3) Prepare the bank reconciliation statement as at 31 December 20.1.
SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE FOUR
LP TRADERS
CASH PAYMENTS JOURNAL (BANK COLUMN ONLY) – DECEMBER 20.1 CPJ12
Day Details Bank
R
31 Total b/d 2 098,86
Bank charges 5,40
Unpaid cheque: D Dobson 15,00
2 119,26
76
278
FAC1501/1
77LP TRADERS
78GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Bank Cr
20.1
Dec 1 Balance b/d 500 00
20.1
Dec 31 Total payments CPJ12 2 119 26
31 Total receipts CRJ12 1 248 20
Balance c/d 371 06
2 119 26 2 119 26
20.2
Jan
1
Balance
b/d
371
06
LP TRADERS
BANK RECONCILIATION STATEMENT AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.1
Debit Credit
R R
Credit balance as per bank statement 299,57
Credit outstanding deposit 192,03
Debit outstanding cheques: 110
121
129
131
136
3,30
192,36
196,00
256,00
215,00
Credit balance as per bank account 371,06
862,66 862,66
6SELF-ASSESSMENT
79After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
able to:
z
correctly identify non-corresponding items when comparing
the cash receipts journal (CRJ) and cash payments journal
(CPJ) with the bank statement received from the bank?
z
correctly identify non-corresponding items when comparing
the cash receipts journal and cash payments journal with
the bank reconciliation statement of the previous month and
the bank statement received from the bank?
zprepare the bank account in the general ledger?
zcorrectly prepare a bank reconciliation statement?
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
L
L
L
L
80If you have marked all J you may continue to the next learning unit.
81If you have marked any K you have to revise that specic section.
82If you have marked any L you have to re-study that specic section.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
TRIAL BALANCE
LEARNING UNIT 9
1
280
FAC1501/1
1OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes .........................................................................................................................280
Key concepts ...................................................................................................................................280
Assessment criteria .........................................................................................................................280
9.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 281
9.2 Errors which will not be revealed by a trial balance ............................................................. 281
9.3 Errors which will be revealed by a trial balance ................................................................... 281
9.4 Tracing errors in a trial balance ............................................................................................ 281
Self-assessment .............................................................................................................................. 296
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1After studying this learning unit you should be able to:
1
zcorrectly prepare a trial balance from a given list of ledger account balances and totals
zidentify those errors that will not be revealed by a trial balance
zidentify those errors that will be revealed by a trial balance
ztrace errors in a trial balance
1
Almost everything in life is easier to get into than out of.
KEY CONCEPTS
zTrial balance
zFinancial position section
zNominal accounts section
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
2The ability to trace errors that will be revealed in a trial balance and correctly
prepare a trial balance is demonstrated.
281
FAC1501/1
9.1 INTRODUCTION
3In order to determine whether the double-entry principle has been applied correctly when recording
transactions, an entity needs to prepare a trial balance on a frequent basis. This is usually done
at the end of the month after the subsidiary journals have been posted to the ledger accounts and
these accounts have been properly balanced or totalled. A trial balance also checks the arithmetical
accuracy of the bookkeeping and is prepared by using the balances or totals which appear in the
ledger accounts of the general ledger.
4A trial balance is a list of debit and credit balances taken from the general ledger accounts. It is divided
into two sections, namely a nancial position section and a nominal accounts section. The balances
are entered on the same side as they appear in the ledger accounts. A debit balance brought down
(b/d) is entered in the debit column of the trial balance and a credit balance brought down (b/d) is
entered in the credit column of the trial balance.
9.2 ERRORS WHICH WILL NOT BE REVEALED BY A TRIAL BALANCE
5The following are examples of errors that will not be revealed by a trial balance:
zErrors of omission – A transaction which has been completely omitted will not be disclosed by the
trial balance.
z
Posting to the wrong account – This refers to a transaction that has been entered on the correct side
of a ledger account but has been posted to an incorrect account. For example, sales is correctly
credited but instead of debiting J Vos, the account of H Vos is debited.
zCompensating errors – This include errors of addition, errors in balancing the account and posting
errors. An error on one side of a ledger account is compensated for by the same error on the
opposite side of another ledger account. When added, totals on both sides will be exactly the same
so the error will not be revealed.
9.3 ERRORS WHICH WILL BE REVEALED BY A TRIAL BALANCE
6The following are examples of errors that will be revealed by a trial balance:
zThe trial balance has been incorrectly totalled.
zThe balances in the ledger accounts have been incorrectly transferred to the trial balance.
An incorrect amount has been transferred to the correct side of the trial balance.
Debit balances have been transferred to the credit side of the trial balance or a credit balance
has been transferred to the debit side of the trial balance.
A balance appearing in the ledger has been omitted from the trial balance.
zThe balance of the ledger account has been incorrectly calculated.
The account has been totalled incorrectly, thus the balance will also be incorrect.
The account has been totalled correctly but the balance has been calculated incorrectly.
zPosting from the journals to the ledger accounts are incorrect.
A debit entry from a journal has been posted to the credit side of a ledger account, or vice versa.
The amount entered is incorrect.
Posting of one or more transactions has been omitted.
9.4 TRACING ERRORS IN A TRIAL BALANCE
7The general approach is to work “backwards”. This means that the last step in the process is checked
rst. So you start off by rst re-adding the trial balance, then checking the entries in the trial balance,
282
FAC1501/1
then checking the balances and totals in the ledger accounts, then checking the postings from the
subsidiary journals to the ledger accounts and lastly checking the original entries with the details
appearing on the source documents.
Example: Basic format of a trial balance
OCEAN RETAILERS
TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.6
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital B1 76 500,00
Drawings B2 5 000,00
Land and buildings B3 80 000,00
Vehicles B4 25 000,00
Inventory B5 8 000,00
Debtors control B6 6 000,00
Bank B7 3 000,00
Petty cash B8 200,00
Cash oat B9 800,00
Nominal accounts section
Sales N1 120 000,00
Cost of sales N2 60 000,00
Sales returns N3 1 000,00
Bank charges N4 500,00
Property tax N5 2 000,00
Repairs N6 500,00
Stationery N7 300,00
Vehicle expenses N8 700,00
Water and electricity N9 3 500,00
196 500,00 196 500,00
NOTE:
The trial balance is prepared from the balances and totals in the accounts of the general ledger.
The balances of individual debtors and creditors accounts in the different subsidiary ledgers are
represented by the balances on the debtors and creditors control accounts.
B refers to account that are utilized in the statement of nancial position. These accounts have a
closing balance and are not closed off to nal accounts.
N refers to accounts that are closed off to nal accounts.
283
FAC1501/1
2EXERCISE 9.1
8Use the information supplied in the general ledger of Hex Traders and prepare the trial balance as at
30 June 20.9.
9HEX TRADERS
10GENERAL LEDGER
11FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20.9
Jun 1Balance b/d 46 770 00
Dr Drawings B2 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 4 650 00
11 Inventory GJ1 282 72
21 Bank CPJ1 300 00
29 Bank CPJ1 965 00
6 197 72
Dr Vehicles B3 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 32 775 00
Dr Equipment B4 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 3 915 00
30 Creditors control GJ1 800 00
4 715 00
Dr Inventory B5 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 4 198 00
20.9
Jun 11 Drawings GJ1 248 00
30 Creditors control PJ1 6 974 03 30 Creditors control PRJ1 81 23
Cost of sales SRJ1 49 60 Cost of sales SJ1 1 928 00
Bank CPJ1 1 765 00 Cost of sales CRJ1 7 360 00
Balance c/d 3 369 40
12 986 63 12 986 63
Jul 1 Balance b/d 3 369 40
12
284
FAC1501/1
Dr Debtors control B6 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 2 442 06
20.9
Jun 30 Sales returns and VAT SRJ1 70 68
30 Sales and VAT
Bank (cheque R/D)
SJ1
CRJ1
2 747
835
40
00
Bank and settlement
discount
CRJ1
1 197
00
Interest income GJ1 15 00 Credit losses and VAT GJ1 228 00
Balance c/d 4 543 78
6 039 46 6 039 46
Jul 1 Balance b/d 4 543 78
Dr Bank B7 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 3 420 00
20.9
Jun 30 Total payments CPJ1 11 59 9 54
30 Total receipts CRJ1 12 064 00 Balance c/d 3 884 46
15 484 00 15 484 00
Jul 1 Balance b/d 3 884 46
Dr   Cash oat B8 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 250 00
Dr Petty cash B9 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 100 00
20.9
Jun 30 Total payments PCJ1 72 44
30 Bank CPJ1 72 44 Balance c/d 100 00
172 44 172 44
Jul 1 Balance b/d 100 00
Dr Creditors control B10 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Stationery and VAT
Packing material and
VAT
Inventory and VAT
GJ1
GJ1
PRJ1
18
28
92
24
50
60
20.9
Jun 1
30
Balance
Inventory and VAT
Equipment and VAT
b/d
PJ1
GJ1
1 225
7 950
912
50
40
00
Bank
Balance
CPJ1
c/d
729
9 792
60
56
Packing material and
VAT
Stationery and VAT
GJ1
GJ1
382
191
40
20
10 661 50 10 661 50
Jul 1 Balance b/d 9 792 56
13
285
FAC1501/1
Dr VAT input B11 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Debtors control GJ1 28 00
20.9
Jun 30 Creditors control PRJ1 17 11
Creditors control PJ1 1 158 81 VAT control GJ1 1 600 70
Bank CPJ1 422 10
Bank CRJ1 246
Petty cash PCJ1 644
1 617 81 1 617 81
Dr VAT output B12 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Debtors control SRJ1 868
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 1 002 46
VAT control GJ1 2 706 54 11 Drawings GJ1 34 72
30 Debtors control SJ1 337 40
Bank CRJ1 1 337 00
Bank CPJ1 364
2 715 22 2 715 22
Dr VAT control B13 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 VAT input GJ1 1 600 70
20.9
Jun 30 VAT output GJ1 2 706 54
SARS (VAT) GJ1 1 105 84
2 706 54 2 706 54
Dr SARS (VAT) B14 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 VAT control GJ1 1 105 84
14NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 39 623 60
30 Debtors control SJ1 2 410 00
Bank CRJ1 9 200 00
51 233 60
Dr Sales returns N2 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Debtors control SRJ1 62 00
286
FAC1501/1
Dr Cost of sales N3 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 27 501 00
20.9
Jun 30 Inventory SRJ1 49 60
30 Inventory SJ1 1 928 00 Balance c/d 36 739 40
Inventory CRJ1 7 360 00
36 789 00 36 789 00
Jul 1 Balance b/d 36 739 40
Dr Credit losses N4 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Debtors control GJ1 200 00
Dr Bank charges N5 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 114 00
30 Bank CPJ1 100 00
214 00
Dr Settlement discount granted N6 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Debtors control CRJ1 17 54
Dr Settlement discount received N7 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Creditors control CPJ1 25 96
Dr Donations N8 Cr
20.9
Jun 22 Petty cash PCJ1 20 00
Dr Packing material N9 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Creditors control GJ1 335 44
20.9
Jun 30 Creditors control GJ1 25 00
Balance c/d 310 44
335 44 335 44
Jul 1 Balance b/d 310 44
Dr Postage N10 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Petty cash PCJ1 20 00
287
FAC1501/1
Dr Rental expenses N11 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 1 881 00
Dr Salaries N12 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 2 475 00
29 Bank CPJ1 4 000 00
6 475 00
Dr Stationery N13 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 399 00
20.9
Jun 30 Creditors control GJ1 16 00
30 Creditors control GJ1 167 72 Balance c/d 576 72
Petty cash PCJ1 26 00
592 72 592 72
Jul1 Balance b/d 576 72
Dr Telephone expenses N14 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 342 00
30 Bank CPJ1 370 00
712 00
Dr Water and electricity N15 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 3 484 50
11 Bank CPJ1 780 00
4 264 50
Dr Wages N16 Cr
20.9
Jun 1 Balance b/d 675 00
30 Bank CPJ1 1 290 00
1 965 00
Dr Credit losses recovered N17 Cr
20.9
Jun 23 Bank CRJ1 350 00
Dr Interest income N18 Cr
20.9
Jun 30 Debtors control GJ1 15 00
288
FAC1501/1
3SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 9.1
HEX TRADERS
TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 30 JUNE 20.9
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital B1 46 770,00
Drawings B2 6 197,72
Vehicles B3 32 775,00
Equipment B4 4 715,00
Inventory B5 3 369,40
Debtors control B6 4 543,78
Bank B7 3 884,46
Cash oat B8 250,00
Petty cash B9 100,00
Creditors control B10 9 792,56
SARS (VAT) B14 1 105,84
Nominal accounts section
Sales N1 51 233,60
Sales returns N2 62,00
Cost of sales N3 36 739,40
Credit losses N4 200,00
Bank charges N5 214,00
Settlement discount granted N6 17, 5 4
Settlement discount received N7 25,96
Donations N8 20,00
Packing material N9 310,44
Postage N10 20,00
Rental expenses N11 1 881,00
Salaries N12 6 475,00
Stationery N13 576,72
Telephone expenses N14 712,00
Water and electricity N15 4 264,50
Wages N16 1 965,00
Credit losses recovered N17 350,00
Interest income N18 15,00
109 292, 96 109 292,96
289
FAC1501/1
4EXERCISE 9.2
15Prepare a trial balance from the following balances and totals taken from the general ledger of
BJ Thomas and Son as at 30 November 20.1. Use your own folio references.
16List of balances and totals:
17Capital, R66 400; vehicles, R100 000; equipment, R20 000; debtors control, R14 000; creditors
control, R23 000; bank, R4 500; inventory, R7 500; petty cash, R200; sales, R160 000; cash oat,
R500; drawings, R1 200; stationery, R400; bank charges, R600; interest expense, R700; credit losses,
R300; petrol and oil, R4 800; cost of sales, R80 000; sales returns, R4 000; SARS (VAT) (Dr), R1 500;
advertising, R1 800; telephone expenses, R6 000, packing material, R1 400
5SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 9.2
BJ THOMAS AND SON
TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 30 NOVEMBER 20.1
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital B1 66 400,00
Drawings B2 1 200,00
Vehicles B3 100 000,00
Equipment B4 20 000,00
Inventory B5 7 500,00
Debtors control B6 14 000,00
Bank B7 4 500,00
Cash oat B8 500,00
Petty cash B9 200,00
Creditors control B10 23 000,00
SARS (VAT) B11 1 500,00
Nominal accounts section
Sales N1 160 000,00
Sales returns N2 4 000,00
Cost of sales N3 80 000,00
Advertising N4 1 800,00
Credit losses N5 300,00
Bank charges N6 600,00
Interest expense N7 700,00
Packing material N8 1 400,00
Petrol and oil N9 4 800,00
Stationery N10 400,00
Telephone expenses N11 6 000,00
249 400,00 249 400,00
18
290
FAC1501/1
6EXERCISE 9.3
19Use the information provided in the general ledger of Wilco Traders to prepare the trial balance of
Wilco Traders as at 30 June 20.4.
20WILCO TRADERS
21GENERAL LEDGER
22FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 Balance c/d 178 000 00
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 170 000 00
5 Bank CRJ4 8 000 00
178 000 00 178 000 00
Jul 1 Balance b/d 178 000 00
Dr Vehicles B2 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 120 000 00
Dr Ofce equipment B3 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 35 000 00
4 Bank CPJ4 1 500 00
4 Creditors control GJ4 6 000 00
42 500 00
Dr Inventory B4 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 18 000 00
20.4
Jun 30 Creditors control PRJ4 800 00
30 Bank CPJ4 3 000 00 Cost of sales CRJ4 22 600 00
Creditors control PJ4 16 500 00 Cost of sales SJ4 2 126 90
Cost of sales SRJ4 166 66 Balance c/d 12 139 76
37 666 66 37 666 66
Jul 1 Balance b/d 12 139 76
Dr Debtors control B5 Cr
20.4
Jun 1
30
Balance
Sales and VAT
b/d
SJ4
3 432
3 637
00
00
20.4
Jun 30 Bank and settlement
discount
CRJ4
2 657
00
Interest income GJ4 18 00 Sales returns and VAT SRJ4 285 00
Credit losses and VAT GJ4 700 00
Balance c/d 3 445 00
7 087 00 7 087 00
Jul 1 Balance b/d 3 445 00
291
FAC1501/1
Dr Creditors control B6 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 Bank and settlement
discount
Inventory and VAT
CPJ4
PRJ4
12 302
912
00
00
20.4
Jun 1
30
Balance
Ofce equipment and
VAT
b/d
GJ4
21 012
6 840
00
00
Stationery and VAT
Balance
GJ4
c/d
46
38 304
00
00
Inventory and VAT
Stationery and VAT
PJ4
GJ4
18 810
1 254
00
00
Packing material and
VAT
Repairs and VAT
GJ4
GJ4
798
2 850
00
00
51 564 00 51 564 00
Jul 1 Balance b/d 38 304 00
Dr VAT input B7 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 2 490 00
20.4
Jun 30 Creditors control PRJ4 117 65
30 Bank CPJ4 1 315 02 VAT control GJ4 7 537 00
Bank CRJ4 11 67
Debtors control GJ4 85 96
Creditors control PJ4 3 752 00
7 654 65 7 654 65
Dr VAT output B8 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 Debtors control SRJ4 35 00
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 2 610 00
VAT control GJ4 7 871 79 30 Bank CRJ4 4 746 00
Bank CPJ4 104 14
Bank CPJ4 446 65
7 906 79 7 906 79
Dr VAT control B9 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 VAT input GJ4 7 537 00
20.4
Jun 30 VAT output GJ4 7 871 79
SARS (VAT) GJ4 334 79
7 871 79 7 871 79
Dr SARS (VAT) B10 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 VAT control GJ4 334 79
Dr Bank B11 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 2 500 00
20.4
Jun 30 Total payments CPJ4 33 562 00
30 Total receipts CRJ4 49 208 00 Balance c/d 18 146 00
51 708 00 51 708 00
Jul 1 Balance b/d 18 146 00
292
FAC1501/1
23NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 Balance b/d 120 000 00
Bank CRJ4 33 900 00
Debtors control SJ4 3 190 35
157 090 35
Dr Sales returns N2 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 Debtors control SRJ4 250 00
Dr Cost of sales N3 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 Balance b/d 80 000 00
20.4
Jun 30 Inventory SRJ4 166 66
Inventory CRJ4 22 600 00 Balance c/d 104 560 24
Inventory SJ4 2 126 90
104 726 90 104 726 90
Jul 1 Balance b/d 104 560 24
Dr Settlement discount granted N4 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 150 00
30 Debtors control CRJ4 83 33
233 33
Dr Settlement discount received N5 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 Creditors control CPJ4 743 86
Dr Rental expenses N6 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 6 000 00
30 Bank CPJ4 2 000 00
8 000 00
Dr Municipal services N7 Cr
20.4
Jun 1Balance b/d 5 200 00
30 Bank CPJ4 1 200 00
6 400 00
293
FAC1501/1
Dr Telephone expenses N8 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 3 000 00
30 Bank CPJ4 800 00
3 800 00
Dr Stationery N9 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 800 00
20.4
Jun 30 Creditors control GJ4 40 35
30 Creditors control GJ4 1 100 00 Balance c/d 1 859 65
1 900 00 1 900 00
Jul 1 Balance b/d 1 859 65
Dr Packing material N10 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 320 00
30 Creditors control GJ4 700 00
1 020 00
Dr Bank charges N11 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 430 00
30 Bank CPJ4 192 98
622 98
Dr Wages N12 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 9 000 00
30 Bank CPJ4 3 000 00
12 000 00
Dr Salaries N13 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 25 200 00
27 Bank CPJ4 4 300 00
30 Bank CPJ4 4 100 00
33 600 00
24
294
FAC1501/1
Dr Cell phone expenses N14 Cr
20.4
Jun 1 Balance b/d 2 100 00
29 Bank CPJ4 700 00
2 800 00
Dr Repairs N15 Cr
20.4
Jun 29 Creditors control GJ4 2 500 00
Dr Interest income N16 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 Debtors control GJ4 18 00
Dr Credit losses N17 Cr
20.4
Jun 30 Debtors control GJ4 614 04
25
295
FAC1501/1
7SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 9.3
WILCO TRADERS
TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 30 JUNE 20.4
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital B1 178 000,00
Vehicles B2 120 000,00
Ofce equipment B3 42 500,00
Inventory B4 12 139,76
Debtors control B5 3 445,00
Creditors control B6 38 304,00
SARS (VAT) B10 334,79
Bank B11 18 146,00
Nominal accounts section
Sales N1 157 090,35
Sales returns N2 250,00
Cost of sales N3 104 560,24
Settlement discount granted N4 233,33
Settlement discount received N5 743,86
Rental expenses N6 8 000,00
Municipal services N7 6 400,00
Telephone expenses N8 3 800,00
Stationery N9 1 859,65
Packing materials N10 1 020,00
Bank charges N11 622,98
Wages N12 12 000,00
Salaries N13 33 600,00
Cell phone expenses N14 2 800,00
Repairs N15 2 500,00
Interest income N16 18,00
Credit losses N17 614,04
374 491,00 374 491,00
296
FAC1501/1
8SELF-ASSESSMENT
26After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
able to:
z
identify those errors that will not be revealed by a
trial balance?
z
identify those errors that will be revealed by a trial balance?
zcorrectly prepare a trial balance?
J
J
J
K
K
K
L
L
L
27If you have marked all J you may continue to the next learning unit.
28If you have marked any K you have to revise that specic section.
29If you have marked any L you have to re-study that specic section.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
FINAL ACCOUNTS
LEARNING UNIT 10
1
298
FAC1501/1
1OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes ......................................................................................................................... 298
Key concepts .................................................................................................................................. 298
Assessment criteria ........................................................................................................................ 299
10.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................................299
10.2 Grossprotandnetprot.....................................................................................................299
10.3 Closing transfers ..................................................................................................................300
Self-assessment .............................................................................................................................. 330
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1After studying this learning unit you should be able to:
1
zdiscussinyourownwordsthedifferencebetweengrossandnetprotanddescribehowthey
are calculated
zdotheclosingentriesattheendofanancialyearforaretailentityusingtheperpetualinventory
system
zdotheclosingentriesattheendofanancialyearforaretailentityusingtheperiodicinven-
tory system
zdotheclosingentriesattheendofanancialyearforaserviceentity
zprepareatradingaccountandprotorlossaccount
zprepare a post-closing trial balance
1
KEY CONCEPTS
zGrossprot
zNetprot(protfortheyear)
zClosing transfers
zYear-end procedures
zFinal accounts
zTrading acc ount
zProtorlossaccount
299
FAC1501/1
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
zTheabilitytodotheclosingentriesattheendofanancialyearforaretail
entityusingtheperpetualinventorysystemisdemonstrated.
zTheabilitytodotheclosingentriesattheendofanancialyearforaretail
entityusingtheperiodicinventorysystemisdemonstrated.
zTheabilitytodotheclosingentriesattheendofanancialyearforaservice
entity is demonstrate.
z
Theabilitytoprepareatradingaccount,protorlossaccountandapost-closing
trialbalanceforaretailentityaswellasaserviceentityisdemonstrated.
10.1 INTRODUCTION
2A retailer purchases inventory with the purpose of selling it at a prot. If he/she purchases a
bottleofcoffeeforR15andsellsitforR25,he/shemakesaprotofR10.Theprotisthedifference
betweenwhathe/shepaidfortheitemandthesellingprice.
3Todeterminetheprotononearticleissimple,becausethecostpriceandthesellingpriceareknown
andtheprotwillbethedifferencebetweenthetwo.Thetermprotmark-upreferstothepercentage
protaretailerwantstomakeontheitem(s)he/shesells.Iftheretailersellsalargeandvariedquantity
ofarticlesandiftheprotmark-uponthesearticlesdiffers(andifoperatingexpenseslikesalaries,
waterandelectricity,telephone,etcaretakenintoconsideration)thecalculationofprot becomes
increasinglymoredifcultandtheretailerhastousespecialaccountsinordertocalculatetheprot
accurately.
4Periodicallyitisimportantforanentitytodetermineitsprotforaspecicperiod.Thisenablesthe
ownertorunhis/herbusinessmoreeffectivelybecauseerrorsinmanagementcanbedetectedmore
quicklyandappropriatecorrectivemeasurescanbetaken.
5Thedateonwhichanentitycalculatesitsprotiscalledtheaccountingdateandtheperiodforwhich
itisdoneiscalledtheaccountingperiod.Thisperiodisalsocalledthenancialyear;thisdoesnot
necessarily coincide with the calendar year. The nancial year is any period which consists of 12
consecutivemonths.Normallyentitieschoosetheiraccountingperiodtocoincidewiththecloseofthe
taxyearonthelastdayofFebruary.Anentitycan,afterconsultingwithSARS,closeitsnancialyear
on any appropriate date.
10.2 GROSS PROFIT AND NET PROFIT
6Protistheamountbywhichtheincomeofanentity(duringacertainaccountingperiod)exceeds
the operating expenses (for the same period). The effect of a prot is to increase the equity. For
accountingreasonsthisprotiscalculatedintwostages–rstthegrossprotiscalculated,which
formsthebasisforcalculatingthenetprot(protfortheyear).Inthecaseofaserviceentitythere
canbenogrossprotbecausethereisnocostofsales.
7Thegrossprotofanentityistheamountbywhichitssalesexceedthecostpriceoftheitemssold
foraspecicaccountingperiod.Thenetprot(protfortheyear)isthegrossprotreducedbyall
theoperatingexpenseswhichareincurredintheday-to-dayrunningoftheentity.Otherincome,like
interestincome,isthenadded.Anentitycanalsosufferaloss.Thishappenswhen,foraspecic
accountingperiod,theexpensesaremorethantheincome.
8Assumethatanentityhaskeptproperrecordsofallitstransactionsduringthenancialyear.During
thisperiodinventorywaspurchasedandsoldandservicesrendered,documentswereissuedand
300
FAC1501/1
receivedandthetransactiondatathereoncarefullyenteredintheappropriatesubsidiaryjournalsand
thenled.Thetransactiondatawasthenpostedfromthesubsidiaryjournalstothedifferentledger
accounts.Attheendoftheaccountingperiod(nancialyear)theentitymustdetermineifithastraded
ataprotoraloss.Inordertocalculatetheprotorloss,twospecialaccountshavetobeopened.
Thesetwoaccounts,referredtocollectivelyasnalaccounts,arethetradingaccountandtheprot
or loss account.
10.3 CLOSING TRANSFERS
9Attheendofthenancialyear,beforethetradingaccountandprotorlossaccountsareopened,the
totalamountsthathaveaccumulatedinthedifferentincomeandexpenditureaccountsoftheentity
mustbedetermined.Thisimpliesthatthedifferentincomeandexpenditureaccountsmustbeclosed
offattheendoftheyearsothatnewaccountscanbeopenedinthenewnancialyear.
10Theincomeandexpenditureaccountsoftheentityarenominalaccountsandmustbeclosedoffat
theendofthenancialyearbywayofclosingtransfers.Closingtransfersareentriesintheaccounting
records whereby the accumulated totals in the accounting records are transferred to another account
oraccounts,callednalaccountsortotheownerscapitalaccount.
11Closingtransfersareenteredinthegeneraljournal.Thisjournalisusedasabookofrstentryforall
transactionswhichdonothaveaformalsourcedocumentandassuchcannotbeenteredinanyof
theotherjournals.
12Itwasclearlystatedthatthenalaccountsareusedtodetermineprot.Thetradingaccountisused
fordeterminingthegrossprotandisonlyapplicabletoretailentitiesandnottoserviceentities.The
reasonforthisisthatgrossprotisthedifferencebetweentotalsalesandtotalcostofsales.Aservice
entityrendersaserviceanddoesnotsellanygoods.Theprotorlossaccountisusedtodetermine
thenetprot(protfortheyear)andisusedforbothretailandserviceentities.
13Theaccountingprocedurethatmustbefollowedattheendofthenancialyearbyanentity(usinga
perpetual inventory system)isasfollows:
(1)Balancethenancialpositionaccountsandcalculatethetotalsofthenominalaccountsinpencil.
(2)Prepare the trial balance from the pencil totals in the nominal accounts and the balances of the
nancialpositionaccounts.
(3)Thenextstepinvolvesthewriting-upofclosingtransfers,whichinvolvesthefollowingphases:
zClose off the sales returns account to the sales account.
zClose off the settlement discount granted account to the sales account.
zCloseoffthesettlementdiscountreceivedaccounttothecostofsalesaccount.
zClose off the sales account and cost of sales account to the trading account.
zCloseoffthetradingaccountbytransferringthegrossprottotheprotorlossaccount.
z
Closeofftheincomeandexpenseaccountsbytransferringtheirtotalstotheprotorlossaccount.
zCloseofftheprotorlossaccountbytransferringthenetprot(protfortheyear)tothecapi-
tal account.
zClose off the drawings account by transferring the balance to the capital account. Note that
ateachphasethenecessaryclosingtransferismadeinthegeneraljournal.Inthecaseofa
serviceentitytherstvephasesareskipped.
(4)Aftertheclosingtransfershavebeenmade,allthenominalaccountsmustbalance,thatis,the
total of the debit side and the total of the credit side of each account will be the same. The capital
account must also be balanced.
301
FAC1501/1
14At this point a post-closing trial balance can be prepared which will contain only the balances of the
nancialpositionaccounts.
15If a periodic inventory system is used by an entity the closing transfers will be as follows:
(1)Close off the sales returns account to the sales account.
(2)Close off the settlement discount granted account to the sales account.
(3)Close off the purchases returns account to the purchases account.
(4)Closeoffthesettlementdiscountreceivedaccounttothepurchasesaccount.
(5)Close off the sales account and purchases account to the trading account.
(6)Close off the carriage on purchases account to the trading account.
(7) Transfertheopeninginventorytothetradingaccount.
(8)Transfertheclosinginventorytothetradingaccount.
(9)Closeoffthetradingaccountbytransferringthegrossprottotheprotorlossaccount.
(10)
Closeofftheincomeandexpenseaccountsbytransferringtheirtotalstotheprotorlossaccount.
(11)Closeofftheprotorlossaccountbytransferringthenetprot(protfortheyear)tothecapi-
tal account.
(12)Close off the drawings account by transferring the balance to the capital account.
16Theaboveprocedurescanbesummarisedasfollows:
Transaction Perpetual (continuous)
inventory sys tem
Periodic inventory
system
General ledger General ledger
Account
debited
Account
credited
Account
debited
Account
credited
Close off the sales returns account to
the sales account
Sales Sales
returns
Sales Sales
returns
Close off the settlement discount
granted account to the sales account
Sales Settlement
discount
granted
Sales Settlement
discount
granted
Close off the purchases returns
account to the purchases account
Purchases
returns
Purchases
Close off the settlement discount
receivedaccount
Settlement
discount
received
Cost of
sales
Settlement
discount
received
Purchases
Close off the sales account to the
tradi ng account
Sales Trading
account
Sales Trading
account
Close off the cost of sales account to
the trading account
Trading
account
Cost of
sales
Close off the pur chases account to the
trading ac count
Trading
account
Purchases
Close off the car riage on pur chases
account to the trad ing ac count
Trading
account
Carriage
on
purchases
Transfertheopeninginventorytothe
trad ing account
Trading
account
Inventory
Transfertheclosinginventorytothe
trad ing account
Inventory Trading
account
Close off the trading account by
transferringthegrossprottotheprot
or loss account
Trading
account
Protor
loss
account
Trading
account
Protor
loss
account
302
FAC1501/1
Transaction Perpetual (continuous)
inventory sys tem
Periodic inventory
system
General ledger General ledger
Account
debited
Account
credited
Account
debited
Account
credited
Close off the in come accounts by
transferringtheirtotalstotheprotor
loss account
Income
accounts
Protor
loss
account
Income
accounts
Protor
loss
account
Closeofftheexpenseaccountsby
transferringtheirtotalstotheprotor
loss account
Protor
loss
account
Expense
accounts
Protor
loss
account
Expense
accounts
Closeofftheprotorlossaccountby
transferringthenetprot(protforthe
year)tothecapitalaccount
Protor
loss
account
Capital
account
Protor
loss
account
Capital
account
Close off the drawings account by
transferring the total to the capital
account
Capital
account
Drawings Capital
account
Drawings
2COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE 10.1: FINANCIAL YEAR-END
PROCEDURES OF A TRADING
ENTITY
17The following balances and totals appeared in the books of Gena Traders at 28 February 20.3
(theendoftheentitysaccountingperiod):
18Balances and totals as at 28 February 20.3
19 R
20Capital 87 450
21Drawings 3750
22Land and buildings 60 000
23Vehicles 50 000
24Inventory 5250
25Debtorscontrol 3800
26Bank(Dr) 2850
27Creditors control 4 300
28Sales 180 000
29Cost of sales 108 000
30Water and electricity 14 300
31Telephoneexpenses 2400
32Salaries 25 800
33Stationery 1 600
34Rental income 6 000
3REQUIRED
(1) Opentheledgeraccountswiththegivenbalancesandtotals.
(2) Showtheclosingtransfersinthegeneraljournal.
(3) Posttheclosingtransferstotheledgeraccounts.
(4) Prepareapost-closingtrialbalance.
35
303
FAC1501/1
4SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 10.1
GENA TRADERS
GENERAL JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.3 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
28 Trading acc ount N8 108 000,00
Cost of sales N2 108 000,00
Closing transfer
Sales N1 180 000,00
Trading account N8 180 000,00
Closing transfer
Trading acc ount N8 72 000,00
 Protorlossaccount N9 72 000,00
Transferofgrossprot
Protorlossaccount N9 44 100,00
Water and electricity N3 14 300,00
Salaries N4 25 800,00
Stationery N5 1 600,00
 Telephoneexpenses N6 2 400,00
Closingtransferofexpenseaccount
Rental income N7 6 000,00
 Protorlossaccount N9 6 000,00
Closing transfer of income account
Protorlossaccount N9 33 900,00
Capital B1 33 900,00
Transferofnetprot(protfortheyear)to
capital account
Capital B1 3 750,00
 Drawings B2 3 750,00
Transfer of drawings to capital account
36GENA TRADERS
37GENERAL LEDGER
38FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Drawings GJ1 3 750 00
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 87 450 00
Balance c/d 117 6 00 00 Protorlossaccount GJ1 33 900 00
121 350 00 121 350 00
Mar 1 Balance b/d 117 60 0 00
304
FAC1501/1
Dr Drawings B2 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 3 750 00
20.3
Feb 28 Capital GJ1 3 750 00
Dr Land and buildings B3 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 60 000 00
Dr Vehicles B4 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 50 000 00
Dr Inventory B5 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 5 250 00
Dr Debtors control B6 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 3 800 00
Dr Bank B7 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 2 850 00
Dr Creditors control B8 Cr
20.3
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
4 300 00
39NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Trading account GJ1 180 000 00
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 180 000 00
Dr Cost of sales N2 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 108 000 00
20.3
Feb 28 Trading account GJ1 108 000 00
40
305
FAC1501/1
Dr Water and electricity N3 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 14 300 00
20.3
Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 14 300 00
Dr Salaries N4 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 25 800 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 25 800 00
Dr Stationery N5 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 1 600 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 1 600 00
Dr Telephone expenses N6 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 2 400 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 2 400 00
Dr Rental income N7 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 6 000 00 Feb 28 Balance b/d 6 000 00
Dr Trading account N8 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Cost of sales GJ1 108 000 00
20.3
Feb 28 Sales GJ1 180 000 00
Protorlossaccount GJ1 72 000 00
180 000 00 180 000 00
Dr         Prot or loss account N9 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Water and electricity GJ1 14 300 00
20.3
Feb 28 Trading account GJ1 72 000 00
Salaries GJ1 25 800 00 Rental income GJ1 6 00000
Stationery GJ1 1 600 00
Telephoneexpenses GJ1 2 400 00
Capital(protforthe
year)
GJ1
33 900
00
78 000 00 78 00000
41
306
FAC1501/1
GENA TRADERS
POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.3
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital B1 117 600,00
Land and buildings B3 60 000,00
Vehicles B4 50 000,00
Inventory B5 5 250,00
Debtorscontrol B6 3 800,00
Bank B7 2 850,00
Creditors control B8 4 300,00
121 900,00 121 900,00
5COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE 10.2: FINAL ACCOUNTS OF A SERVICE
ENTITY
42ThefollowinginformationwastakenfromtheaccountingrecordsofGenaServicesattheendofthe
entity’saccountingperiod(28February20.3).
43Balances and totals as at 28 February 20.3
44 R
45Capital 87 450
46Drawings  3750
47Land and buildings 60 000
48Vehicles 50 000
49Debtorscontrol  9050
50Bank(Dr)  2850
51Creditors control 4 300
52Current income 78 000
53Water and electricity 14 300
54Telephoneexpenses  2400
55Salaries 25 800
56Stationery 1 600
6REQUIRED
(1) Opentheledgeraccountswiththegivenbalances.
(2) Showtheclosingtransfersinthegeneraljournal.
(3) Posttheclosingtransferstotheledgeraccounts.
57
307
FAC1501/1
7SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 10.2
GENA SERVICES
GENERAL JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.3 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
28 Protorlossaccount N6 44 100,00
Water and electricity N2 14 300,00
Salaries N3 25 800,00
Stationery N4 1 600,00
 Telephoneexpenses N5 2 400,00
Closingtransferofexpenseaccounts
Current income N1 78 000,00
 Protorlossaccount N6 78 000,00
Closing transfer of income account
Protorlossaccount N6 33 900,00
Capital B1 33 900,00
Transfer of net prot (prot for the year) to
capital account
Capital B1 3 750,00
 Drawings B2 3 750,00
Transfer of drawings to capital account
NOTE:
Thetradingaccountfallsawayinthecaseofaserviceentitybecausetherearenosalesorcost
ofsaleswhichformthebasisforthecalculationofgrossprot.
58GENA SERVICES
59GENERAL JOURNAL
60FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Drawings GJ1 3 750 00
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 87 450 00
Balance c/d 117 6 00 00 Protorlossaccount GJ1 33 900 00
121 350 00 121 350 00
Mar 1 Balance b/d 117 60 0 00
308
FAC1501/1
Dr Drawings B2 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 3 750 00 Feb 28 Capital GJ1 3 750 00
Dr Land and buildings B3 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 60 000 00
Dr Vehicles B4 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 50 000 00
Dr Debtors control B6 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 9 050 00
Dr Bank B7 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 2 850 00
Dr Creditors control B8 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 4 300 00
61NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Current income N1 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 78 000 00
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 78 000 00
Dr Water and electricity N2 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 14 300 00
20.3
Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 14 300 00
Dr Salaries N3 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 25 800 00
20.3
Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 25 800 00
309
FAC1501/1
Dr Stationery N4 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 1 600 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 1 600 00
Dr Telephone expenses N5 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 2 400 00
20.3
Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 2 400 00
Dr Prot or loss account N6 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Water and electricity GJ1 14 300 00
20.3
Feb 28 Current income GJ1 78 000 00
Salaries GJ1 25 800 00
Stationery GJ1 1 600 00
Telephoneexpenses GJ1 2 400 00
Capital(protforthe
year)
GJ1
33 900
00
78 000 00 78 000 00
8COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE 10.3: FINAL ACCOUNTS OF A RETAIL
BUSINESS USING A PERIODIC
INVENTORY SYSTEM
62The following balances and totals appeared in the books of Gena Traders at 28 February 20.3
(theendoftheentitysaccountingperiod):
63Balances and totals at 28 February 20.3
64 R
65Capital 87 450
66Drawings 3750
67Land and buildings 60 000
68Vehicles 50 000
69Inventory(opening) 7200
70Debtorscontrol 3800
71Bank(Dr) 2850
72Creditors control 4 300
73Sales 183 450
74Sales returns 1 500
75Purchases 109 000
76Purchases returns 1 000
77Water and electricity 14 300
78Telephoneexpenses 2400
79Salaries 25 800
80Stationery 1 600
81Rental income 6 000
82AphysicalinventorycountshowedthevalueofclosinginventorytobeR5250at28February20.3.
310
FAC1501/1
9REQUIRED
(1) Opentheledgeraccountswiththegivenbalancesandtotals.
(2) Showtheclosingtransfersinthegeneraljournal.
(3) Posttheclosingtransferstotheledgeraccounts.
(4) Prepareapost-closingtrialbalance.
10SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 10.3
GENA TRADERS
GENERAL JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.3 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
28 Trading acc ount N10 7 200,00
 Inventory B5 7 200,00
Transferofopeninginventory
Inventory B5 5 250,00
Trading account N10 5 250,00
Transferofclosinginventory
Sales N1 1 500,00
Sales returns N2 1 500,00
Closing transfer
Purchases returns N4 1 000,00
Purchases N3 1 000,00
Closing transfer
Trading acc ount N10 108 000,00
Purchases N3 108 000,00
Closing transfer
Sales N1 181 950,00
Trading account N10 181 950,00
Closing transfer
Trading acc ount N10 72 000,00
 Protorlossaccount N11 72 000,00
Transferofgrossprot
Protorlossaccount N11 44 100,00
Water and electricity N5 14 300,00
Salaries N6 25 800,00
Stationery N7 1 600,00
 Telephoneexpenses N8 2 400,00
Closingtransferofexpenseaccounts
Rental income N9 6 000,00
 Protorlossaccount N11 6 000,00
Closing transfer of income account
311
FAC1501/1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
28 Protorlossaccount N11 33 900,00
Capital B1 33 900,00
Transferofnetprot(protfortheyear)
to capital account
Capital B1 3 750,00
 Drawings B2 3 750,00
Transfer of drawings to capital account
83GENA TRADERS
84GENERAL LEDGER
85FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Drawings GJ1 3 750 00
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 87 450 00
Balance c/d 117 6 00 00 Protorlossaccount GJ1 33 900 00
121 350 00 121 350 00
Mar 1 Balance b/d 117 60 0 00
Dr Drawings B2 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 3 750 00
20.3
Feb 28 Capital GJ1 3 750 00
Dr Land and buildings B3 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 60 000 00
Dr Vehicles B4 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 50 000 00
Dr Inventory B5 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 7 200 00
20.3
Feb 28 Trading account GJ1 7 200 00
Trading account GJ1 5 250 00
Dr Debtors control B6 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 3 800 00
86
312
FAC1501/1
Dr Bank B7 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 2 850 00
Dr Creditors control B8 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 4 300 00
87NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Sales returns GJ1 1 500 00 Feb 28 Balance b/d 183 45000
Trading account GJ1 181 950 00
183 450 00 183 450 00
Dr Sales returns N2 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 1 500 00 Feb 28 Sales GJ1 1 500 00
Dr Purchases N3 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 109 000 00 Feb 28 Purhases returns GJ1 1 00000
Trading account GJ1 108 00000
109 000 00 109 00000
Dr Purchases returns N4 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Purchases GJ1 1 000 00 Feb 28 Balance b/d 1 00000
Dr Water and electricity N5 Cr
20.3
Feb 28 Balance GJ1 14 300 00
20.3
Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 14 300 00
Dr Salaries N6 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 25 800 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 25 800 00
88
313
FAC1501/1
Dr Stationery N7 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 1 600 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 1 600 00
Dr Telephone expenses N8 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Balance b/d 2 400 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 2 400 00
Dr Rental income N9 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 6 000 00 Feb 28 Balance b/d 6 000 00
Dr Trading account N10 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Inventory GJ1 7 200 00 Feb 28 Inventory GJ1 5 250 00
Purchases GJ1 108 000 00 Sales GJ1 181 950 00
Protorlossaccount GJ1 72 000 00
187 200 00 187 200 00
Dr        Protorlossaccount N11 Cr
20.3 20.3
Feb 28 Water and electricity GJ1 14 300 00 Feb Trading account GJ1 72 000 00
Salaries GJ1 25 800 00 Rental income GJ1 6 00000
Stationery GJ1 1 600 00
Telephoneexpenses GJ1 2 400 00
Capital(protforthe
year)
GJ1
33 900
00
78 000 00 78 000 00
NOTE:
Thepost-closingtrialbalancewillbethesameasincomprehensiveexample10.1.
89
314
FAC1501/1
11EXERCISE 10.1
90The following totals were taken from the books of J Simpson, an attorney, at 28 February 20.7
(theendofthenancialyear).
91 R
92Feeincomereceivedincash 160000
93Feeincomefromservicesrenderedoncredit 80000
94
95Totalsofoperatingexpensesduringtheyear
96
97Salaries 90 000
98Stationery 8 500
99Rentalexpenses 40000
100Repairstoequipment 3000
101Telephoneexpenses 6000
102Water and electricity 5 000
12REQUIRED
(1) Showtheclosingtransfersinthegeneraljournal.
(2) Opentheabovementionedledgeraccountsinthenominalaccountssectionofthe
general ledger
and post the closing transfers to the opened ledger accounts. Post
alsototheprotorlossaccount.
Close off all accounts.
13SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 10.1
J SIMPSON ATTORNEY
GENERAL JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.7 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
28 Protorlossaccount N9 152 500,00
Water and electricity N2 5 000,00
 Rentalexpenses N3 40 000,00
 Repairstoequipment N4 3 000,00
Salaries N5 90 000,00
Stationery N6 8 500,00
 Telephoneexpenses N7 6 000,00
Closingtransferofexpenseaccounts
Current income N1 240 000,00
 Protorlossaccount N8 240 000,00
Closing transfer of income account
315
FAC1501/1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
28 Protorlossaccount N8 87 500,00
Capital B1 87 500,00
Transfer of net prot (prot for the year) to
capital account
103J SIMPSON ATTORNEY
104GENERAL LEDGER
105NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Current income (Fees received) N1 Cr
20.7 20.7
Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 240 000 00 Feb 28 Balance b/d 240 00000
Dr Water and electricity N2 Cr
20.7 20.7
Feb 28 Balance b/d 5 000 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 5 00000
Dr Rental expenses N3 Cr
20.7 20.7
Feb 28 Balance b/d 40 000 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 40 000 00
Dr Repairs to equipment N4 Cr
20.7 20.7
Feb 28 Balance b/d 3 000 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 3 000 00
Dr Salaries N5 Cr
20.7 20.7
Feb 28 Balance b/d 90 000 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 90 000 00
Dr Stationery N6 Cr
20.7 20.7
Feb 28 Balance b/d 8 500 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 8 500 00
Dr Telephone expenses N7 Cr
20.7 20.7
Feb 28 Balance b/d 6 000 00 Feb 28 Protorlossaccount GJ1 6 000 00
316
FAC1501/1
Dr   Prot or loss account N8 Cr
20.7 20.7
Feb 28 Water and electricity GJ1 5 000 00 Feb 28 Current income GJ1 240 000 00
Rentalexpenses GJ1 40 000 00
Repairstoequipment GJ1 3 000 00
Salaries GJ1 90 000 00
Stationery GJ1 8 500 00
Telephoneexpenses GJ1 6 000 00
Capital(protforthe
year)
GJ1
87 500
00
240 000 00 240 000 00
14EXERCISE 10.2
106ThefollowingtrialbalancewastakenfromtheaccountingrecordsofCityOutttersat30November20.5,
theendoftheentity’saccountingperiod.
CITY OUTFITTERS
TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 30 NOVEMBER 20.5
Fol Debits Credits
R R
Financial position section
Capital B1 99 600,00
Drawings B2 1 800,00
Vehicles B3 150 000,00
Equipment B4 30 000,00
Inventory B5 11 250,00
Debtorscontrol B6 21 000,00
Bank B7 6 750,00
Creditors control B8 32 400,00
Nominal accounts section
Sales N1 240 000,00
Sales returns N2 6 000,00
Cost of sales N3 120 000,00
Advertising N4 2 700,00
Credit losses N5 450,00
Bankcharges N6 900,00
Interestexpenses N7 1 050,00
Packingmaterial N8 2 100,00
Petrol and oil N9 7 200,00
Stationery N10 600,00
Telephoneexpenses N11 10 200,00
372 000,00 372 000,00
317
FAC1501/1
15REQUIRED
Taketheinformationprovidedintoconsiderationanddothefollowing:
(1) Opentheledgeraccountswiththegivenbalances.
(2) Showallthejournalentriesfortheclosingentries.
(3) Post the journal to the applicable ledger accounts. Balance or close off these accounts
where necessary.
(4) Preparethepost-closingtrialbalance.
16SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 10.2
CITY OUTFITTERS
GENERAL JOURNAL – NOVEMBER 20.5 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
30 Trading acc ount N12 120 000,00
Cost of sales N3 120 000,00
Closing transfer
Sales N1 6 000,00
Sales returns N2 6 000,00
Closing transfer
Sales N1 234 000,00
Trading account N12 234 000,00
Closing transfer
Trading acc ount N12 114 000,00
 Protorlossaccount N13 114 000,00
Transferofgrossprot
Protorlossaccount N13 25 200,00
 Advertising N4 2 700,00
Credit losses N5 450,00
 Bankcharges N6 900,00
 Interestexpenses N7 1 050,00
 Packingmaterials N8 2 100,00
Petrol and oil N9 7 200,00
Stationery N10 600,00
 Telephoneexpenses N11 10 200,00
Closingtransferofexpenseaccounts
Protorlossaccount N13 88 800,00
Capital B1 88 800,00
Transfer of net prot (prot for the year) to
capital account
318
FAC1501/1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
30 Capital B1 1 800,00
 Drawings B2 1 800,00
Transfer of drawings to capital account
107CITY OUTFITTERS
108GENERAL LEDGER
109FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Drawings GJ1 1 800 00 Nov 30 Balance b/d 99 600 00
Balance c/d 186 600 00 Protorlossaccount GJ1 88 800 00
188 400 00 188 400 00
Dec 1 Balance b/d 186 600 00
Dr Drawings B2 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 1 800 00 Nov 30 Capital GJ1 1 800 00
Dr Vehicles B3 Cr
20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 150 000 00
Dr Equipment B4 Cr
20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 30 000 00
Dr Inventory B5 Cr
20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 11 250 00
110
319
FAC1501/1
Dr Debtors control B6 Cr
20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 21 000 00
Dr Bank B7 Cr
20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 6 750 00
Dr Creditors control B8 Cr
20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 32 400 00
111NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Sales returns GJ1 6 000 00 Nov 30 Balance b/d 240 000 00
Trading account GJ1 234 000 00
240 000 00 240 000 00
Dr Sales returns N2 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 6 000 00 Nov 30 Trading account GJ1 6 000 00
Dr Cost of sales N3 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 120 000 00 Nov 30 Trading account GJ1 120 000 00
Dr Advertising N4 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 2 700 00 Nov 30 Protorlossaccount GJ1 2 700 00
Dr Credit losses N5 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 450 00 Nov 30 Protorlossaccount GJ1 450 00
320
FAC1501/1
Dr Bank charges N6 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 900 00 Nov 30 Protorlossaccount GJ1 900 00
Dr Interest expenses N7 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 1 050 00 Nov 30 Protorlossaccount GJ1 1 050 00
Dr Packing material N8 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 2 100 00 Nov 30 Protorlossaccount GJ1 2 100 00
Dr Petrol and oil N9 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 7 200 00 Nov 30 Protorlossaccount GJ1 7 200 00
Dr Stationery N10 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 600 00 Nov 30 Protorlossaccount GJ1 600 00
Dr Telephone expenses N11 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Balance b/d 10 200 00 Nov 30 Protorlossaccount GJ1 10 200 00
Dr Trading account N12 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Cost of sales GJ1 120 000 00 Nov 30 Sales GJ1 234 000 00
Protorlossaccount GJ1 114 000 00
234 000 00 234 000 00
112
321
FAC1501/1
Dr   Prot or loss account N13 Cr
20.5 20.5
Nov 30 Advertising GJ1 2 700 00 Nov 30 Trading account GJ1 114 000 00
Credit losses GJ1 450 00
Bankcharges GJ1 900 00
Interestexpenses GJ1 1 050 00
Packingmaterial GJ1 2 100 00
Petrol and oil GJ1 7 200 00
Stationery GJ1 600 00
Telephoneexpenses GJ1 10 200 00
Capital(protforthe
year)
GJ1 88 800 00
114 000 00 114 000 00
CITY OUTFITTERS
POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.5
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital B1 186 600,00
Vehicles B3 150 000,00
Equipment B4 30 000,00
Inventory B5 11 250,00
Debtorscontrol B6 21 000,00
Bank B7 6 750,00
Creditors control B10 32 400,00
219 000,00 219 000,00
322
FAC1501/1
17EXERCISE 10.3
113ThefollowinginformationwastakenfromtheaccountingrecordsofJSpeedoRetailersat28February20.3,
theendoftheentity’saccountingperiod.
114 R
115Drawings 8000
116Sales 210 000
117Sales returns 5 000
118Purchases 40 500
119Purchases returns 3 200
120Inventory(opening) 4800
121Inventory(closing) 6100
122Water and electricity 4 800
123Rentalexpenses 12000
124Stationery 1 200
125Telephoneexpenses 2900
126Wages 6 600
18REQUIRED
(1) Preparethejournalentriestakingintoaccountopeningandclosinginventories.
(2) Preparetheclosingjournalentries.
323
FAC1501/1
19SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 10.3
J SPEEDO RETAILERS
GENERAL JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.3 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
28 Trading acc ount 4 800,00
 Inventory 4 800,00
Transferopeninginventory
Inventory 6 100,00
Trading account 6 100,00
Takingclosinginventoryintoaccount
Sales 5 000,00
Sales returns 5 000,00
Closing transfer
Purchases returns 3 200,00
Purchases 3 200,00
Closing transfer
Trading acc ount 37 300,00
Purchases 37 300,00
Closing transfer
Sales(R210000–R5000) 205 000,00
Trading account 205 000,00
Closing transfer
Trading acc ount 169 000,00
 Protorlossaccount 169 000,00
Transferofgrossprot
Protorlossaccount 27 500,00
Water and electricity 4 800,00
 Rentalexpenses 12 000,00
Stationery 1 200,00
 Telephoneexpenses 2 900,00
Wages 6 600,00
Closingtransferofexpenseaccounts
Protorlossaccount 141 500,00
Capital 141 500,00
Transferofnetprot(protfortheyear)
to capital account
Capital 8 000,00
 Drawings 8 000,00
Transfer of drawings to capital account
324
FAC1501/1
20EXERCISE 10.4
127ThefollowinginformationwastakenfromtheaccountingrecordsofDigiWarehouseat28February20.5,
theendofthenancialyear.
DIGI WAREHOUSE
TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.5
Debit Credit
R R
Capital 63 600
Drawings 3 000
Vehicles 60 000
Equipment 40 000
Debtorscontrol 12 000
Inventory 8 000
Creditors control 16 000
Sales 250 000
Sales returns 5 000
Cost of sales 120 000
Municipalservices 17 400
Telephoneexpenses 10 200
Repairs: Vehicles 4 100
Salaries 48 000
Postage 1 000
Credit losses 500
Stationery 700
Creditlossesrecovered 300
329 900 329 900
21REQUIRED
(1) WriteoffanadditionalamountofR400ascreditlosses.
(2) Journalisetheyear-endadjustmentandtheclosingtransfers.
(3) Opentheaccountsinthegeneralledgerandpostthejournalstotheledgeraccounts.Balance
or close off the accounts where necessary.
(4) Preparethepost-closingtrialbalance.
325
FAC1501/1
22SOLUTION: EXCERCISE 10.4
DIGI WAREHOUSE
GENERAL JOURNAL – FEBRUARY 20.5 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
28 Credit losses N9 400,00
 Debtorscontrol B5 400,00
Further amount written off.
Voucher 142
Trading acc ount N12 120 000,00
Cost of sales N3 120 000,00
Closing transfer
Sales N1 5 000,00
Sales returns N2 5 000,00
Closing transfer
Sales N1 245 000,00
Trading account N12 245 000,00
Closing transfer
Trading acc ount N12 125 000,00
 Protorlossaccount N13 125 000,00
Transfertogrossprot
Protorlossaccount N13 82 300,00
 Municipalservices N4 17 400,00
 Telephoneexpenses N5 10 200,00
Repairs: Vehicles N6 4 100,00
Salaries N7 48 000,00
Postage N8 1 000,00
 Creditlosses(500+400) N9 900,00
Stationery N10 700,00
Closingtransferofexpenseaccounts
Creditlossesrecovered N11 300,00
 Protorlossaccount N13 300,00
Closing transfer of income account
Protorlossaccount N13 43 000,00
Capital B1 43 000,00
Transferofnetprot(protforthe
year)
Capital B1 3 000,00
 Drawings B2 3 000,00
Transfer of drawings
326
FAC1501/1
128DIGI WAREHOUSE
129GENERAL LEDGER
130FINANCIAL POSITION SECTION
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Drawings
GJ1
3 000
00
20.4
Mar
1
Balance
b/d
63 600
00
Balance c/d 103 600 00 20.5
Feb
28
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
43 000
00
106 600 00 106 600 00
Mar 1 Balance b/d 103 600 00
Dr Drawings B2 Cr
20.5 20.5
Feb 28 Balance b/d 3 000 00 Feb 28 Capital GJ1 3 000 00
Dr Vehicles B3 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
60 000
00
Dr Equipment B4 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
40 000
00
Dr Debtors control B5 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
12 000
00
20.5
Feb
28
Credit losses
GJ1
400
00
Balance c/d 11 6 00 00
12 000 00 12 000 00
Mar 1 Balance b/d 11 6 00 00
Dr Inventory B6 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
8 000
00
Dr Creditors control B7 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
16 000
00
327
FAC1501/1
131NOMINAL ACCOUNTS SECTION
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Sales returns
GJ1
5 000
00
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
250 000
00
Trading account GJ1 245 000 00
250 000 00 250 000 00
Dr Sales returns N2 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
5 000
00
20.5
Feb
28
Sales
GJ1
5 000
00
Dr Cost of sales N3 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
120 000
00
20.5
Feb
28
Trading account
GJ1
120 000
00
Dr Municipal services N4 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
17 400
00
20.5
Feb
28
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
17 400
00
Dr Telephone expenses N5 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
10 200
00
20.5
Feb
28
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
10 200
00
Dr Repairs: Vehicles N6 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
4 100
00
20.5
Feb
28
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
4 100
00
Dr Salaries N7 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
48 000
00
20.5
Feb
28
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
48 000
00
Dr Postage N8 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
1 000
00
20.5
Feb
28
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
1 000
00
328
FAC1501/1
Dr Credit losses N9 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
Debtorscontrol
b/d
500
400
00
00
20.5
Feb
28
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
900
00
900 00 900 00
Dr Stationery N10 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
700
00
20.5
Feb
28
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
700
00
Dr Credit losses recovered N11 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
300
00
20.5
Feb
28
Balance
b/d
300
00
Dr Trading account N12 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Cost of sales
GJ1
120 000
00
20.5
Feb
28
Sales
GJ1
245 000
00
Protorlossaccount GJ1 125 000 00
245 000 00 245 000 00
Dr             Prot or loss account N13 Cr
20.5
Feb
28
Municipalservices
GJ1
17 400
00
20.5
Feb
28
Trading account
GJ1
125 000
00
Telephoneexpenses GJ1 10 200 00 Credit losses
Repairs: Vehicles GJ1 4 100 00 recovered GJ1 300 00
Salaries GJ1 48 000 00
Postage GJ1 1 000 00
Credit losses GJ1 900 00
Stationery GJ1 700 00
Capital(protforthe
year)
GJ1
43 000
00
125 300 00 125 300 00
132
329
FAC1501/1
DIGI WAREHOUSE
POST-CLOSING TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 28 FEBRUARY 20.5
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital 103 600,00
Vehicles 60 000,00
Equipment 40 000,00
Debtorscontrol 11 600,00
Inventory 8 000,00
Creditors control 16 000,00
119 600,00 119 600,00
330
FAC1501/1
23SELF-ASSESSMENT
133After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
able to:
zdiscussthedifferencebetweengrossprotandnetprot?
zdescribehowgrossprotandnetprot(protfortheyear)
arecalculated?
zdotheclosingentriesattheendofanancialyearfora
retailentityusingtheperpetualinventorysystem?
zdotheclosingentriesattheendofanancialyearfora
retailentityusingtheperiodicinventorysystem?
zdotheclosingentriesattheendofanancialyearfora
serviceentity?
zprepareatradingaccount?
zprepareaprotorlossaccount?
zprepareapost-closingtrialbalance?
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
134IfyouhavemarkedallJyoumaycontinuetothenextlearningunit.
135IfyouhavemarkedanyKyouhavetorevisethatspecicsection.
136IfyouhavemarkedanyLyouhavetore-studythatspecicsection.
FAC1501
Introductory Financial
Accounting
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OF A SOLE TRADER
LEARNING UNIT 11
332
FAC1501/1
1OVERVIEW
Learning outcomes ......................................................................................................................... 333
Key concepts .................................................................................................................................. 333
Assessment criteria ........................................................................................................................ 333
11.1 Year-end adjustments ..........................................................................................................334
11.1.1 Int roduc ti on ..............................................................................................................334
11.1.2 Prepayments and receivables and accruals of income and
expenses .................................................................................................................334
11.1.2.1 Accrued expenses ...................................................................................334
11.1.2.2 Prepaid expenses ....................................................................................336
11.1.2.3 Accrued income .......................................................................................337
11.1.2.4 Income received in advance ....................................................................338
11.1.3 Consumable stores on hand....................................................................................340
11.1.4 Credit losses and allowance for credit losses.......................................................... 341
11.1.4.1 Credit losses ............................................................................................ 341
11.1.4.2 Allowance for credit losses ......................................................................343
11.1.5 Depreciation ............................................................................................................348
11.1.5.1 Methods of calculating depreciation ........................................................348
11.1.5.2 Accounting entries for depreciation .........................................................350
11.1.6 Summaryofowofaccountingprocedureswhenyear-end
adjustments need to be made .................................................................................352
11.2 Financial statements ............................................................................................................361
11.2.1 Introduction ..............................................................................................................361
11.2.2 Financialperformanceasmeasuredbythestatementofprotorlossandother
comprehensive income ...........................................................................................362
11.2.3 Financialpositionasmeasuredbythestatementofnancial
position ....................................................................................................................364
11.2.4 Statement of changes in equity ...............................................................................366
11.2.5 Year-end adjustments ..............................................................................................372
Self-assesment ............................................................................................................................... 384
333
FAC1501/1
LEARNING OUTCOMES
1After studying this learning unit you should be able to:
1
zcalculate and do adjustments at year-end with regard to accrued expenses, prepaid expenses,
accrued income and income received in advance
zcalculate and do adjustments with regard to consumable stores
zcalculate and do adjustments with regard to depreciation of non-current assets
zcalculate and do adjustments with regard to credit losses and allowance for credit losses
zprepare a prot or loss account after taking all possible adjustments into consideration
zprepareastatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincome
zprepareastatementofnancialposition
zprepare a statement of changes in equity
KEY CONCEPTS
zAdjustments
zAccrued expenses
zPre-paid expenses
zAccrued income
zIncome received in advance
zConsumable stores
zDepreciation
zCredit losses
zAllowance for credit losses
zStatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincome
zStatementofnancialposition
zStatement of changes in equity
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA
z
You can correctly calculate and do adjustments at year-end with regard to
accrued expenses, pre-paid expenses, accrued income and income received
in advance.
z
You can correctly calculate and do adjustments with regard to consumable stores.
zYou can correctly calculate and do adjustments with regard to depreciation of
non-current assets.
z
You can correctly calculate and do adjustments with regard to credit losses and
allowance for credit losses.
z
Youcancorrectlyprepareastatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensive
income for a sole trader.
z
Youcancorrectlyprepareastatementofnancialposition and notes for a
sole trader.
zYou can correctly prepare a statement of changes in equity for a sole trader.
334
FAC1501/1
11.1 YEAR-END ADJUSTMENTS
11.1.1 Introduction
2Attheendofeveryaccountingperiod,thebusinessentitypreparesatradingaccountandaprotor
lossaccounttoascertaintheprotorlossmadeduringtheaccountingperiod.Itisimportanttorealise
thattheprotorlossaccountindicatestheperformanceoftheentityforaparticularnancialyear(see
learning unit 10).
11.1.2 Prepayments and receivables and accruals of income and expenses
3It usually happens that at the end of the year, some expenses incurred by the entity will be outstanding
(iedue,butunpaid).Theentitymayalsohavepaidforsomeexpensesinadvance.Itwilltherefore
be necessary to adjust such expenses in order to determine the actual expenses incurred for the
accounting period under review.
4Similarly,theentitymayhaverenderedaspeciedserviceduringtheyearforwhichithadreceived
nopayment(income).Itmayalsohappenthattheentityhadbeenpaidinadvanceforaserviceitis
yet to render. Adjustments will have to be made in such cases in order to establish the correct income
the entity earned during the accounting period under review.
11.2.2.1 Accrued expenses
5Theseareexpenseswhichhavebeenincurredbyanentitybutwhichhavenotyetbeenpaidbythe
end of the accounting period. Examples are salaries owing to staff, rent payable to the landlord and
insurance premiums outstanding. Accrued expenses are shown as current liabilities.
6When adjusting accruals and prepayments, it is necessary to
zidentifythespecicaccounttobeadjusted
zdetermine the outstanding amount or the prepaid amount
zrecordtheadjustment(thisisnormallydoneinthegeneraljournal)
7Accrued and prepaid expenses and accrued income and income received in advance are described
as current operating items. To simplify their adjustment, “intermediary” or “notional” accounts are
used to facilitate the recording process. For example, rent outstanding will be credited to an accrued
expenses account and current income due will be debited to an accrued income account, and so
on.(Seethefollowingexamples.)
2EXAMPLE 11.1: ACCRUED EXPENSES
8ThenancialyearofJohnSeepe,apanelbeater,ends on 31Decembereachyear.SeepePanel
BeatershasamonthlyrentexpenseofR250.Therecordsoftheentityshowedthatrentwaspaidfor
eightmonthsduringthenancialyearended31December20.8.
9
335
FAC1501/1
3REQUIRED
(1) Record the necessary adjustment and the closing entry in the general journal of Seepe
Panel Beaters.
(2) PostthejournalentrytothegeneralledgerofSeepePanelBeaters.
4SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.1
SEEPE PANEL BEATERS
GENERAL JOURNAL – DECEMBER 20.8 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
31 Rental expenses
Accrued expenses
Adjustment for rent owing
N10
B30
1 000
1 000
Protorlossaccount
Rental expenses
Closing transfer
N20
N10
3 000
3 000
SEEPE PANEL BEATERS
GENERAL LEGDER
Dr Rental expenses N10 Cr
20.8
Dec
31
Bank*
Accrued expenses
CPJ
GJ1
2 000
1 000
20.8
Dec
31
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
3 000
3 000 3 000
10*Thisisthetotalofallthepaymentsregardingrentmadeduringthenancialyearandisgiveninthisexample
for the sake of completeness. In the actual recording of these payments it would have been recorded on
a monthly basis on the date the payment was made. The entries would have originally been recorded in
thecashpaymentsjournalbeforebeingpostedtotheappropriateledgeraccount.Thislineofillustrationis
followed in all subsequent examples regarding adjustments.
Dr Accrued expenses B30 Cr
20.8
Dec
31
Balance
c/d
1 000
20.8
Dec
31
Rental expenses
GJ1
1 000
1 000 1 000
20.9
Jan
1
Balance
b/d
1 000
11
336
FAC1501/1
Dr  Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec
31
Rental expenses
GJ1
3 000
11.1.2.2 Prepaid expenses
12Thenatureofcertainexpensesmaycompelanentitytopayfortheminadvance.Insurancepremiums
are good examples of such expenses. Prepaid expenses are shown as current assets.
5EXAMPLE 11.2: PREPAID EXPENSES
13TraxiSolutionspaidR9000forinsuranceon1January20.8.Thispaymentwasforinsurancecover
for18months.ThenancialyearofTraxiSolutionsendson31Decembereachyear.
6REQUIRED
(1) Determinetheamountthatwasprepaidforinsurance.
(2) RecordthenecessaryadjustmentandtheclosingentryinthegeneraljournalofTraxiSolutions.
(3) PostthejournalentriestothegeneralledgerofTraxiSolutions.
7SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.2
14Monthly insurance cover = R9 000/18 = R500
Insurance expense = R500 x 12 = R6 000
Prepaid expense = R500 x 6 = R3 000
TRAXI SOLUTIONS
GENERAL JOURNAL– DECEMBER 20.8 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
31 Prepaid expenses
Insurance
Adjustment for prepaid insurance
B31
N11
R
3 000
R
3 000
Protorlossaccount
Insurance
Closing transfer
N20
N11
6 000
6 000
337
FAC1501/1
15TRAXI SOLUTIONS
16GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Insurance N11 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Bank CPJ 9 000
20.8
Dec 31 Prepaid expenses
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
GJ1
3 000
6 000
9 000 9 000
Dr Prepaid expenses B31 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Insurance GJ1 3 000
20.8
Dec 31 Balance c/d 3 000
3 000 3 000
20.9
Jan 1 Balance b/d 3 000
Dr      Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Insurance GJ1 6 000
11.1.2.3 Accrued income
17Thisis income earned by the entity in respect of services rendered but for which no payment has been
received. Accrued income is shown as current assets.
8EXAMPLE 11.3: ACCRUED INCOME
18ThecommissionearnedbyBeroStoresforsellingnewspapersandmagazineswasR12500forthe
year ended 31 December 20.8. Bero Stores received R9 850 during the year.
9REQUIRED
(1) RecordthenecessaryadjustmentandtheclosingentryinthegeneraljournalofBeroStores.
(2) PostthejournalentriestothegeneralledgerofBeroStores.
338
FAC1501/1
10SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.3
BERO STORES
GENERAL JOURNAL – DECEMBER 20.8 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
31 Accrued income
Commission income
Adjustment for commission earned but not yet
received(R12500–R9850)
B2
N14
R
2 650
R
2 650
Commission income
 Protorlossaccount
Closing transfer
N14
N20
12 500
12 500
19BERO STORES
20GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Commission income N14 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ1 12 500
20.8
Dec 31 Bank
Accrued income
CRJ
GJ1
9 850
2 650
12 500 12 500
Dr Accrued income B2 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Commission income GJ1 2 650
20.8
Dec 31 Balance c/d 2 650
2 650 2 650
20.9
Jan 1 Balance b/d 2 650
Dr  Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Commission income GJ1 12 500
11.1.2.4 Income received in advance
21Income received in advance is not yet earned so it must be deducted from total income to arrive
at the correct income earned during the nancial year. Income received in advance is shown as
current liabilities.
22
339
FAC1501/1
11EXAMPLE 11.4: INCOME RECEIVED IN ADVANCE
23ABCCashStoresub-letspartofitspremisesforamonthlyrentalofR280.Duringthenancialyear
ended 31 December 20.8 the tenant made a total payment of R3 640.
12REQUIRED
(1) Determinetheamountthatwasreceivedinadvanceforrental.
(2) RecordthenecessaryadjustmentandtheclosingentryinthegeneraljournalofABC Cash Store.
(3) PostthejournalentriestothegeneralledgerofABCCashStore.
13SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.4
24Rent received for the year = R280 x 12 = R3 360
Rentreceivedinadvance = (R3640–R3360) = R280
ABC CASH STORE
GENERAL JOURNAL – DECEMBER 20.8 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
31 Rental income
Income received in advance
Adjustment for income received in advance
N15
B36
R
280
R
280
Rental income
 Protorlossaccount
Closing transfer
N15
N20
3 360
3 360
25ABC CASH STORE
26GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Rental income N15 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Income received in
advance
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
GJ1
280
3 360
20.8
Dec 31 Bank CRJ 3 640
3 640 3 640
27
340
FAC1501/1
Dr Income received in advance B36 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Balance c/d 280
20.8
Dec 31 Rental income GJ1 280
280 280
20.9
Jan 1 Balance b/d 280
Dr      Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Rental income GJ1 3 360
11.1.3 Consumable stores on hand
28Youmighthavewonderedwhyitemssuchasstationeryareclassiedasexpenses.Surelystationery
has value? The reason it is regarded as an expense and not an asset, is because it is used up
(consumed)withintheentitywithinoneyear.
29If an entity was to sell stationery, it would be regarded as inventory. Since it would not be used up
withintheentity,itwouldthusnotberegardedasanexpense,butasinventory(anasset).Remember
thoughthatifyouweretoseeastationeryaccountinatrialbalance,itwouldalwaysbeclassiedas
an expense. Thisrepresentsthestationeryusedduringthecurrentperiod.
14EXAMPLE 11.5: CONSUMABLE STORES ON HAND
30XXXTradersboughtstationeryvaluedatR5000duringthenancialyearended31December20.8.
ThiswasrecordedinthestationeryaccountasanexpenseofR5000.Afterdoingaphysicalinventory
countatyear-enditwasfoundthatstationeryvaluedatR1000wasstillunused.Thismeansthat
thefullR5000ofstationerytheyhaveboughtduringthenancialyearhavenot been used up. If
XXXTraderswastoclosetheentityatthisdate,woulditbeabletosellthestationeryontheshelves
(R1000)?TheanswertothisquestionissurelyYES!
31Forthisreasonanadjustmenttothestationeryaccountisnecessary.Theunusedstationerytothe
value of R1 000 is regarded as a current asset.
15REQUIRED
(1) RecordthenecessaryadjustmentandtheclosingentryinthegeneraljournalofXXXTraders.
(2) PostthejournalentriestothegeneralledgerofXXXTraders.
32
341
FAC1501/1
16SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.5
XXX TRADERS
GENERAL JOURNAL – DECEMBER 20.8 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
31 Consumable stores on hand
Stationery
Adjustment for stationery on hand
B16
N37
R
1 000
R
1 000
Protorlossaccount
Stationery
Closing transfer
N20
N37
4 000
4 000
XXX TRADERS
GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Stationery N37 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Bank CPJ 5 000
20.8
Dec 31 Consumable stores
on hand
Protorlossaccount
GJ1
GJ1
1 000
4 000
5 000 5 000
Dr Consumable stores on hand B16 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Stationery GJ1 1 000
20.8
Dec 31 Balance c/d 1 000
1 000 1 000
20.9
Jan 1 Balance b/d 1 000
Dr        Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Stationery GJ1 4 000
11.1.4 Credit losses and allowance for credit losses
11.1.4.1 Credit losses
33Anyentitywhichgrantscredittoitscustomersrunstheriskofhavingsomeofthosecustomersnot
paying their debts. If it is expected that the amount due will not be paid by a customer, then this amount
mustberemovedfromthedebtorsaccount.Theamountwrittenoffisdisclosedasanexpenseinthe
protorlossaccount.
342
FAC1501/1
34Accounting entries for credit losses
35Whenadebtiswrittenoff,thecustomer’sindividualaccountinthedebtorssubsidiaryledger(andthen
also the debtors control account in the general ledger) is credited.
36Theamountisdebitedtoacreditlossesaccount(anexpenseaccount)whichisclosedofftotheprot
or loss account.
17EXAMPLE 11.6: CREDIT LOSSES
37On1January20.8,RekTransporthadthefollowingdebtorsonitslistofdebtors:
38Kargent R250
Tango R185
39On 31 August 20.8, it was decided to write the debts off as irrecoverable, since it was expected that
theseamountswillnotbepaid.Thenancialyearendson31December20.8
18REQUIRED
(1) RecordthenecessaryadjustmentandtheclosingentryinthegeneraljournalofRekTransport.
(2) PostthejournalentriestothegeneralledgerofRekTransport.
19SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.6
REK TRANSPORT
GENERAL JOURNAL - AUGUST 20.8 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
31 Credit losses
Debtors control account
N38
B9
R
435
R
435
 *Kargent(subsidiaryledger)
 *Tango(subsidiaryledger)
250
185
Credit losses recognised
GENERAL JOURNAL - DECEMBER 20.8 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
31 Protorlossaccount
Credit losses
Closing transfer
N20
N38
R
435
R
435
343
FAC1501/1
* NOTE:
Therecognitionofcreditlossesisdoneinthegeneralledgerbydebitingcreditlossesandcrediting
the debtors control account. It is also important to update the individual accounts of the debtors
withthe transaction where credit lossesare recognised.This isdone inthe subsidiary ledger,
where the individual debtors’ accounts will be credited with credit losses.
40REK TRANSPORT
41GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Credit losses N38 Cr
20.8
Aug 31 Debtors control
account
GJ1
435
20.8
Dec 31 Protorloss
account
GJ1
435
435 435
Dr Debtors control B9 Cr
20.8
Aug 31 Credit losses GJ1 435
Dr        Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Credit losses GJ1 435
11.1.4.2 Allowance for credit losses
42Inordertoshowthecorrectamountoftotaldebtorsonthestatementofnancialposition,itisprudent
for the entity to estimate how much of the debts owed to it will be paid.
43Thereasonforthisisthatinpracticedebtorsoftendefaultontheirpayments.Inlinewiththeaccounting
conceptofprudence,entitiesshouldmakeallowancefordebtstheyexpectwillnotbepaidandadjust
the accounts accordingly.
44The entity should assess whether any events have occurred that may result in non-payment of
outstanding amounts. If such events have occurred, the recoverable debtors balance should be
estimated and an allowance for credit losses account should be created to reduce the carrying amount
of the debtors account to its recoverable amount.
45Sincetherecoverabledebtorsbalanceuctuatesannually,theallowanceforcreditlossesaccountwill
alsouctuateannually.
46It is important to understand that the allowance for credit losses account is normally used when
non-paymentsareexpectedbutitisdifculttoidentifythespecicdebtorswhowilldefaultontheir
payments.
344
FAC1501/1
47Accounting entries
48Whenanallowanceforcreditlossesiscreatedorincreased,thecreditlossesaccount(expense)is
debitedandanallowanceforcreditlossesaccount(negativeasset)iscredited.Inthestatementof
nancialposition,theallowanceforcreditlossesisdisclosedbydeductingitfromthedebtorscontrol
balance. It is shown as part of trade and other receivables.
NOTE:
Because it is an allowance for credit losses that is made, there will be no entry to any individual
debtor’s account.
20EXAMPLE 11.7: ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
49Swanty Stores commenced business on 1 January 20.6. The entity serves both cash and credit
customers. It was determined that the allowance for credit losses account should amount to R2 325 at
31 December 20.6. Debtors control as at 31 December 20.6 amounts to R15 500.
21REQUIRED
(1) RecordthenecessaryadjustmentandtheclosingentryinthegeneraljournalofSwantyStores.
(2) PostthejournalentriestothegeneralledgerofSwantyStores.
22SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.7
SWANTY STORES
GENERAL JOURNAL – DECEMBER 20.6 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
31 Credit losses
Allowance for credit losses
Create an allowance for credit losses at year-end
N18
B38
R
2 325
R
2 325
Protorlossaccount
Credit losses
Closing transfer
N20
N18
2 325
2 325
50
345
FAC1501/1
51SWANTY STORES
52GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Allowance for credit losses B38 Cr
20.6
Dec 31 Balance c/d 2 325
20.6
Dec 31 Credit losses GJ1 2 325
2 325 2 325
20.7
Jan 1 Balance b/d 2 325
Dr Credit losses N18 Cr
20.6
Dec 31 Allowance for credit
losses
GJ1
2 325
20.6
Dec 31 Protorloss
account
GJ1
2 325
2 325 2 325
Dr      Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Credit losses GJ1 2 325
23EXAMPLE 11.8: INCREASING THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
ACCOUNT
53ItisnowoneyearlaterandSwantyStoresisattheendofthenextnancialyear,31December20.7.
ThebalanceonthedebtorscontrolaccountisR20000.SwantyStoresdeterminedthattheallowance
for credit losses account should amount to R3 000 at 31 December 20.7.
24REQUIRED
(1) RecordthenecessaryadjustmentandtheclosingentryinthegeneraljournalofSwantyStores.
(2) PostthejournalentriestothegeneralledgerofSwantyStores.
54
346
FAC1501/1
25SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.8
55Calculation
56 R
57Allowance for credit losses account 20.7 3 000)
58Allowance for credit losses account 20.6  (2325)
59So the allowance for credit losses account must increase with    675)
SWANTY STORES
GENERAL JOURNAL – DECEMBER 20.7 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
31 Credit losses
Allowance for credit losses
Adjusting the allowance for credit losses
N18
B38
R
675
R
675
Protorlossaccount
Credit losses
Closing transfer
N20
N18
675
675
60SWANTY STORES
61GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Allowance for credit losses B38 Cr
20.7
Dec 31 Balance c/d 3 000
20.7
Jan
Dec
1
31
Balance
Credit losses
b/d
GJ1
2 325
675
3 000 3 000
20.8
Jan 1 Balance b/d 3 000
Dr Credit losses N18 Cr
20.7
Dec 31 Allowance for credit
losses
GJ1
675
20.7
Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ1 675
675 675
62
347
FAC1501/1
Dr      Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Credit losses GJ1 675
26EXAMPLE 11.9: DECREASING THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
63Kamdo Services had the following balances on 31 December 20.8:
64 R
65Allowanceforcreditlosses(1January20.8)  4210
Debtors control 38 160
Kamdo Services determined that the allowance for credit losses account should amount
to R3 816 at
31 December 20.8.
27REQUIRED
(1) RecordthenecessaryadjustmentandtheclosingentryinthegeneraljournalofKamdoServices.
(2) PostthejournalentriestothegeneralledgerofKamdoServices.
28SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.9
66Calculation
67 R
68Allowance for credit losses account 20.8 3 816)
69Allowanceforcreditlossesaccount20.7 (4210)
70So the allowance for credit losses account must decrease by      (394)
KAMDO SERVICES
GENERAL JOURNAL – DECEMBER 20.8 GJ1
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
31 Allowance for credit losses
Credit losses
Adjusting the allowance for credit losses
B38
N18
R
394
R
394
Credit losses
 Protorlossaccount
Closing transfer
N18
N20
394
394
348
FAC1501/1
71KAMDO SERVICES
72GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Allowance for credit losses B38 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Credit losses
Balance
GJ1
c/d
394
3 816
20.8
Jan 1Balance b/d 4 210
4 210 4 210
20.9
Jan 1Balance b/d 3 816
Dr Credit losses N18 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ1 394
20.8
Dec 31 Allowance for credit
losses
GJ1
394
394 394
Dr       Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Credit losses GJ1 394
11.1.5 Depreciation
73Whenanentitybuysanassetwhichisintendedtobeusedintheentityformorethanonenancial
year,thatassetisdescribedasanon-currentasset.Throughtheircontinuoususe,thesenon-current
assetslosevaluethroughwearandtear.Thislossofvalueisknownasdepreciation.Depreciationis
calculatedforeachaccountingperiodusinganagreedmethodofdepreciation.Theoriginalcostof
theassetisadjustedbasedonthedepreciationcalculated.Theadjustedvalueoftheassetisshown
inthebooksasthecarryingamount(bookvalue).
74Depreciation is an expense which allows for the matching of the original cost of the non-current asset
against income generated by the asset. If the asset was used for only a part of the accounting period,
the depreciation is calculated on the number of months for which the asset was used.
11.1.5.1 Methods of calculating depreciation
75An entity can use several methods of depreciation to determine the amount of depreciation
tobewrittenoffonaspecicnon-currentasset.Someofthecommonlyusedmethodsarethestraight-
line(xedinstalment)methodandthereducing-balancemethod.
zThe straight-line method
76According to this method, depreciation is calculated on the cost of the asset using a pre-determined
depreciationrate.Thedepreciationratecouldbegivenasacertainpercentage,eg15%perannum.
Ifanon-currentassetwasboughtforR4000anditsdepreciationratewasgivenas10%perannum,
the annual depreciation will be:
77R4000x10%=R400.
349
FAC1501/1
78Wheretheeconomic(useful)lifeoftheassetcanbe estimatedwithcertainty,thiscanbeusedto
determine the depreciation rate.
79Assume that an asset was bought for R5 000 and it was expected to have an economic life of 5 years.
Theannualdepreciationwillbe:
80R5 000/5 years = R1 000.
81If the asset is expected to have some value after its economic life, this value is known as
residual value. To calculate the depreciation, the residual value must rst be deducted
from the cost of the asset before the depreciation rate is applied.
29EXAMPLE 11.10: CALCULATION OF ANNUAL DEPRECIATION
82SituStoresboughtofceequipmentforR10000on1January20.8.Itwasestimatedthatthisasset
will have a residual value of R2 000 after its economic life of 10 years.
30REQUIRED
Calculatetheannualdepreciationoftheofceequipment.
31SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.10
83Calculation
84Annualdepreciation = (Costprice–residualvalue)/economiclife
85 = (R10000–R2000)/10years
86 = R800 per annum
zThe reducing-balance method
87Basedonthismethod,theannualdepreciationiscalculatedonthecarryingamountoftheasset.The
carryingamountisobtainedbydeductingtheaccumulateddepreciation(totaldepreciationtodate)
ontheassetfromtheoriginalcostoftheasset.Thedepreciationrateisthenappliedtothecarrying
amount to calculate the depreciation.
32EXAMPLE 11.11: CALCULATION OF DEPRECIATION USING THE
REDUCING-BALANCE METHOD
88ABKMetalWorksboughtamachineforR60000on1March20.7.Itwasdecidedtodepreciatethe
assetby15%perannumusingthereducing-balancemethod.Thenancialyearoftheentityendson
31 December.
89
350
FAC1501/1
33REQUIRED
Calculatetheannualdepreciationofthemachineforthenancialyearsended31December20.7,
20.8 and 20.9.
34SOLUTION: EX AMPLE 11.11
90Calculation
91Annualdepreciation(20.7) = Carryingamountxdepreciationrate
92 = (Costprice–accumulateddepreciation)xrate
93 = (R60000–R0)x15%x10/12
94 = R7 500
NOTE:
The machine was bought on 1 March 20.7, which means for the rst nancial year it
was used for only 10 months and as such, the depreciation needs to be apportioned
for only the 10 months that it was used.
Annualdepreciation(20.8) = Carryingamountxdepreciationrate
95 = (Costprice–accumulateddepreciation)xrate
96 = (R60000–R7500)x15%
97 = R7 875
98Annualdepreciation(20.9) = Carryingamountxdepreciationrate
99 = (Costprice–accumulateddepreciation)xrate
100 = (R60000–R15375*)x15%
101 = R6 693,75
102*Accumulateddepreciation:R7500(20.7)+R7875(20.8)=R15375
11.1.5.2 Accounting entries for depreciation
zDepreciation
103Depreciationis an expenseaccountwhich is closed off totheprotor lossaccountat the endof
the year.
zAccumulated depreciation
104Thisaccountholdsallthedepreciationwrittenoffonaparticularassetuntiltheassetiscompletely
written off, sold or scrapped. You have learnt that income and liability accounts have credit balances.
Since the accumulated depreciation account represents the credit side of an asset account, it must
also have a credit balance. Accumulated depreciation is regarded as a negative asset.
105The annual depreciation calculated is shown as an expense in the prot or loss account and the
carryingamount(costpricelessaccumulateddepreciation)isreportedasanon-currentasset.
351
FAC1501/1
35EXAMPLE 11.12: RECORDING OF DEPRECIATION AND ACCUMULATED
DEPRECIATION
106MilkinProductsboughtaplantforR120000on1April20.7.Theydecidedtodepreciatetheplantat
10%perannumusingthereducing-balancemethod.
36REQUIRED
Record the above information in the general ledger of Milkin Products for the year ended
31 December 20.8.
37SOLUTION: EXAMPLE 11.12
107Calculation
108Annualdepreciation(forthenancialyearthatended31December20.7)
  = (R120000–R0)x10%x9/12
= R9 000
109Annualdepreciation(forthenancialyearthatended31December20.8)
= (R120000–R9000)x10%
= R11 100
110(Generaljournalnotshown)
MILKIN PRODUCTS
GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Depreciation N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Accumulated
depreciation
GJ1
11 10 0
20.8
Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ1 11 100
11 10 0 11 100
Dr Accumulated depreciation B19 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Balance c/d 20 100
20.8
Jan
Dec
1
31
Balance
Depreciation
b/d
GJ1
9 000
11 10 0
20 100 20 100
20.9
Jan 1 Balance b/d 20 100
Dr      Protorlossaccount N20 Cr
20.8
Dec 31 Depreciation GJ1 11 100
352
FAC1501/1
11.1.6 Summaryofowofaccountingprocedureswhenyear-endadjustmentsneed
to be made
zPrepare source documents.
zPrepare journals from source documents.
zPost journals to ledger accounts.
zPrepare a pre-adjustment trial balance.
zRecord adjustments in general journal and post to ledger accounts.
zPrepare a post-adjustment trial balance.
zRecord closing entries in general journal and post to ledger accounts.
zPrepare post-closing trial balance.
38COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE ONE
111On 28 February 20.1 the following trial balance was extracted from the general ledger of Pompeii
Traders,ageneralmerchantthatisnotregisteredasaVATvendor.
POMPEII TRADERS
PRE-ADJUSTMENT TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 31 DECEMBER 20.1
Debit Credit
R R
Capital(1January20.1) 250 000
Drawings 70 860
Mortgage 120 000
Long-term loan 30 000
Creditors control 25 000
Bank 11 000
Landandbuildings(atcostprice) 526 140
Equipment(atcostprice) 70 000
Vehicles(atcostprice) 80 000
Accumulateddepreciation:Equipment(1January20.1) 21 000
Accumulateddepreciation:Vehicles(1January20.1) 39 040
Allowance for credit losses 600
Inventory 7 500
Debtors control 18 000
Petty cash 350
Sales 595 000
Cost of sales 195 990
Advertising 7 400
Bankcharges 2 300
Telephoneexpenses 9 800
Water and electricity 12 100
Salaries 80 400
Insurance 4 000
Delivery expenses 3 900
Credit losses 500
Interestonbankoverdraft 600
Packingmaterials 6 300
Rental income 4 000
Settlement discount received 500
1 096 140 1 096 140
353
FAC1501/1
112Additional information:
113Year-end adjustments:
(a)An outstanding debt of R300 is irrecoverable and must be written off.
(b)TheallowanceforcreditlossesmustbeadjustedtoR708.
(c)Depreciation must be provided as follows:
Equipment:10%perannumaccordingtothestraight-linemethod
Vehicles:20%perannumaccordingtothediminishingbalancemethod
(d)
Thetermsofthemortgageloanprovideforinterestontheloantobecalculatedatarateof15%perannum
ontheoutstandingamountoftheloanattheendofthenancialyear.Interestispayableintherstweek
ofJanuaryofthefollowingyear.TheloanwasoriginallygrantedtotheentitybyCapitalBankLimitedon
2January20.0.
(e)A Van granted an unsecured loan to the entity on 1 September 20.1. According to the terms of
theloanagreement,interestat9%perannumwillbechargedandispayableinJanuaryofevery
year.Thetotalamountoftheloanwillberepaidinfullon30June20.5.
(f)AdvertisingexpensesincludeanamountofR400whichwasprepaidforJanuary20.2.
(g)
TheamountpaidforwaterandelectricityexcludesanamountofR2300stillpayableforDecember20.1.
(h)
A commission of R1 250, for selling newspapers at cash registers, is still payable for the whole year.
(i)Aninventorycountofpackingmaterialson31December20.1showedthattherewasstillR700
worth of materials on hand.
(j)Insurance premium of R3 600 was paid on 1 February 20.1 for the following 12 months.
(k)TheentityrentedoutanofceintheirbuildingtoalawyerforR2000permonth.Thelawyertook
occupation on 1 December and paid an amount of R4 000, being the rent for December 20.1 and
January20.2.
39REQUIRED
(1) PreparethefollowinginrespectofPompeiiTraders:
– Generaljournalwithregardtoadjustmentsat31December20.1
– Generaljournalwithregardtoclosingentriesat31December20.1
(2) Postthegeneraljournalentriestotherelevantledgeraccounts.Close/balancetheseaccounts
at year-end.
114
354
FAC1501/1
40SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE ONE
POMPEII TRADERS
GENERAL JOURNAL – 31 DECEMBER 20.1
Adjustments GJ6
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
31 Credit losses N11 300,00
Debtors control B6 300,00
Bad debts written off
Credit losses N11 108,00
Allowance for credit losses B14 108,00
Increase in allowance for credit losses
Depreciation N16 15 192,00
Accumulated depreciation: Equipment B12 7 000,00
Accumulated depreciation: Vehicles B13 8 192,00
Adjustment for depreciation
Interest on mortgage N14 18 000,00
Accrued expenses B7 18 000,00
Adjustment for interest payable
Interest on long-term loan N15 900,00
Accrued expenses B7 900,00
Adjustment for interest payable
Prepaid expenses B8 400,00
Advertising N3 400,00
Adjustment for advertising paid in advance
Water and electricity N7 2 300,00
Accrued expenses B7 2 300,00
Adjustment for water and electricity payable
Accrued income B10 1 250,00
Commission income N17 1 250,00
Adjustment for commission income not yet
received
Consumable stores on hand B11 700,00
 Packingmaterials N13 700,00
Adjustmentforpackingmaterialsonhand
Prepaid expenses B8 300,00
Insurance N9 300,00
Adjustment for prepaid insurance
Rental income N19 2 000,00
Income received in advance B9 2 000,00
Adjustment for income received in advance
355
FAC1501/1
Closing transfers
Day Details Fol Debit Credit
R R
31 Settlement discount received N18 500,00
Cost of sales N2 500,00
Closing transfer
Tradingaccount N20 195 490,00
Cost of sales N2 195 490,00
Closing transfer
Sales N1 595 000,00
 Tradingaccount N20 595 000,00
Closing transfer
Tradingaccount N20 399 510,00
 Protorlossaccount N21 399 510,00
Transferofgrossprot
Protorlossaccount N21 162 700,00
Advertising N3 7 000,00
 Bankcharges N4 2 300,00
 Telephoneexpenses N5 9 800,00
Water and electricity N7 14 400,00
Salaries N8 80 400,00
Insurance N9 3 700,00
Delivery expenses N10 3 900,00
Credit losses N11 908,00
 Interestonbankoverdraft N12 600,00
 Packingmaterials N13 5 600,00
Interest on mortgage N14 18 000,00
Interest on long-term loan N15 900,00
Depreciation N16 15 192,00
Closing transfers
Commission income N17 1 250,00
Rental income N19 2 000,00
 Protorlossaccount N21 3 250,00
Closing transfers
Protorlossaccount N21 240 060,00
Capital B1 240 060,00
Closing transfer
Capital B1 70 860,00
Drawings B2 70 860,00
Closing transfer
115
356
FAC1501/1
116POMPEII TRADERS
117GENERAL LEDGER
Dr Capital B1 Cr
20.1 20.1
Dec 31 Drawings GJ6 70 860 00 Dec 31 Balance b/d 250 000 00
Balance c/d 419 200 00 Protorloss
account
GJ6
240 060
00
490 060 00 490 060 00
20.2
Jan
1
Balance
b/d
419 200
00
Dr Drawings B2 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Balance b/d 70 860 00 Dec 31 Capital GJ6 70 860 00
Dr Debtors control B6 Cr
20.1 20.1
Dec 31 Balance b/d 18 000 00 Dec 31 Credit losses GJ6 300 00
Balance c/d 17 700 00
18 000 00 18 000 00
20.2
Jan
1
Balance
b/d
17 700
00
Dr Accrued expenses B7 Cr
20.1
Dec 31 Interest on mortgage GJ6 18 00000
Interest on long-term
loan
GJ6
900
00
Water and
electricity
GJ6
2 300
00
21 200 00
Dr Prepaid expenses B8 Cr
20.1
Dec 31 Advertising GJ6 400 00
Insurance GJ6 300 00
700 00
357
FAC1501/1
Dr Income received in advance B9 Cr
20.1
Dec 31 Rental income GJ6 2 000 00
Dr Accrued income B10 Cr
20.1
Dec 31 Commision income GJ6 1 250 00
Dr Consumable stores on hand B11 Cr
20.1
Dec 31 Packingmaterials GJ6 700 00
Dr Accumulated depreciation: Equipment B12 Cr
20.1
Jan 1 Balance b/d 21 000 00
Dec 31 Depreciation GJ6 7 000 00
28 000 00
Dr Accumulated depreciation: Vehicles B13 Cr
20.1
Jan 1 Balance b/d 39 040 00
Dec 31 Depreciation GJ6 8 192 00
47 232 00
Dr Allowance for credit losses B14 Cr
20.1
Jan 1 Balance b/d 600 00
Dec 31 Credit losses GJ6 108 00
708 00
Dr Sales N1 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Tradingaccount GJ6 595 000 00 Dec 31 Total b/d 595 000 00
358
FAC1501/1
Dr Cost of sales N2 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 195 990 00 Dec 31 Settlement discount
received
GJ6
500
00
Tradingaccount GJ6 195 490 00
195 990 00 195 990 00
Dr Advertising N3 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 7 400 00 Dec 31 Prepaid expenses GJ6 400 00
Protorlossaccount GJ6 7 000 00
7 400 00 7 400 00
Dr Bank charges N4 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 2 300 00 Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 2 300 00
Dr Telephone expenses N5 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 9 800 00 Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 9 800 00
Dr Water and electricity N7 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 12 100 00 Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 14 400 00
Accrued expenses GJ6 2 300 00
14 400 00 14 400 00
Dr Salaries N8 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 80 400 00 Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 80 400 00
Dr Insurance N9 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 4 000 00 Dec 31 Prepaid expenses GJ6 300 00
Protorlossaccount GJ6 3 700 00
4 000 00 4 000 00
359
FAC1501/1
Dr Delivery expenses N10 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 3 900 00 Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 3 900 00
Dr Credit losses N11 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 500 00 Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 908 00
Debtors control GJ6 300 00
Allowance for credit
losses
GJ6
108
00
908 00 908 00
Dr Interest on bank overdraft N12 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 600 00 Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 600 00
Dr Packing materials N13 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Total b/d 6 300 00 Dec 31 Consumable stores
on hand
GJ6
700
00
Protorlossaccount GJ6 5 600 00
6 300 00 6 300 00
Dr Interest on mortgage N14 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Accrued expenses GJ6 18 000 00 Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 18 000 00
Dr Interest on long-term loan N15 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Accrued expenses GJ6 900 00 Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 900 00
Dr Depreciation N16 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Accumulated
depreciation:
Equipment
GJ6
7 000
00
Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 15 192 00
Accumulated
depreciation:
Vehicles
GJ6
8 192
00
15 192 00 15 192 00
360
FAC1501/1
Dr Commission income N17 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Protorlossaccount GJ6 1 250 00 Dec 31 Accrued income GJ6 1 250 00
Dr Settlement discount received N18 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Cost of sales GJ6 500 00 Dec 31 Total b/d 500 00
Dr Rental income N19 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Income received in
advance
GJ6
2 000
00
Dec 31 Total b/d 4 000 00
Protorlossaccount GJ6 2 000 00
4 000 00 4 000 00
Dr Trading account N20 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Cost of sales GJ6 195 490 00 Dec 31 Sales GJ6 595 000 00
Protorlossaccount GJ6 399 510 00
595 000 00 595 000 00
Dr Protorlossaccount N21 Cr
20.1 2 0.1
Dec 31 Advertising
Bankcharges
Telephoneexpenses
Water and electricity
Salaries
Insurance
Delivery expenses
Credit losses
Interestonbank
overdraft
Packingmaterials
Interest on mortgage
Interest on long-term
loan
Depreciation
Capital(protforthe
year)
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
7 000
2 300
9 800
14 400
80 400
3 700
3 900
908
600
5 600
18 000
900
15 192
240 060
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
Dec 31 Tradingaccount
Commision income
Rental income
GJ6
GJ6
GJ6
399 510
1 250
2 000
00
00
00
402 760 00 402 760 00
361
FAC1501/1
118Calculations
R
1Advertising
R(7400–400) 7 000
2 Water and electricity
R(12100+2300) 14 400
3 Credit losses and allowance for credit losses
DebtorscontrolR(18000–300) 17 700
Allowance for credit losses 708
Previous year allowance (600)
Increase in allowance for credit losses 108
TotalcreditlossesR(500+300+108) 908
4 Depreciation on equipment (straight-line method):
R70000x10% 7 000
Depreciation on vehicles (diminishing balance method):
R(80000–39040)x20% 8 192
Totaldepreciation 15 192
5 Finance costs
Interest on long-term loan
R30 000 x 4/12 x 9/100 900
Interest on mortgage
R120000x15% 18 000
Interestonbankoverdraft 600
Totalnancecosts 19 500
6 Insurance
Amount paid for period 1/2/20.1 to 31/1/20.2 3 600
AmountapplicabletothisnancialyearR3600x11/12 3 300
PlusamountpaidforJan20.1in20.0 400
Insurance expense for 20.1 3 700
Prepaid expenses 300
11.2 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
11.2.1 Introduction
119Wehaveseenthatjournalsareusedonadailybasistorecordthedetailsofeachtransaction.The
general ledger is used as a summary of the journals and is updated on a monthly basis. A trial balance
isusedprimarilyasanindex(summary)oftheaccountsdealtwithinthegeneralledger.
120Thesourcedocuments
journals
ledger
trial balance cycle should continue unabated for a
periodof12months(ifthenancialperiodis12monthslong).
362
FAC1501/1
121At the end of the nancial year some additional accounting procedures must be followed.
After executing the usual documentation procedures
journals
ledger
trialbalance–forthe
nalmonthofthenancialperiod,twoimportantextraproceduresmustbefollowed:
zDeterminethenancialperformanceoftheentityforthepastnancialyear.
zDeterminethenancial positionoftheentityatthenancialyear-end.
11.2.2 Financialperformanceasmeasuredbythestatementofprotorlossand
other comprehensive income
122Whatisnancialperformance?ConsiderthesituationwhereaninvestordepositsR100000intoa
xeddepositinvestmentforoneyearataninterestrateof12%perannum.The12%interestrate
represents the return that the investor is expecting on the investment. If the interest rate remains the
same, the investment should grow to R112 000 by the end of the 12-month period.
123Thisscenariocanbecomparedwithonewherethesoleownerofanentitymakesacapitalcontribution
ofR100000intotheentityonaparticulardate(forexample1July20.1).Attheendoftherstnancial
periodof12months(ie30June20.2),theownerwouldliketodeterminethereturn on his/her initial
investment for the year. How is this return calculated?
124Returnoncapitalinvested=netprot(protfortheyear)
125Interest measures the performance of a savings investment, and prot measures the performance
of an entitys capital investment.Infact,iftheownermakesaR10000proton30June20.2inthe
example given above, he/she can measure the return against the return on a savings investment. A
R10000netprot(protfortheyear)equatestoa10%returnontheinitialinvestmentofR100000
(R10000/R100000x100=10%).Thisreturnislessthatthereturnonthesavingsinvestment,which
inourexample,amountstoR12000(12%).Onecouldthusinterpretthenetprot(protfortheyear)
asbeingaveryconservativereturn,sincetheownercouldhaveyieldedareturnof12%hadhe/she
investedthemoneyinaxeddeposit―withoutdoinganyworkduringtheyear!
zThestructureofthestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincome
126Thestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomeisastatementformatofthetrading
andprotorlossaccountswhichshouldbefamiliartoyoubynow.Thestatementofprotorlossand
othercomprehensiveincomeisdividedintoagrossprotsection(similartothetradingaccount)and
anetprotsection(similartotheprotorlossaccount).
Dr Trading account (F1) Cr
Year-
end
date
Cost of sales
Protorlossaccount
(grossprot)
GJ
GJ
XXX
XXX
Year-
end
date
Sales(lesssales
returns)
GJ
XXX
XXX XXX
127
363
FAC1501/1
Dr    Protoflossaccount(F2) Cr
Year-
end
Wages and salaries
Insurance
GJ
GJ
XXX
XXX
Year-
end
Tradingaccount
(grossprot)
GJ
XXX
date Interest expenses GJ XXX date Rental income GJ XXX
Rental expenses GJ XXX Interest income GJ XXX
Telephoneexpenses GJ XXX Commission
Water and electricity GJ XXX income GJ XXX
Advertising GJ XXX etc …
Repairs and
maintenance
GJ
XXX
Stationery GJ XXX
Packingmaterials GJ XXX
Consumables GJ XXX
etc …
Capital(protforthe
year)
GJ
XXX
XXX XXX
128Thetradingaccountwillbeusedasatooltocloseoffthefollowingnominalaccountsattheendofthe
nancialperiod:
zSales
zSalesreturns(closedoffagainstsales)
zCost of sales
129The prot or loss account will be used as a tool to have all the remaining nominal accounts
closedoffattheendofthenancialperiod.
130Allnominalaccountsshouldthushaveaneffectivebalanceof0(nil)ontherstdayofthe
nextnancialyear.
131OR:
1
364
FAC1501/1
1XXX TRADERS
1STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEAR ENDED
R R
Revenue XXX)
Cost of sales (XXX)
Grossprot XXX)
Other income XXX)
Rent income XXX
Interest income XXX
Commission income XXX
 Protonsaleofnon-currentasset XXX
XXX)
Distribution, administrative and other expenses (XXX)
Wages and salaries XXX
Insurance XXX
 Trafcnes XXX
Rental expenses XXX
 Telephoneexpenses XXX
Water and electricity XXX
Advertising XXX
Repairs and maintenance XXX
Stationery XXX
 Packingmaterial XXX
Loss on sale of non-current asset XXX
Finance costs (XXX)
Interest on long-term loan XXX
Interest on mortgage XXX
 Interestonbankoverdraft XXX
Protfortheyear XXX)
Other comprehensive income for the year
Totalcomprehensiveincomefortheyear XXX)
2You will be required to know the structure of the statement of prot or loss and
other comprehensive income as set out above.
11.2.3 Financialpositionasmeasuredbythestatementofnancialposition
3The nancial position of an entity can be determined by preparing a statement of nancial
positionatanypointintime(usuallyattheendofthenancialyear).
4Astatementofnancialpositionisusedtoansweraveryimportantquestion:
WHAT IF … ?
5Thestatementofnancialpositionshouldeffectivelyanswerthequestion:What if we closed the doors
ofourentitytoday(thestatementofnancialpositiondate),soldalltheassets,andpaidbackallour
liabilities?Theresultofsuchaclosureshouldindicatetheowner’srealequityintheentity.Remember:
equity=assets–liabilities;or:
Trading
account
section
Protorloss
account
section
365
FAC1501/1
ASSETS = EQUITY + LIABILITIES
6Thestatementofnancialpositionisinfactnothingbutadetailedversionoftheaccounting equation,
whichshowsthenancialpositionofanentity.
7Noneofthestatementofnancialpositionaccounts(exceptfordrawings)willbeclosedoffat
theendofthenancialyear.Allthecapital,assetandliabilitybalanceswillbecarriedforward
tothenextnancialperiod.
8Youwillberequiredtoknowthestructureofthestatementofnancialpositionassetoutbelow.
9Thestructureofthestatementofnancialposition
XXX TRADERS
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT …
R R
ASSETS
Non-current assets XXX
Property, plant and equipment XXX
Fixed deposit XXX
Current assets XXX
Inventories XXX
Tradeandotherreceivables XXX
Callablexeddeposit XXX
Prepayments XXX
Cash and cash equivalents XXX
VATreceivable XXX
TOTAL ASSETS XXX
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity XXX
Capital XXX
Non-current liabilities XXX
Long-term borrowings XXX
Current liabilities XXX
Tradeandotherpayables XXX
Income received in advance XXX
Short-term borrowings XXX
Current portion of long-term borrowings XXX
Bankoverdraft XXX
VATpayable XXX
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES XXX
366
FAC1501/1
11.2.4 Statement of changes in equity
10Theaimofthestatementofchangesinequityistoreconcilethebalanceoftheequityatthebeginning
ofthenancialyearwiththeequityattheendofthenancialyear.
The structure of the statement of changes in equity
XXX TRADERS
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED …
Capital
R
Balanceat…(Dateatbeginningofnancialyear) XXX
Capital contribution during the year XXX
Totalcomprehensiveincomefortheyear XXX
Drawings (XXX)
Balanceat…(Dateatendofnancialyear) XXX
367
FAC1501/1
41COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE TWO
11MimosaDealersreachedtheendoftheirrstnancialyearon30September20.3.Thefollowingtrial
balance was extracted from the accounting records on that date:
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital(1October20.2) B1 250 000
Drawings B2 22 400
Equipment B3 48 000
Investment:Fixeddeposit(12%) B4 100 000
Tradinginventory B5 110 000
Debtors control B6 44 880
Creditors control B7 30 210
Long-termloan:ABCBank(14%) B8 120 000
Bank B9 127 150
Nominal accounts section
Sales N1 382 500
Cost of sales N2 190 000
Sales returns N3 21 500
Rental expenses N4 36 000
Interestonxeddeposit N5 12 000
Interest on long-term loan N6 16 800
Wages and salaries N7 43 000
Insurance N8 11 000
Stationery N9 1 700
Packingmaterials N10 2 050
Settlement discount granted N11 840
Settlement discount received N12 360
Credit losses N13 800
Telephoneexpenses N14 5 320
Water and electricity N15 12 500
Repairs N16 1 130
795 070 795 070
368
FAC1501/1
42REQUIRED
(1) PreparethestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomeofMimosa
Dealers for
the year ended 30 September 20.3.
(2) PreparethestatementofnancialpositionofMimosaDealersasat30September20.3.
(3)
Prepare the statement of changes in equity for the year ended 30 September 20.3.
(4) IfitisassumedthattheR250000capitalwasinvestedon1October20.2,calculate the percentage
(%)returnfortherstyearonthecapitalinvested.
(5)
Ifthisentityisusingaconstantmark-uponcostforalltradinginventorysold,
determine the percentage(%)mark-up.
(6) IfMimosaDealersmovedintothebuildingfromwhichtheytradeon1October20.2,
calculate the monthly rent payment if all payments have been
made up to date.
43SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE TWO
(1)
MIMOSA DEALERS
STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 20.3
R R
Revenue(382500–21500–840) 360 160
Costofsales(190000–360) (189640)
Grossprot 170 520
Other income 12 000
 Interestonxeddeposit 12 000
182 520
Distribution, administrative and other expenses (113500)
Rental expenses 36 000
Wages and salaries 43 000
Insurance 11 000
Stationery 1 700
 Packingmaterials 2 050
Credit losses 800
 Telephoneexpenses 5 320
Water and electricity 12 500
Repairs 1 130
Finance costs (16800)
Interest on long-term loan 16 800
Protfortheyear 52 220
Other comprehensive income for the year
Totalcomprehensiveincomefortheyear 52 220
NOTE:
Settlement discount granted must be deducted from revenue and settlement discount received
must be deducted from cost of sales.
369
FAC1501/1
(2)
MIMOSA DEALERS
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 SEPTEMBER 20.3
R R
ASSETS
Non-current assets 148 000
Property, plant and equipment 48 000
Fixed deposit 100 000
Current assets 282 030
Inventories 110 000
Tradeandotherreceivables 44 880
Cash and cash equivalents 127 150
TOTAL ASSETS 430 030
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity 279 820
Capital 279 820
Non-current liabilities 120 000
Long-term borrowings 120 000
Current liabilities 30 210
Tradeandotherpayables 30 210
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 430 030
12
370
FAC1501/1
(3)
MIMOSA DEALERS
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
30 SEPTEMBER 20.3
Capital
R
Balance at 1 October 20.2 250 000)
Totalcomprehensiveincomefortheyear 52 220)
Drawings (22400)
Balance at 30 September 20.3 279 820)
13(4) R52220/R250000x100= 20,89%
14(5) Mark-up%oncost=grossprot/costofsalesx100
 Thus:mark-up%=R170520/R189640x100=89,92%
15(6) R36 000 / 12 = R3 000 per month
371
FAC1501/1
44ACTIVITY 1
16LuckyTradersreachedtheendoftheirrstnancialyearat30April20.4.Thefollowingtrialbalance
was extracted from the accounting records on that date:
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital(1May20.3) B1 300 000
Drawings B2 40 000
Vehicles B3 120 000
Investment:Fixeddeposit(13%) B4 80 000
Tradinginventory B5 46 000
Debtors control B6 20 000
Creditors control B7 35 000
Long-termloan:GoodieBank(15%) B8 140 000
Bank B9 199 270
Petty cash B10 1 000
Nominal accounts section
Sales N1 415 000
Cost of sales N2 250 000
Sales returns N3 15 000
Wages and salaries N4 71 400
Interestonxeddeposit N5 5 200
Interest on loan N6 21 000
Telephoneexpenses N7 12 300
Settlement discount granted N8 1 500
Credit losses N9 5 800
Insurance N10 1 200
Settlement discount received N11 330
Credit losses recovered N12 360
Advertising N13 4 800
Trafcnes N14 850
Rates and taxes N15 3 770
Repairs and maintenance N16 2 000
895 890 895 890
45REQUIRED
(1) PreparethestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomeofLuckyTradersforthe
year ended 30 April 20.4.
(2) PreparethestatementofnancialpositionofLuckyTradersasat30April20.4.
(3) Preparethestatementofchangesinequityfortheyearended30April20.4.
(4) Ifitisassumedthattheinsurancepolicywastakenouton1January20.4,andthatallpayments
have been made up to date, what is the monthly insurance premium?
(5) Determinethedateonwhichthexeddepositwasinvested.Allinterestduehasbeenreceived.
(6)
LuckyTraderssellsallgoodsataconstantmark-up.Determinethemark-up%on
cost.
372
FAC1501/1
17Thissolutionshouldbebasedonthesameformatasusedintheillustrativeexample.Itwouldbe
wisetotryanddothisquestiononyourown.Ifyourstatementofnancialpositionbalancesthenyou
shouldbeontherighttrack.
11.2.5 Year-endadjustments
18Thissectionwasdiscussedindetailinthislearningunitofthestudyguide.Butletusnowconsider
howthistsintotheaccountingcycle.
19We have seen how the performance of an entity can be determined for a nancial
period.Thisisdonebymeansofastatementofprotorlossandother comprehensive income or
tradingandprotorlossaccounts.
20The nancial position of an entity can also be determined by drafting a statement
of nancial position. The question now arises whether these statements are indeed
accurateinmeasuringnancialperformanceandposition.
21Thisiswhereyear-endadjustments come in very handy.
22The purpose of performing year-end adjustments is to make the nancial results more
realistic. The various year-end adjustments which are an extremely important section
ofthesyllabuswillnowbediscussed.Wedealwitheachindividualadjustmentindetail.Theprocess
of drafting nancial statements is slightly more comprehensive and complicated, because all the
adjustmentsneedtobeincorporatedintoonesetofnancialstatements.
23Forthesakeofrevision,themostimportantyear-endadjustmentsarelisted:
zDepreciation
zAccrued expenses
zAccrued income
zPrepaid expenses
zIncome received in advance
zConsumable stores on hand
zTradinginventorydecits
zCredit losses
zAllowance for credit losses
373
FAC1501/1
46COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE THREE
24ThefollowinginformationrelatestoJoyner&Sonsasat31October20.4,thelastdayofthenancial
year of the entity:
JOYNER & SONS
PRE-ADJUSTMENT TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 31 OCTOBER 20.4
Fol Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital(1November20.3) B1 447 540
Drawings B2 10 000
Land and buildings B3 350 000
Vehicles B4 133 000
Equipment B5 36 800
Accumulated depreciation: Vehicles B6 43 000
Accumulated depreciation: Equipment B7 12 800
Fixeddeposit:AABank(12%pa) B8 65 000
Debtors control B9 31 250
Creditors control B10 24 270
Inventory B11 63 500
Bank B12 21 210
Petty cash B13 2 000
Cashoat B14 3 500
Long-termloan:BBBank(14%pa) B15 30 000
Nominal accounts section
Sales N1 310 700
Cost of sales N2 125 100
Sales returns N3 10 700
Rental income N4 29 700
Interestonxeddeposit N5 7 950
Interest on long-term loan N6 4 000
Bankcharges N7 160
Stationery N8 1 200
Packingmaterials N9 2 620
Insurance N10 5 600
Wages and salaries N11 20 100
Water and electricity N12 8 450
Telephoneexpenses N13 5 890
Repairs and maintenance N14 3 000
Settlement discount granted N15 450
Settlement discount received N16 1 310
Advertising N17 1 940
Credit losses N18 1 800
907 270 907 270
374
FAC1501/1
25Adjustmentsat31October20.4:
(a)Aphysicalinventorycounttaken,revealedthefollowing:
zInventory on hand, R61 800
zStationery on hand, R400
zPackingmaterialsonhand,R620
(b)Thexeddepositandlong-termloanwerebothnegotiatedduring20.1.
(c)Thesalaryofanemployee,DBono,forOctober20.4isstilldue,R4900.
(d)Prepaid insurance amounts to R500.
(e)TherentduebythetenantamountstoR2700permonth.Thetenanthasbeenrentingsince
1 November 20.3.
(f)Theoutstandingbalanceofadebtor,BCharlie,mustbewrittenoff.TheamountisR1250.
(g)Joyner&SonsdeterminedthattheallowanceforcreditlossesaccountshouldamounttoR1200
on 31 October 20.4.
(h)Depreciation must be provided for as follows:
zOnvehicles@20%perannumaccordingtothestraight-linemethod
zOn equipment @ 331/3%perannumonthereducing-balancemethod
47REQUIRED
(1)
PreparethestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomeforJoyner
&Sonsforthe
year ended 31 October 20.4.
(2)
PreparethestatementofnancialpositionofJoyner&Sonsasat31October20.4.
(3) PreparethestatementofchangesinequityforJoyner&Sonsfortheyearended
31 October 20.4.
(4) Preparethenotesfortheyearended31October20.4.
375
FAC1501/1
48SOLUTION: COMPREHENSIVE EXAMPLE THREE
(1)
JOYNER & SONS
STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 OCTOBER 20.4
R R
Revenue(310700–10700–450) 299 550
Costofsales(125100–1310) (123790)
Grossprot 175 760
Other income 40 200
Rentalincome(29700+2700) 32 400
Interestonxeddeposit(7950–150) 7 800
215 960
Distribution, administrative and other expenses (92890)
Bankcharges 160
Stationery(1200–400) 800
Packingmaterials(2620–620) 2 000
Insurance(5600–500) 5 100
Wagesandsalaries(20100+4900) 25 000
Water and electricity 8 450
Telephoneexpenses 5 890
Repairs and maintenance 3 000
Advertising 1 940
Creditlosses(1800+1250+1200) 4 250
Tradinginventorydecits 1 700
Depreciation(26600+8000) 34 600
Finance costs (4200)
Interestonlong-termloan(4000+200) 4 200
Protfortheyear 118 870
Other comprehensive income for the year
Totalcomprehensiveincomefortheyear R118 870
376
FAC1501/1
(2)
JOYNER & SONS
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 OCTOBER 20.4
Notes R R
ASSETS
Non-current assets 494 400
Property, plant and equipment 1 429 400
Fixed deposit 265 000
Current assets 121 530
Inventories 362 820
Tradeandotherreceivables 431 500
Prepayments 5500
Cash and cash equivalents 6 26 710
TOTAL ASSETS 615 930
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity 556 410
Capital 556 410
Non-current liabilities 30 000
Long-term borrowings 730 000
Current liabilities 29 520
Tradeandotherpayables 829 370
Income received in advance 9150
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 615 930
(3)
JOYNER & SONS
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 OCTOBER 20.4
Capital
R
Balance at 1 November 20.3 447 540)
Totalcomprehensiveincomefortheyear 118 870)
Drawings (10000)
Balance at 31 October 20.4 556 410)
26
377
FAC1501/1
27(4)
28JOYNER & SONS
29NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 OCTOBER 20.4
1 Property, plant and equipment
Land and
building
Equipment Vehicles Total
R R R R
Carrying amount at 1 November 20.3 350 000 24 000)90 000)464 000)
Cost price 350 000 36 800)133 000)519 800)
Accumulated depreciation (12800) (43000) (55800)
Additions – –
Disposals – –
Depreciation for the year (8000) (26600) (34600)
Carrying amount at 31 October 20.4 350 000 16 000)63 400)429 400)
Cost price 350 000 36 800)133 000)519 800)
Accumulated depreciation (20800) (69600) (90400)
2Financial assets
Non-currentnancialassets
Loans and receivables: Fixed deposit at AA
Bankat12%pa
65 000
3Inventories )
Tradinginventory(63500–1700) 61 800)
Consumable stores on hand:
 –Stationery 400)
 –Packingmaterial 620)1 020)62 820)
4Trade and other receivables
Debtorscontrol(31250–1250) 30 000)
Less: Allowance for credit losses (1200) 28 800)
Accruedincome:–Rentalincome 2 700)31 500)
5Prepayments
Prepaidexpenses:–Insurance 500)
6 Cash and cash equivalents
Bank 21 210)
Petty cash 2 000)
Cashoat 3 500)26 710)
7Long-term borrowings
Long-termloan:BBBank(14%pa) 30 000)
8Trade and other payables
Creditors control 24 270)
Accrued expenses: )
 –Interestonloan 200)
 –Wagesandsalaries 4 900)5 100) 29 370
9Income received in advance:
 –Interestonxeddeposit 150)150)
378
FAC1501/1
49ACTIVITY 2
30ThefollowinginformationwasobtainedfromtherecordsofSwintonDealersonthelastdayofthe
nancialyearoftheentity:
SWINTON DEALERS
PRE-ADJUSTMENT TRIAL BALANCE AS AT 31 MARCH 20.4
Debit Credit
R R
Financial position section
Capital 186 980
Drawings 23 000
Ofceequipmentatcostprice 24 000
Accumulateddepreciation:Ofceequipment 8 400
Bank 102 700
Fixeddeposit@12%pa 80 000
Petty cash 2 000
Inventory(1/04/20.3) 45 900
Debtors control 21 300
Creditors control 12 100
Prepaid insurance 2 880
Rent received in advance 16 000
Allowance for credit losses 1 200
Stationery on hand 2 300
Nominal accounts section
Sales 213 000
Purchases 85 600
Freight charges on purchases 4 700
Freight charges on sales 3 000
Purchases returns 5 000
Sales returns 1 050
Customs duties 1 900
Import tariffs 3 900
Advertisements 800
Wages and salaries 34 800
Interestonxeddeposit 8 800
Settlement discount granted 400
Rental income 3 200
Administrative expenses 2 200
Repairs and maintenance 3 600
Water and electricity 8 650
454 680 454 680
379
FAC1501/1
31Additional information
(a)Theentitytookoutareinsurancepolicyon1January20.4andpaidapremiumofR2880to
cover the entity until 31 December 20.4.
(b)On 31 March 20.4 the following was still on hand:
zTradinginventory,R23000
zStationery, R1 500
(c)An employees salary of R4 500 was still outstanding on 31 March 20.4.
(d)Thetenantmovedintothebuildingon30November20.3andpaidhisrentfor12months.No
deposit was required.
(e)Ofceequipmentisdepreciatedat20%perannumonastraight-linebasis.Takeintoaccountthat
a new computer was bought on 1 August 20.3 for R12 000.
(f)
Thexeddepositwasinvestedafewyearsago.Interestontheinvestmentiscreditedtothe
currentbankaccount.
(g)
Swinton Dealers determined that the allowance for credit losses account should amount to R1 065
at 31 March 20.4.
50REQUIRED
(1) PreparethestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincomeforSwintonDealersfor
the year ended 31 March 20.4.
(2)
PreparethestatementofnancialpositionofSwintonDealersasat31March20.4.
(3)
Prepare the statement of changes in equity of Swinton Dealers for the year ended
31 March 20.4.
(4) Preparethenotesfortheyearended31March20.4
380
FAC1501/1
51SOLUTION: ACTIVITY 2
(1)
SWINTON DEALERS
STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 20.4
R R
Revenue(213000–1050–400) 211 550
Costofsales(*1) (114000)
Grossprot 97 550
Other income 16 135
Interestonxeddeposit(8800+800) 9 600
Rentalincome(3200+3200) 6 400
Creditlosses(1200–1065) 135
113 685
Distribution, administrative and other expenses (63070)
Freight charges on sales 3 000
Advertisements 800
Wagesandsalaries(34800+4500) 39 300
Administrative expenses 2 200
Repairs and maintenance 3 600
Water and electricity 8 650
Insurance 720
Stationery 800
Depreciation(2400+1600) 4 000
Protfortheyear 50 615
Other comprehensive income for the year
Totalcomprehensiveincomefortheyear 50 615
32* 1 Calculation of cost of sales
R
Opening inventory 45 900)
Purchases(85600–5000) 80 600)
Freight charges on purchases 4 700)
Customs duties 1 900)
Import tariffs 3 900)
137 000)
Closing inventory (23000)
114 000)
381
FAC1501/1
33Notesonadjustments
(a)
ThereinsurancepremiumequalsR2880/12=R240permonth.By31March20.4only3months’
insurancehavebeen“used”.ThusR240x3=R720mustendupinthestatementofprotorloss
and other comprehensive income as an expense, and R240 x 9 = R2 160 must end up in the
statementofnancialpositionasanasset.
(b)•TheopeningtradeinventoryisR45900.TheclosingtradeinventoryisR23000.Boththese
amountsareusedtocalculatecostofsalesinthestatementofprotorlossandothercompre-
hensiveincome.TheclosinginventoryofR23000willbeshowninthestatementofnancial
position as a current asset.
StationeryworthR2300wasevidentlyboughtduringthenancialyear,andbytheendofthe
yearR800hadbeenused,sincestationeryofR1500wasonhandattheinventorycount.The
portionthatwasused(R800)isanexpense, and the part that is left on the shelves, is an asset.
(c)Salaryaccrued.Debitsalaries,creditaccruedexpenses(currentliabilities)withR4500.
(d)Theinitialdouble-entrymademusthavebeenadebitagainstbankandacreditagainstincome
(rent)receivedinadvance.Therehaveinthemeantime,however,beensomereversalsmade
againsttherentreceivedinadvanceaccount.Thisisevidentfromthefactthatanincome
accountforrentalincomeexistsaswell.ThetotalrentfortheyearmusthavebeenR16000
+R3200=R19200.ThisamountstoR1600permonthforthetenant.By31March20.4the
tenanthadonlyoccupiedthepremisesfor4months(sincehemovedin).Thismeansthat
SwintonDealershadonlyearned4monthsofrentatR1600permonth.Theincomeforrent
(asshowninthestatementofprotorlossandothercomprehensiveincome)willthusbe
R6400.8monthsofrenthavebeenreceivedinadvance(R12800)andwillbedisclosedinthe
statementofnancialpositionasacurrentliability.
(e)R12000x20%=R2400
R12000x20%x8/12=R1600
Totaldepreciationfortheyear=R4000
(f)R80000x12%=R9600
R9600interesthasbeenearnedbytheentity,butonlyR8800hasbeenreceived.Thisleaves
R800receivableinterest(currentassetinthestatementofnancialposition).
(g)Allowance for credit losses account at 31 March 20.4 = R1 065
Allowance for credit losses account at 31 March 20.3 = R1 200
A decrease in the allowance for credit losses is needed (income) and the new allowance
for credit losses of R1 065 will be disclosed as a deduction from debtors in the statement of
nancialposition.
382
FAC1501/1
(2)
SWINTON DEALERS
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 31 MARCH 20.4
Notes R R
ASSETS
Non-current assets 91 600
Property, plant and equipment 1 11 6 0 0
Fixed deposit 280 000
Current assets 152 395
Inventories 324 500
Tradeandotherreceivables 421 035
Prepayments 52 160
Cash and cash equivalents 6 104 700
TOTAL ASSETS 243 995
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity 214 595
Capital 214 595
Current liabilities 29 400
Tradeandotherpayables 716 600
Income received in advance 812 800
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES 243 995
34
383
FAC1501/1
(3)
SWINTON DEALERS
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31 MARCH 20.4
Capital
R
Balance at 1 April 20.3 186 980
Totalcomprehensiveincomefortheyear 50 615
Drawings (23000)
Balance at 31 March 20.4 214 595
SWINTON DEALERS
NOTES FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 20.4
1 Property, plant and equipment
Equipment Total
R R R
Carrying amount at 1 April 20.3 3 600)3 600)
Cost price 12 000)12 000)
Accumulated depreciation (8400) (8400)
Additions 12 000)12 000)
Disposals – –
Depreciation for the year (4000) (4000)
Carrying amount at 31 March 20.4 11 6 0 0)11 60 0)
Cost price 24 000)24 000)
Accumulated depreciation (12400) (12400)
2Financial assets
Non-currentnancialassets
Loansandreceivables:Fixeddepositat12%
pa
80 000)
3Inventories
Tradinginventory 23 000)
Consumablestoresonhand:–stationery 1 500)24 500)
4Trade and other receivables
Debtors control 21 300)
Less: Allowance for credit losses (1065) 20 235)
Accruedincome:–Interestincome 800)21 035)
384
FAC1501/1
5Prepayments
Prepaidexpenses:–Insurance 2 160)
6 Cash and cash equivalents
Bank 102 700)
Petty cash 2 000)104 700)
7Trade and other payables
Creditors control 12 100)
Accruedexpenses:–Salaries 4 500)16 600
8Income received in advance:
–Rentalincome 12 800)12 800)
52SELF-ASSESSMENT
35After you have worked through this learning unit, are you
able to:
z
correctly calculate and do adjustments at year-end with
regard to accrued expenses, prepaid expenses, accrued
income and income received in advance?
z
correctly calculate and do adjustments with regard to
consumable stores?
z
correctly calculate and do adjustments with regard to
depreciation of non-current assets?
z
correctly calculate and do adjustments with regard to credit
losses and allowance for credit losses?
z
correctlyprepareastatementofprotorlossandothercom-
prehensive income for a sole trader?
z
correctlyprepareastatementofnancialpositionandnotes
for a sole trader?
z
correctly prepare a statement of changes in equity for a
sole trader?
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
K
K
K
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
36IfyouhavemarkedanyK you have to revise thatspecicsection.
37IfyouhavemarkedanyL you have to re-studythatspecicsection.
38If you have marked all J you may congratulate yourself for having achieved all the outcomes of
this course.

Navigation menu